Trump and Musk Feud Sends Shockwaves Through Politics and Markets

Not long ago, U.S. President Donald Trump and billionaire Elon Musk seemed to share a strong public camaraderie. They were often seen together at events, collaborated on interviews, and spoke highly of each other. However, that apparent bond fractured suddenly, spiraling into a very public and bitter feud that now threatens political alliances and business interests.

The rift erupted when Trump publicly attacked Musk for his criticisms of the Republican tax-cut and spending bill. The situation escalated rapidly, unfolding through dueling posts on Trump’s Truth Social platform and Musk’s X (formerly Twitter), capturing national attention and drawing reactions from business leaders and politicians alike.

The conflict soon turned aggressive. Trump reportedly threatened to withdraw billions in government contracts awarded to Musk’s businesses. In retaliation, Musk implied that Trump owed his past electoral success to his support, stating that Trump “could not have won the election without him.”

As the feud became a national spectacle, several high-profile individuals attempted to intervene or weigh in. Billionaire hedge fund manager Bill Ackman, the CEO of Pershing Square Capital Management, publicly urged the two men to reconcile for the country’s sake. Posting on X, Ackman said, “We are much stronger together than apart.” Musk responded briefly: “You’re not wrong.”

U.S. Congressman Jim Jordan, speaking on Fox News’ Laura Ingraham show, also expressed hope for a reconciliation between Trump and Musk, while defending the contested budget bill that had triggered Musk’s initial criticism. But not all of Trump’s allies shared Jordan’s conciliatory tone.

Former Trump adviser Steve Bannon, who has had his own recent clashes with Musk, took a far more aggressive stance. On his “War Room Live” show, Bannon called for Trump to invoke the Defense Production Act — a national security law — to seize control of SpaceX. “The U.S. government should seize it,” Bannon declared, also urging the administration to revoke Musk’s security clearance and freeze all federal contracts with his companies pending an investigation.

Congressman Thomas Massie, a Republican known for his independent streak and previous opposition to Trump’s budget plans, pointed out the inherent clash in personalities. On X, he remarked, “The falling out was inevitable. You don’t land rockets backwards or get cars to drive themselves by suffering fools gladly.”

As the feud dominated headlines, others began floating new political concepts. Billionaire investor Mark Cuban appeared to back a suggestion Musk had posted in a poll — the formation of a new political party that would represent the “80% in the middle” of the American political spectrum. Former presidential candidate Andrew Yang joined the discussion, reposting Cuban’s endorsement and later proposing an “Independent ‘28 presidential primary” that could include figures like Cuban, JPMorgan CEO Jamie Dimon, and actor Matthew McConaughey.

The ripple effects of the Trump-Musk feud weren’t confined to the U.S. European officials also chimed in. Polish Foreign Minister Radosław Sikorski, who had previously sparred with Musk and U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio over the role of Musk’s Starlink satellite service in Ukraine, took a swipe at the tech mogul. Referencing Musk’s earlier insult in which he told Sikorski to “Be quiet, small man,” the Polish minister retorted on X, “See, big man, politics is harder than you thought.”

Thierry Breton, the former European Union leader for digital policy and a previous critic of Musk, posted a cryptic combination of emojis — eyes and popcorn — suggesting he was watching the Musk-Trump drama unfold with interest.

Meanwhile, Ian Bremmer, president of the political risk consultancy Eurasia Group, gave a blunt assessment on X: “Trump is more powerful than elon, but far less competent.”

The feud also triggered massive turmoil in the financial world, particularly for Tesla, Musk’s flagship electric vehicle company. Spooked investors began selling off Tesla stock rapidly, sending its value plunging by more than 14% and wiping out a staggering $152 billion in market capitalization.

Dan Ives, managing director and senior equity research analyst at Wedbush Securities, noted in a research brief that the public conflict had rattled markets. “The conflict was jaw dropping and a shock to the market,” he wrote, adding that the feud “creates major fear for Tesla investors.”

Ives further explained the potential implications for Tesla: “Tesla’s stock is under major pressure down 15% as investors fear that this Musk/Trump battle will stop their friendship and change the regulatory environment for Tesla on the autonomous front over the coming years under the Trump Administration.” Still, he emphasized that Wedbush remained bullish on Tesla long-term, though he admitted the situation “clearly does put a fly in the ointment of the Trump regulatory framework going forward.”

Other Tesla supporters were less optimistic. Ross Gerber, CEO of Gerber Kawasaki Wealth and Investment Management and a well-known Tesla investor, criticized Musk sharply. In a series of posts on X, he wrote that Musk was “now attacking all the people he helped put in power.” Gerber continued: “Elon going postal on Trump and tesla stock is getting walloped. Trump will be returning his new tesla and is saying he got musked. All this can’t be good for shareholders. But hey, who cares about us.”

Gary Black, managing director at the Future Fund added to the pessimism. Black, whose firm recently sold all of its Tesla shares, commented that the feud would create further downward pressure on the stock. “These same bulls argued for months that the Musk-Trump alliance would streamline the federal process allowing TSLA to secure general unsupervised autonomy license nationally. That prospect is now highly unlikely.”

The dramatic deterioration in relations between Musk and Trump — once seen as mutual power brokers with influence over tech and politics alike — now poses uncertain risks for both figures. For Musk, the potential loss of regulatory favor and political alliances could hamper Tesla’s ambitious plans in autonomy and federal contracts for SpaceX. For Trump, alienating a high-profile tech magnate risks splintering support among moderate conservatives and business leaders ahead of a pivotal election.

What began as a disagreement over fiscal policy has ballooned into a fierce standoff with implications far beyond partisan politics. With influential voices urging a truce and the markets reeling, it remains unclear whether the damage can be undone — or if this feud marks a new chapter of political and corporate rivalry.

Trump and Musk’s Alliance Collapses Over Contentious Tax Bill Dispute

The once strong alliance between President Donald Trump and Tesla CEO Elon Musk came apart abruptly on Thursday amid a fierce disagreement over Trump’s proposed tax legislation currently awaiting Senate approval.

In a sharp rebuke, Trump referred to Musk as “crazy” and hinted at severing federal contracts with Musk’s various companies, which include Tesla, the aerospace giant SpaceX, and the AI venture xAI. Following Trump’s remarks, Tesla’s stock suffered a significant drop, and Musk reacted by announcing that SpaceX would start dismantling its Dragon spacecraft program without delay due to what he deemed as threatening behavior from the president.

According to Trump, Musk—who had previously been a top advisor—opposes the sweeping tax package primarily because it removes tax credits for electric vehicles and because Trump decided not to nominate Musk’s chosen candidate, Jared Isaacman, to lead NASA. “I’m very disappointed in Elon. I’ve helped Elon a lot,” Trump told reporters at the White House. Just a week earlier, he had praised Musk’s involvement in the DOGE project, aimed at slashing government spending and cutting down on the federal workforce.

Reflecting on their past, Trump added, “Elon and I had a great relationship. I don’t know if we will anymore.”

Musk quickly responded through a terse post on his platform, X, simply stating, “Whatever.” He has publicly opposed the bill on the grounds that it would drive up federal deficits. In a more detailed critique, Musk posted, “Keep the EV/solar incentive cuts in the bill, even though no oil & gas subsidies are touched (very unfair!!), but ditch the MOUNTAIN of DISGUSTING PORK in the bill. In the entire history of civilization, there has never been legislation that both big and beautiful.”

Further escalating tensions, Musk tweeted, “Without me, Trump would have lost the election,” asserting that his contributions were pivotal to Trump’s political fortunes. He went on to say, “Dems would control the House and the Republicans would be 51-49 in the Senate,” referring to the 2024 elections. Musk had poured over $250 million into Trump’s re-election campaign, making him the largest donor to that effort. “Such ingratitude,” Musk concluded in a follow-up post.

The billionaire CEO also launched a poll on X, asking, “Is it time to create a new political party in America that actually represents the 80% in the middle?”—a clear sign of his disillusionment with current political alignments.

The spat had immediate financial implications as Tesla’s share value dropped more than 8% amid the very public fallout between Musk and Trump. The conflict comes after several days of Musk lambasting the bill, which Trump has described as his “One, Big, Beautiful Bill,” on the grounds that it would inflate federal deficits. Musk had previously labeled the legislation a “disgusting abomination.”

Just days before the verbal feud, Trump had hosted Musk at an Oval Office event and commended him for his role in federal fiscal initiatives. However, things took a turn when the president rescinded his nomination of Jared Isaacman, a tech billionaire favored by Musk, to head NASA. “You know, I’ve always liked Elon,” Trump said on Thursday. “I’d rather have him criticize me than the bill, because the bill is incredible.”

Trump emphasized that Musk’s objections seemed tied to financial incentives for electric vehicles being cut from the bill. “Elon is upset because we took the EV mandate, and you know, which was a lot of money for electric vehicles,” he explained. “And you know, they’re having a hard time, the electric vehicles, and they want us to pay billions of dollars in subsidy.”

According to Trump, Musk was not only aware of the proposed elimination of EV tax credits, but had accepted it earlier in the process. “Elon knew this from the beginning,” Trump stated. “He knew it … a long time ago.”

Trump also criticized Musk for what he sees as a sudden and opportunistic shift in position. “I’m very disappointed, because Elon knew the inner workings of this bill better than almost anybody sitting here, better than you people. He knew everything about it. He had no problem with it,” Trump said.

“But all of a sudden he had a problem, and he only developed the problem when he found out that we’re going to have to cut the EV mandate, because that’s billions and billions of dollars, and it really is unfair,” Trump added.

Regarding the withdrawn NASA nomination, Trump explained, “I’m sure [Musk] respected him, but to run NASA … I didn’t think it was appropriate.” He also pointed out Isaacman’s political leanings as a factor. “You happen to be a Democrat, like totally Democrat,” Trump remarked. “And I say, you know, look, we won. We get certain privileges. And one of the privileges we don’t have to appoint a Democrat. NASA is very important.”

Trump hinted that Musk’s change in tone followed a common pattern he had observed with other former allies. “People leave my administration, and they love us. And then at some point they miss it so badly, and some of them embrace it, and some of them actually become hostile. I don’t know what it is,” Trump noted.

“It’s sort of Trump derangement syndrome, I guess they call it,” he added. “But we have it with others too. They leave, and they wake up in the morning, and the glamor is gone.”

In sum, the dramatic unraveling of the Trump-Musk relationship underscores the growing divide between pro-business conservatives and the evolving priorities of Trump’s economic agenda. What began as a fruitful partnership rooted in mutual ambitions for innovation and deregulation has now devolved into a public clash over subsidies, spending, and political loyalty—with potentially lasting consequences for both men.

Thune Faces Escalating Challenges in Senate Push for Trump Agenda Before July 4

Senate Majority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.) and his team of negotiators are facing mounting complications in their drive to secure passage of a sweeping legislative package aimed at implementing President Trump’s economic agenda by the July 4 deadline. The process, already burdened by internal Republican divisions, is becoming increasingly tangled as GOP senators raise objections across multiple fronts.

Concerns are intensifying among various Republican senators over deep spending cuts targeting key social safety net programs, particularly Medicaid and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). At the same time, fiscal conservatives are doubling down on demands for deeper deficit reduction. One particular point of contention is a controversial proposal from these conservatives to eliminate what they describe as over $200 billion in “waste, fraud and abuse” from the Medicare program—an idea fraught with political risk due to Medicare’s broad popularity.

Further friction has emerged over disagreements between Senate Republicans and the Trump-aligned White House over making some corporate tax breaks permanent. These include provisions such as 100 percent bonus depreciation for short-term investments and immediate expensing of research and development costs.

With a narrow majority of 53 seats, Senate Republicans can afford only three defections if they hope to pass what Trump has dubbed his “big, beautiful bill.” But with key senators already signaling opposition, that margin is rapidly shrinking.

Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) is among the dissenters. He has flatly stated his opposition, declaring he will vote “no” because the legislation includes language that would raise the debt ceiling by $4 trillion. Likewise, Senator Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) expressed strong resistance, branding himself a “hard no” due to the bill’s failure to return federal spending to prepandemic levels.

The following are the major issues that risk derailing the bill in the Senate:

Medicaid Cuts Stir Unease Among GOP Moderates

Republican Senators Susan Collins (Maine), Lisa Murkowski (Alaska), Jerry Moran (Kansas), and Josh Hawley (Missouri) are all threatening to vote against the bill if it results in reductions to Medicaid benefits for their constituents. These senators are still waiting to see the official language from the Senate Finance Committee regarding how Medicaid will be addressed.

Leadership in both the Senate and House has insisted that the bill will not slash Medicaid benefits. However, the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) released a report on Wednesday estimating that approximately 10.9 million Americans would lose their health insurance if the bill passes, primarily due to changes involving Medicaid and Affordable Care Act provisions.

“I hope not benefit cuts, that’s my bottom line,” Senator Hawley said Thursday, underscoring his concern.

Specific proposals drawing criticism include limits on states’ ability to use provider taxes to boost their federal Medicaid reimbursements and new requirements for individuals earning between 100 percent and 138 percent of the federal poverty level to pay higher copays for medical services.

SNAP Spending Reductions Raise Red Flags

Several GOP senators, including Collins and Moran, have also voiced objections to proposed cuts to SNAP totaling around $267 billion. The Senate Agriculture Committee is working to finalize its section of the budget reconciliation bill, with hopes of unveiling the text next week.

However, Agriculture Committee Chairman John Boozman (R-Ark.) acknowledged that the issue remains unresolved. “We’re still working on it,” Boozman told The Hill. When asked if it had been resolved, he replied, “I wish it was.”

Senator Collins expressed specific concerns about the bill’s provisions that would shift much of the administrative responsibility for SNAP onto the states. She also objected to measures that could penalize states with outdated systems for monitoring benefits.

Push for Greater Deficit Reduction Gains Momentum

Senator Ron Johnson’s call for increased deficit reduction is gaining traction among fellow Republicans. Though the bill is projected to cut spending by roughly $1.6 trillion over the next ten years, several senators, including Senate Budget Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), argue that this is insufficient.

“I think the bill needs to be more fiscally responsible,” Graham told reporters Thursday.

In response, some Republicans are advocating a proposal to target alleged “waste, fraud and abuse” within Medicare Advantage. The proposal, led by Senator Bill Cassidy (R-La.), seeks to address what he describes as the practice of insurance companies “upcoding” diagnoses to secure higher Medicare reimbursements.

Supporters argue that the measure is a focused effort to curb abuse rather than cut legitimate Medicare services. They also point out that progressive lawmakers, including Senator Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.) and Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), support the initiative. However, it remains divisive among Republicans.

Hawley voiced strong opposition on Thursday, saying, “It would be insane” to reduce Medicare funding. Despite assurances that the measure targets fraud rather than core benefits, his stance reflects the sensitivity around altering a program that millions of seniors depend on.

Defense-Related Spectrum Auction Sparks Alarm

Another sticking point comes from Senate Armed Services Committee members Mike Rounds (R-S.D.) and Deb Fischer (R-Neb.), who are opposing a House-passed provision that would auction off certain government-owned spectrum frequencies. These senators fear the move could interfere with the Pentagon’s use of those frequencies for vital radar and communication operations.

Rounds described the current House language as a “deal-breaker” and is pressing for adjustments that would ensure the Defense Department retains necessary access throughout the auction period.

“It has to be modified,” he insisted. “They’ve indicated that they would protect the spectrum,” Rounds added, but emphasized the need for those protections to be explicitly written into the Senate version of the bill.

Corporate Tax Break Disputes Continue

While less visible than the Medicaid or SNAP debates, disagreements over corporate tax policy are also clouding the path forward. Some Senate Republicans are frustrated by resistance from the Trump-aligned White House regarding the permanence of certain corporate tax breaks. These include the full expensing of research and development expenses and bonus depreciation.

These provisions, aimed at encouraging business investment, are popular among supply-side conservatives. But the White House has expressed reservations about cementing them into law without corresponding offsets—adding yet another layer of complexity to the ongoing negotiations.

In sum, Thune and his team are now juggling multiple conflicting priorities as they try to meet the July 4 goal. From health care entitlements and food assistance to national defense and tax reform, the issues plaguing the bill are varied and politically sensitive. With only a slim margin for error, the Majority Leader must either broker compromises that satisfy a broad range of senators or risk the entire package collapsing under the weight of its own contradictions.

U.S. Economy Contracts for First Time in Three Years Amid Tariff Uncertainty

The U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.2% in the first quarter of 2025, marking its first decline in three years. According to a revised estimate released by the Commerce Department on Thursday, the economic downturn was largely driven by President Donald Trump’s trade policies, particularly the imposition of tariffs, which disrupted normal business activity. The updated figure was a slight improvement from the government’s original estimate, though it still reflects an overall slowdown in economic momentum.

A key factor behind the drop was a significant increase in imports during the first three months of the year. Companies rushed to bring in foreign goods ahead of the president’s widely publicized tariff hikes. This surge in imports, while representing increased spending on foreign products, had a negative effect on GDP calculations because imported goods are not counted as part of domestic production.

Gross domestic product (GDP), the broadest measure of the nation’s economic activity, had expanded by 2.4% in the final quarter of 2024. However, the sudden spike in imports in early 2025 reversed that growth. Imports jumped at a remarkable annual rate of 42.6%, the fastest pace since the third quarter of 2020, and this alone subtracted more than five percentage points from GDP. In addition to the impact of trade, consumer spending also experienced a marked slowdown.

Federal government expenditures contributed further to the decline. Spending fell at an annual rate of 4.6% from January through March, representing the largest contraction in federal outlays in three years.

The way imports affect GDP is primarily a technical matter. Imports are subtracted from the GDP calculation to ensure that only domestically produced goods and services are counted. As an example, when an American consumer buys Costa Rican coffee, it shows up as consumer spending. But because the product was not made in the United States, it is later subtracted to avoid distorting the true level of domestic production.

Economists believe the unusual import surge observed in the first quarter is unlikely to recur in the second quarter, which spans April through June. As a result, imports are not expected to exert the same downward pressure on GDP in the next government report.

Despite the overall contraction, there were some areas of strength within the economy. Business investment grew at a robust annual rate of 24.4% in the first quarter. One reason for this was that companies increased their inventories in anticipation of the tariffs, boosting overall economic activity. This buildup of inventories added more than 2.6 percentage points to GDP growth during the quarter.

A specific measure within the GDP data that reflects the core strength of the economy rose by 2.5% annually in the first quarter. This figure, while lower than the 2.9% rate recorded in the previous quarter, still suggests the economy maintains a solid foundation. This core measurement includes consumer spending and private investment but excludes more volatile components like exports, government spending, and changes in inventories.

Still, the outlook for the economy remains clouded by policy uncertainty stemming from President Trump’s aggressive trade stance. His administration has implemented 10% tariffs on nearly every trading partner worldwide, in addition to targeted levies on steel, aluminum, and automobiles. These actions have led to significant unease among businesses and consumers, and their long-term effects remain uncertain.

This week, a federal court added to the uncertainty by blocking some of the tariffs introduced by the Trump administration. The court ruled that the president had exceeded his legal authority by imposing 10% tariffs and other specific duties on goods from Canada, Mexico, and China. The ruling could lead to further legal and political challenges to the administration’s trade policy and may complicate efforts to renegotiate trade agreements.

The Commerce Department’s report issued Thursday is the second in a series of three estimates for the first quarter’s GDP. A final, more comprehensive revision is scheduled to be released on June 26. This upcoming report will incorporate additional economic data and provide a more complete picture of the country’s economic performance during the early months of 2025.

Overall, while the first quarter’s economic decline reflects real challenges tied to trade policy and consumer caution, some underlying metrics continue to show resilience. But as the legal and economic implications of the president’s tariffs play out, businesses and policymakers alike will be watching closely for signs of either recovery or further disruption.

The report paints a complex picture: on one hand, it reflects the drag caused by an extraordinary surge in imports and reduced government spending, and on the other, it reveals solid business investment and a still-growing core economy. Whether those strengths will be enough to offset continued trade tensions in future quarters remains to be seen.

Economists and analysts have emphasized that while GDP is a critical gauge of economic health, short-term changes can be volatile, especially when influenced by policy-driven shifts such as tariffs. Still, the drop in GDP, even if slight, has raised concerns.

President Trump has framed his tariff strategy as a means to bolster American industry and reduce the country’s trade deficit. However, the short-term outcome, at least as captured in this latest GDP report, has been mixed. The administration’s efforts have triggered import spikes, supply chain disruptions, and a response from trading partners, all of which have fed into the current economic narrative.

What happens next will depend in part on how businesses adapt to the new trade environment and whether consumer spending rebounds in the coming months. The final GDP report in June will be a critical indicator, not just for economists but for the broader public and political leadership heading into the second half of the year.

As the nation waits for further economic updates, the first quarter’s data is a reminder of how interconnected global trade, domestic policy, and consumer behavior truly are—and how quickly shifts in one area can ripple across the entire economy.

White House Seeks Spending Cuts as Musk Criticizes Bureaucracy and Political Influence

The White House is preparing to send a series of proposed rescissions to Capitol Hill, using a process that enables the cancellation of previously approved spending. This move is aimed at reinforcing some of the spending cuts outlined in the Deficit-Offset Government Efficiency (DOGE) initiative. According to a spokesperson from the Office of Management and Budget, the proposed package includes a $1.1 billion reduction from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, the agency responsible for funding NPR and PBS. In addition, it outlines an $8.3 billion cut in foreign aid expenditures.

Elon Musk, the high-profile entrepreneur and political donor, has recently reflected on his time engaging with the government, revealing a more subdued and realistic tone. Describing his frustrations with bureaucracy, Musk remarked, “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized. I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Musk also disclosed that he plans to reduce his political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he stated, suggesting a pullback from his earlier, more active political engagement.

Previously, Musk had been highly motivated by the prospect of reshaping the political landscape in Washington. He had contributed over $250 million to support President Donald Trump’s campaign. Musk also participated in campaign rallies and wore campaign-themed hats at White House events. He frequently warned about excessive government spending, which he described as a fundamental crisis. Throughout this period, Musk consistently expressed strong support for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk said in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump responded with praise of his own, calling Musk “a truly great American.” When Tesla experienced a downturn in sales, Trump demonstrated his loyalty by transforming the White House driveway into a temporary display area for Tesla vehicles, signaling his support.

Despite Musk’s waning involvement with the administration, it’s uncertain whether his recent critiques will significantly influence the ongoing legislative discussions. During the post-election transition period, when Musk’s influence was peaking, he played a role in stirring opposition to a proposed spending package. This occurred at a time when the nation was teetering on the edge of a government shutdown.

His latest remarks may serve to galvanize Republicans who are calling for even steeper spending reductions. One notable reaction came from Republican Senator Mike Lee of Utah, who shared a Fox News article about Musk’s comments. He added his own opinion on the bill’s prospects, stating that there was “still time to fix it.”

Lee further emphasized the need for a tougher stance in the Senate version of the bill. “The Senate version will be more aggressive,” he asserted. “It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

When the House of Representatives recently voted on the measure, only two Republican lawmakers—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against it. Their dissent was noteworthy, especially in light of Musk’s public statements.

Davidson acknowledged Musk’s comments on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Meanwhile, the Congressional Budget Office has issued a preliminary analysis of the bill’s fiscal implications. According to their estimates, the bill’s tax provisions would raise federal deficits by approximately $3.8 trillion over the next ten years. In contrast, the spending reductions affecting Medicaid, food assistance programs, and other services are projected to save just over $1 trillion during the same timeframe.

Despite this imbalance, House Republican leaders argue that the bill could still be fiscally sound if it stimulates enough economic growth. They claim that improved economic performance might render the legislation either neutral or even beneficial in terms of deficit reduction. However, this optimistic assessment is not universally shared.

Independent analysts remain skeptical of those projections. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, a nonpartisan fiscal watchdog group, estimates that the legislation would actually increase the national debt by $3 trillion over the next decade, including interest costs.

This debate comes at a time of heightened scrutiny over the federal government’s fiscal discipline. The combination of growing deficits and competing priorities has forced lawmakers into difficult conversations about what to fund and what to cut. The White House’s rescission package is an effort to show seriousness about reducing spending, even if the broader legislative path remains uncertain.

Elon Musk Exits Trump Administration Role After Turbulent Tenure Focused on Cutting Government Waste

Elon Musk is stepping down from his government position as a senior adviser to President Donald Trump, where he had led efforts to trim and restructure the federal bureaucracy. His resignation, announced on Wednesday evening, brings to a close a contentious chapter marked by significant layoffs, agency reductions, and legal battles. Despite bold ambitions, Musk struggled to adjust to the political climate in Washington and ultimately achieved far less than he had initially hoped.

Initially, Musk had aimed to slash federal spending by $2 trillion, but he gradually scaled back his goal—first to $1 trillion, and then to $150 billion—as he faced mounting opposition. The billionaire entrepreneur grew increasingly disillusioned with the resistance he encountered, often finding himself at odds with senior figures in Trump’s administration. These internal conflicts emerged as Musk tried to restructure various departments, drawing significant political criticism in the process.

Although Musk’s advisory role was always intended to be short-term, he had lately been indicating a shift in focus back to his businesses, including electric car manufacturer Tesla and aerospace firm SpaceX. Yet officials within the administration remained vague about the precise timing of his departure. The public only learned of it when Musk made an abrupt announcement on X, his social media platform.

“As my scheduled time as a Special Government Employee comes to an end, I would like to thank President @realDonaldTrump for the opportunity to reduce wasteful spending,” Musk posted. “The @DOGE mission will only strengthen over time as it becomes a way of life throughout the government.”

An unnamed White House official later confirmed Musk’s departure.

Musk’s resignation followed closely on the heels of a CBS interview snippet in which he criticized a central piece of Trump’s legislative agenda. In the interview, Musk said he was “disappointed” with what Trump had dubbed his “big beautiful bill,” a sweeping piece of legislation combining tax cuts with stricter immigration enforcement.

Calling the measure a “massive spending bill,” Musk argued that it undermined the objectives of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), the agency he led. “I think a bill can be big or it could be beautiful,” Musk remarked. “But I don’t know if it could be both.”

Responding from the Oval Office on Wednesday, Trump defended his legislative initiative by pointing to the delicate negotiations involved. “I’m not happy about certain aspects of it, but I’m thrilled by other aspects of it,” the president said, suggesting the bill was still subject to change. “We’re going to see what happens. It’s got a way to go.”

The legislation had already passed the House and was being debated in the Senate. Musk’s critiques have found support among some Republicans. “I sympathize with Elon being discouraged,” said Sen. Ron Johnson of Wisconsin during an appearance at the Milwaukee Press Club. Johnson noted he was “pretty confident” that enough opposition existed to “slow this process down until the president, our leadership, gets serious” about reducing spending. He added that no amount of pressure from Trump would sway him from that stance.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has urged the Senate to avoid major amendments to the bill, emphasizing that House Republicans had achieved a “very delicate balance” that could be destabilized by significant changes. Since the House will need to vote again if the Senate alters the legislation, any shifts risk derailing the fragile consensus.

On the day Musk stepped down, Speaker Johnson thanked him for his service and affirmed that the House would continue pushing for further spending reductions. “The House is eager and ready to act on DOGE’s findings,” Johnson stated.

To support DOGE’s fiscal objectives, the White House is preparing a set of proposed rescissions—moves to cancel previously authorized expenditures—that will be sent to Congress. According to the Office of Management and Budget, the rescission package will target $1.1 billion from the Corporation of Public Broadcasting, which supports NPR and PBS, and $8.3 billion in foreign aid.

Musk has admitted that his foray into government work was more challenging than he had imagined. “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized,” he told The Washington Post. “I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Recently, Musk also indicated he would be cutting back on political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he said.

Initially, Musk had been invigorated by the chance to overhaul Washington. After contributing at least $250 million to Trump’s campaign, he wore campaign hats in the White House, held rallies, and framed excessive government spending as a crisis. He frequently expressed admiration for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk declared in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump reciprocated Musk’s praise, calling him “a truly great American.” At one point, when Tesla’s sales were dipping, Musk even displayed his cars in the White House driveway to emphasize the administration’s support.

With Musk now exiting the administration, it remains uncertain what influence his recent criticisms will have on ongoing legislative debates. During his more influential period, Musk helped rally opposition to a spending bill when the government faced a potential shutdown. His latest remarks could inspire Republicans pushing for more aggressive cuts.

Sen. Mike Lee of Utah reposted a Fox News article featuring Musk’s CBS interview and added his own commentary, stating there was “still time to fix it.” He said, “The Senate version will be more aggressive. It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

Only two Republican representatives—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against the bill during the House vote last week. Davidson acknowledged Musk’s critique on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Preliminary analysis from the Congressional Budget Office estimates that the bill’s tax elements would raise federal deficits by $3.8 trillion over ten years, while spending cuts to programs like Medicaid and food stamps would save just over $1 trillion during the same period.

House Republican leaders insist that the resulting economic growth would counteract the bill’s deficit impact. However, independent analysts are skeptical. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget predicts the bill would add $3 trillion—including interest—to the national debt over the next decade.

Trump’s Expansive Power Push Poses a Historic Stress Test for the Constitution

From the start of his second term, Donald Trump has pursued a presidency defined not only by sharp rhetoric and personal grievances but by an expansive attempt to consolidate power in the White House. What often appears to be a chaotic stream of attacks against universities, celebrities, corporations, and courts may in fact reflect a unified strategy: to weaken, if not fully dismantle, the system of checks and balances that has defined American governance since the Constitution’s founding.

In recent months, Trump has attacked a range of institutions and individuals—from attempting to block Harvard from enrolling international students to targeting Bruce Springsteen and Taylor Swift online, and pressuring companies like Walmart and Apple over their trade policy positions. On the surface, this might seem like political improvisation. But many legal scholars and political scientists argue that Trump’s actions aim to erode the very foundations of constitutional governance.

According to these experts, Trump’s second term differs from previous presidencies not just in degree but in kind. While past presidents have tested the boundaries of executive authority, Trump’s efforts appear to combine multiple unprecedented moves—sidelining Congress, challenging judicial rulings, asserting sweeping executive control, and using federal power to penalize perceived enemies in civil society.

Paul Pierson, a political scientist at the University of California at Berkeley, says the “sheer level of aggression and the speed at which [the administration has] moved” is without precedent. “They are engaging in a whole range of behaviors that I think are clearly breaking through conventional understandings of what the law says, and of what the Constitution says,” Pierson remarked.

Yuval Levin of the American Enterprise Institute also acknowledges that Trump is advancing the most sweeping vision of presidential authority since Woodrow Wilson. However, Levin predicts that this effort could provoke a counter-reaction, particularly from the Supreme Court, which may seek to reassert limits on presidential power. “The reaction that Trump’s excessive assertiveness will draw from the Court will backfire against the executive branch in the long run,” Levin wrote.

Others aren’t so sure. With the Court’s conservative 6-3 majority, many analysts question whether it will truly rein in Trump’s efforts to expand his authority—raising concerns that America’s constitutional balance might be in serious jeopardy.

A Multi-Front Assault on Constitutional Boundaries

Unlike past presidents who typically challenged one branch of government at a time, Trump’s second term has been marked by a comprehensive campaign to sideline all constitutional constraints simultaneously.

He has marginalized Congress by undermining agencies established by statute, asserting the right to withhold funds Congress has authorized, and bypassing the legislative process to enact major policies—such as on tariffs and immigration—via emergency declarations. He’s refused to enforce laws he dislikes, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which bans American firms from bribing foreign officials.

Within the executive branch, Trump has centralized control through purges of civil servants, inspectors general, and independent regulators—blurring the boundaries between independent oversight and presidential authority. These actions have simultaneously weakened the authority Congress originally built into those agencies to shield them from political interference.

Trump has also challenged judicial authority. He’s resisted federal court orders, such as restoring federal funds and complying with rulings on immigration enforcement. One case involved Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a deported immigrant the administration admitted was wrongly removed, yet Trump’s government showed little effort to obey the court’s directive to facilitate his return.

Federalism, too, has been under pressure. Trump’s administration has sought to override blue states by enforcing conservative cultural policies nationwide. He’s pursued controversial arrests of local officials, including a judge in Wisconsin and a mayor in New Jersey. Though charges against the Newark mayor were dropped, a new case was filed against Democratic Representative LaMonica McIver—another sign of Trump’s willingness to use federal power against political opponents.

Even more extraordinary is Trump’s assault on civil society. His administration has targeted law firms with Democratic ties, withheld research funds from universities over ideological disagreements, and tried to revoke their tax-exempt status. Trump has even ordered the Department of Justice to investigate the Democratic fundraising platform ActBlue and critics from his first term. Courts have already rejected some of these actions as unconstitutional.

Eric Schickler, co-author of Partisan Nation, says Trump’s strategy to deter other actors from performing their core roles is unprecedented in its scope. “This ability to just deter other actors from exercising their core rights and responsibilities at this kind of scope is something we haven’t had before,” Schickler said.

Yet for many of Trump’s supporters, this aggressive centralization of authority is precisely the point. Russell Vought, director of the Office of Management and Budget and a key architect of Trump’s governance philosophy, argues that the expansion of presidential power is necessary to undo decades of liberal influence. He contends that bureaucrats and federal agencies have usurped too much authority from elected officials, and the presidency must be “unshackled” to correct that.

Trump put it more bluntly in his first term when he said, “I have an Article II, where I have the right to do whatever I want as president.”

Warnings Echo from the Founding Era

In a nod to American revolutionary tradition, Trump earlier this year signed a proclamation honoring Patrick Henry’s famed “Give me liberty or give me death” speech. However, he omitted a lesser-known but prescient warning from Henry, issued 13 years later when debating the Constitution’s ratification.

Henry feared that the presidency could become a tool for authoritarianism. “If your American chief, be a man of ambition, and abilities, how easy is it for him to render himself absolute!” Henry warned. His concerns about the potential for executive abuse were echoed by other Founders, even those who supported the Constitution.

James Madison, writing in the Federalist Papers, argued that the Constitution’s design would prevent tyranny by dividing power across institutions and levels of government. “Ambition must be made to counteract ambition,” he wrote. Madison believed this system, bolstered by federalism, would safeguard individual liberty through what he called a “double security.”

Despite the Constitution’s flaws—most egregiously its original accommodation of slavery—the separation of powers functioned relatively well for over two centuries, Pierson and Schickler argue. The diffusion of authority helped prevent any single individual or group from consolidating power.

But the system has weakened in recent decades, as growing polarization and nationalized political identities have eroded the commitment of officeholders to their institutional roles. Instead of defending the prerogatives of Congress, courts, or states, many officials now align themselves primarily with their political party. This shift has reduced the likelihood that members of a president’s party will challenge overreach, enabling figures like Trump to push boundaries further than ever before.

A Fragile System Faces an Uncertain Future

Will Trump’s second term mark a turning point in American constitutional history—one in which presidential power overwhelms the traditional system of checks and balances?

That question is no longer academic. Corey Brettschneider, author of The Presidents and the People, notes that past challenges to civil liberties—from John Adams to Richard Nixon—have often triggered successful public resistance. But even he expresses doubt that such outcomes are guaranteed in today’s polarized climate. “We have these past victories to draw on,” Brettschneider said. “But we shouldn’t be naïve: The system is fragile. We just don’t know if American democracy will survive.”

Yuval Levin remains somewhat more optimistic. He sees the Supreme Court as the last likely counterweight to Trump’s ambitions. While he acknowledges that Congress is unlikely to resist, he believes the Court will ultimately differentiate between a president’s authority over the executive branch and overreach into other branches and civil society.

“So this court will simultaneously strengthen the president’s command of the executive branch,” Levin predicts, “and restrain the president’s attempts to violate the separation of powers.”

Still, even that vision suggests a presidency transformed—and a constitutional system facing a stress test unlike any in modern times.

Women Take the Lead in Philanthropy as Billionaire Boomers Fade Out

The era dominated by billionaire baby boomer men steering global philanthropy is drawing to a close. As icons like Bill Gates and Warren Buffett wind down their historic contributions, a new wave is rising—wealthy women, led by the likes of MacKenzie Scott, are now taking charge of charitable giving. With proposed tax reforms threatening the traditional foundation model, the future of philanthropy is being reshaped by trust-based giving and innovative donation strategies pioneered by these women.

Bill Gates and Warren Buffett once stood as titans of philanthropic giving, often compared to the Rockefellers and Carnegies for their transformational impact. They brought about a new Gilded Age of charity, establishing a model for billionaire benevolence. However, this landscape is undergoing dramatic changes. As liberal institutions face mounting tax pressures and unconventional giving strategies gain ground, a broader and more diverse group of philanthropists is poised to redefine the field.

Earlier in May, Gates revealed his plan to close the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, committing to distribute $200 billion by 2045 and to give away his personal $100 billion fortune in the process. Amir Pasic, dean of the Lilly Family School of Philanthropy at Indiana University, reflected on the ripple effects of Gates’ decision, saying, “There’s an air of anticipation in terms of if and how people are going to follow in his footsteps.”

Simultaneously, Warren Buffett, now 94, is preparing to step away from the helm of Berkshire Hathaway. His Giving Pledge, which inspired 240 billionaires to commit around $600 billion to philanthropic causes, dramatically expanded the culture of elite giving. But with Buffett stepping back, questions arise about the continuity of these commitments and whether future billionaires will uphold the pledge’s intentions in his absence.

Despite these transitions, experts say the philanthropic momentum won’t stop—instead, it may accelerate and become more inclusive. “We’re likely to see more women come out of the shadows,” Pasic predicted, signaling a shift in who holds influence in the charitable sector.

One major force reshaping philanthropy is a proposed change in U.S. tax policy. A recently approved budget reconciliation package includes a 10% tax on foundations with assets exceeding $5 billion. This move could significantly impact large liberal institutions such as those founded by Gates, George Soros, and Mark Zuckerberg.

Kathleen McCarthy, director of the Center on Philanthropy at CUNY, warned that the impact would be uneven. “The reason this is insidious is that it’s going to really hit the big liberal foundations like Gates, Ford, and Soros,” she said. “Whereas the conservative foundations are much smaller and they will pay a much lower rate.”

This shift in taxation is prompting billionaires to reevaluate their giving strategies. “They will start looking at alternative mechanisms once they realize that they’re going to be forced to sunset foundations,” McCarthy explained. “That’s what’s being jeopardized right now.”

One of the most significant alternatives gaining attention is the method used by MacKenzie Scott. Her model of “stealth giving” involves donating large sums directly to nonprofits without imposing restrictions or demanding detailed reports. She simply trusts recipients to make good use of the money.

As traditional foundation-based models come under strain, Scott’s direct and discreet approach is gaining traction. “I think she’s a trendsetter and sort of moral ballast to the way that Gates has been,” noted Bella DeVaan, associate director of the charity reform initiative at the Institute for Policy Studies. “I do see that being not just a trend, but shifting common sense towards trust-based philanthropy.”

Scott’s donations come through her Yield Giving foundation, which has disbursed more than $19.25 billion to 2,450 nonprofits. Her impact has proven that significant giving can be accomplished without elaborate bureaucracies. Experts believe her style will inspire other billionaires to adopt a more streamlined and anonymous model of charity to avoid taxation and bureaucratic hurdles.

DeVaan also anticipates that Melinda French Gates, another philanthropic heavyweight, could lead the way in adopting the philanthropic limited liability company (LLC) model—an alternative to traditional foundations that offers more flexibility and privacy.

A deeper pattern is emerging across the philanthropic landscape: women are no longer just supporting roles in charitable work—they’re becoming the primary drivers. In 2024 alone, more than 200 new billionaires have been minted—an average of four every week—and many of them are women. As more women accumulate wealth and power, their presence in philanthropy is becoming increasingly prominent and may soon define the sector.

When experts are asked who might fill the void left by Gates and Buffett, one name consistently surfaces: MacKenzie Scott. Her unique approach to giving—bypassing traditional vetting and bureaucracy—sets her apart. “This is a woman making a pretty bold statement about how she’s going to give her money away: by trusting the recipients, and not asking for any reporting back,” Pasic observed. “She’s in contrast to the very technocratic way that Bill Gates has approached matters.”

Melinda French Gates also remains a key player. Having played a vital role in the Gates Foundation, she continues to lead independent efforts in global health, gender equality, and family planning. Meanwhile, other philanthropic couples like Mark Zuckerberg and Priscilla Chan are investing heavily in human health innovations.

Though these women may appear to be breaking new ground, their involvement in philanthropy is not without precedent. Historical figures like Madam C.J. Walker—a pioneering African American businesswoman and the first self-made female millionaire—were notable benefactors in their time, even if they received less public recognition.

Now, in 2025, women in the U.S. have greater access to wealth, education, and leadership than ever before. As they rise into top executive positions and assert control over their finances, their influence in philanthropy continues to grow.

“You’ll see women becoming much more prominent mega donors,” McCarthy concluded. “They’re very comfortable handling money. They’re very comfortable doing research, and they’re looking for ways to change the system.”

The torch of philanthropy is being passed to a new generation—one shaped not just by shifting tax codes and policy reforms, but by the quiet revolution of women donors who are reshaping giving on their own terms. The era of Gates and Buffett may be ending, but a new, more inclusive chapter is already being written.

House GOP Pushes Medicaid Overhaul with Work Requirements and Immigration Restrictions

In a sweeping move to reshape Medicaid, House Republicans have advanced legislation that includes several controversial measures aimed at cutting costs and tightening eligibility. The bill, which has managed to unite the often-fractured GOP caucus, employs a mix of strategies such as imposing work requirements on certain adults, limiting provider taxes, increasing eligibility verifications, and slashing federal Medicaid funding to states that offer coverage to undocumented immigrants.

At the heart of the proposal is a requirement for “able-bodied adults” without dependents, up to the age of 64, to meet specific work obligations in order tomaintain their Medicaid coverage. This component of the bill has gained traction across the Republican spectrum, even among those lawmakers who generally oppose broader cuts to Medicaid. It marks a notable shift in the party’s approach, focusing on personal responsibility as a condition for receiving public health assistance.

Although the bill was rushed through the House with little time for additional analysis, it now faces a challenging path in the Senate. The upper chamber is divided, with some senators pushing for even deeper cuts, while others are wary of undermining Medicaid entirely. However, the idea of work requirements has received little resistance even from those concerned about broader funding reductions. This suggests a bipartisan understanding—at least in part—on enforcing stricter eligibility conditions for government-supported health care.

In a late-stage amendment designed to satisfy conservative demands, lawmakers moved up the timeline for these work requirements. Originally slated to begin on January 1, 2029, the new schedule would see implementation start as soon as December 31, 2026. Additionally, the change restricts future presidential administrations from expanding exemptions to these work requirements. This preemptive move limits future executive discretion and locks in the policy’s rigid framework, preventing any future loosening of the rule for vulnerable populations.

States that fail tocomply with the new mandates could face financial penalties in the form of lost Medicaid funding. If a state continues to offer coverage to individuals who cannot demonstrate eligibility under the new rules, it risks forfeiting substantial federal support. This provision is designed to ensure strict adherence, effectively coercing states into compliance through financial pressure.

Despite the significance of the bill, lawmakers moved quickly to approve the amended version, bypassing an updated cost analysis from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO). As a result, the precise fiscal impact of the revised legislation remains uncertain. However, under the original version of the bill, the introduction of work requirements was projected to save the federal government $280 billion over a six-year span. This figure representsnearly three times the amount the CBO had estimated would be saved under an earlier Republican plan.

These substantial projected savings, however, are not the result of increased efficiency or lower administrative costs. Rather, they would largely be achieved by reducing the number of people enrolled in Medicaid. Millions are expected to lose their coverage due to the new barriers introduced by the work requirements and other eligibility restrictions.

The real-world impact of such policies is already somewhat evident. Two states that previously experimented with similar work requirements encounterednumerous problems, most notably administrative red tape. In these cases, many eligible individuals lost coverage simply because of data entry mistakes or failures in processing paperwork. These errors, often bureaucratic rather than intentional, left thousands without access to vital health services.

Experts are now warning that giving states less than two years to implement these new and complex verification systems is likely to result in widespread problems. “Experts predict giving states less than two years to set up complicated verification systems is inviting disaster and will result in many people getting wrongly kicked off Medicaid,” the article notes. Critics argue that the shortened timeline combined with the technical challenges involved will inevitably cause eligible recipients to be mistakenly removed from the rolls.

Supporters of the bill maintain that work requirements will encourage employment and reduce dependency on government programs. But opponents point to the experiences of Arkansas and New Hampshire—two states that piloted work requirement programs—as cautionary tales. In Arkansas, more than 18,000 people lost Medicaid coverage within months due to non-compliance, many because they didn’t understand or weren’t properly notified about the new rules. In New Hampshire, the policy was suspended before it could take full effect amid concerns about its implementation and fairness.

The bill also includes a freeze on provider taxes, a source of revenue that some states use to fund their share of Medicaid costs. By freezing these taxes, the federal government aims to prevent states from using them to draw down more federal dollars than intended. This measure, while technical, is part of the broader effort to rein in federal spending on the program.

Additionally, the bill targets states that offer Medicaid benefits to undocumented immigrants, proposing to cut federal funding for those jurisdictions. This aligns with broader Republican efforts to tighten immigration policies and ensure that federal resources are directed solely toward legal residents and citizens.

While the House vote represents a major step forward for Republican priorities on health care reform, the bill’s future remains uncertain. Senate negotiations are expected to be contentious, especially as moderate Republicans and Democrats push back against the more drastic provisions. Still, the inclusion of work requirements has emerged as a relatively unifying concept, one that may serve as a starting point for any eventual compromise.

In summary, the legislation passed by the House represents a bold effort by Republicans to reshape Medicaid by imposing stricter eligibility standards and reducing federal expenditures. Although pitched as a cost-saving initiative, the plan’s success hinges on excluding millions from coverage. The rush to legislate before a full CBO analysis and the shortened implementation timeline raise concerns among experts and advocates alike about the feasibility and fairness of the proposed changes.

As the debate moves to the Senate, the central question will be whether these changes can gain enough support without significantly undermining the basic function of Medicaid—to provide health coverage for those most in need.

House Republicans Revise Tax and Spending Bill to Secure Passage

In a last-ditch effort to unify their ranks, House Republican leaders have made substantial revisions to a broad tax and spending bill. These changes, aimed at appeasing both conservative and moderate factions within the GOP, target key issues such as the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, Medicaid reforms, energy tax credits, gender-affirming care, and federal retirement benefits. The updates are part of a manager’s amendment designed to secure enough votes to bring the legislation to the House floor for a vote.

One of the most notable updates involves the timeline for Medicaid work requirements. Originally, the House version of what Republicans dubbed Trump’s “big, beautiful bill” had scheduled these requirements to begin in early 2029. However, under pressure from fiscal conservatives eager to cut spending, the implementation date has been significantly accelerated. Now, the new provisions stipulate that the work requirements must be in place no later than the end of 2025. This push aligns with conservative efforts to discourage Medicaid expansion and tighten eligibility criteria.

Another major change is in the SALT deduction cap, a contentious issue for GOP moderates representing high-tax states. Initially, the legislation proposed raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for households earning up to $400,000. The revised version expands that relief further, increasing the cap to $40,000 for individuals earning up to $500,000. This move came in response to intense pressure from moderate Republicans, who warned that they might oppose the bill unless it provided greater tax relief to their constituents. The SALT deduction, which allows residents to subtract certain state and local taxes from their federal tax obligations, is especially valuable in Democratic-leaning states with higher tax rates.

Energy policy also saw significant adjustments. The updated bill accelerates the phase-out of green energy tax credits, a demand from conservative hardliners who felt the previous timeline was too lenient. The original version allowed projects to begin receiving partial credits through 2032, provided they began producing electricity after 2028. The new versioneliminates these partial credits altogether. Now, any project that starts generating electricity after 2028 will be ineligible for the credits. Moreover, to qualify, projects must commence construction within 60 days of the bill becoming law.

Despite the tougher rules, the revised legislation includes a carve-out for nuclear power. Under this exception, nuclear projects only need to start construction — not electricity production — by the end of 2028 in order to qualify for the credit. This distinction reflects growing Republican interest in promoting nuclear energy as a reliable and non-carbon source of power.

On the issue of gender-affirming care, the changes reflect a broader ideological shift. The original bill sought to block Medicaid funding for gender transition procedures for minors. The updated version takes that a step further by extending the ban to adults as well. This amendment underscores the increasing GOP efforts to limit government support for gender-affirming healthcare across all age groups.

Another symbolic but politically charged change is the renaming of “MAGA accounts” — an acronym for “Money Accounts for Growth and Advancement.” These savings accounts, proposed as a tool to promote education, will now be officially called “Trump accounts.” The proposal includes a provision for the federal government to deposit $1,000 into these accounts for each child born between January 1, 2025, and December 31, 2028. The rebranding aligns the bill more closely with the president’s identity and could help rally support from his base.

Environmental and public lands provisions were also revised. In response to backlash, Republicans removed a controversial amendment that would have allowed certain public lands in Utah and Nevada to be sold. In addition, the updated text deletes requirements for expanded oil drilling in Alaska’s National Petroleum Reserve and eliminates the mandate for a mining road in the state. These changes came after concerns were raised about environmental impacts and the rushed nature of those original additions.

In another key revision, the bill drops a proposal targeting retirement benefits for federal workers — a move that had drawn criticism from both sides of the aisle. Initially, the legislation suggested calculating federal pensions based on a worker’s highest five years of earnings, rather than the top three, which is the current law. This would have effectively reduced retirement payouts for many government employees.

Rep. Mike Turner, a Republican from Ohio, vocally opposed this part of the bill. “Making changes to pensions and retirement benefits in the middle of someone’s employment is wrong,” Turner said in a quote obtained by GovExec. “Changing the rules, especially when someone has already been vested in their benefits, is wrong. Employee benefits are not a gift, they’re earned.”

He continued, “I understand the need for reform, and we can certainly have changes occur for the benefits of new hires, but for current employees, to change the rules for people in the middle of the game is just wrong.”

This criticism helped galvanize support for removing the provision. Turner’s comments reflect a broader concern among federal employees and lawmakers who feared the change would undermine the government’s credibility as an employer.

Taken together, the amendments reveal a concerted effort by House GOP leadership to balance competing interests within their caucus. By addressing concerns from both moderates and conservatives, they aim to prevent defections and ensure the bill’s survival. The revised legislation now reflects a more aggressive timeline for cost savings, additional tax relief for higher earners in blue states, sharper restrictions on gender-affirming care, a stronger alignment with Trump branding, and more cautious environmental provisions.

These last-minute updates underscore the high stakes of the legislative battle, as Republican leaders seek to deliver a policy victory that aligns with both their fiscal priorities and their political base. With these changes in place, they hope to move the bill swiftly through the House — though its fate in the Senate remains uncertain.

Trump’s Approval Rating Drops to Second-Term Low in New Reuters/Ipsos Poll

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dropped to one of its lowest points in his second term, according to a new Reuters and Ipsos poll released on Tuesday. This marks a significant shift in public sentiment, as Trump has frequently pointed to strong poll numbers during his presidency to bolster his political standing.

Since his inauguration in January, the polling group has consistently tracked Trump’s approval ratings. These numbers serve as a barometer of public perception and are often cited by the president at campaign rallies and press events. Trump has routinely highlighted favorable polling data throughout his political career to showcase his popularity and leadership.

The importance of these numbers goes beyond mere perception. Falling approval ratings can impact a president’s influence, especially in a deeply divided political climate. Trump, who returned to the White House in January with relatively strong approval, has seen those numbers erode amid controversial policy decisions. One significant factor was his announcement of sweeping tariffs, which drew criticism and may have contributed to the decline in support. Though Trump later announced a 90-day delay on the majority of the tariffs, the initial backlash appears to have left a mark on public opinion.

A continued dip in approval could potentially weaken Trump’s political leverage and reduce the Republican Party’s prospects in the 2026 midterm elections. In a political landscape already marked by division and intense scrutiny, approval ratings remain a crucial indicator of electoral momentum.

The Reuters and Ipsos poll, conducted between May 16 and May 18 among 1,024 U.S. adults, found that Trump’s approval rating now stands at 42 percent. This is the same level he reached in earlier polls from April 21 and April 27. Just one week ago, the same polling group had him at 44 percent. The margin of error for this latest survey is plus or minus 3 percent.

When it comes to specific issues, the numbers tell a more nuanced story. The president’s approval rating on the economy sits at 39 percent, while 53 percent of respondents expressed disapproval. On employment and jobs, Trump received a 41 percent approval rating compared to a 49 percent disapproval rate. These figures suggest that concerns about the economy and job market may be driving some of the negative sentiment among voters.

However, not all polls show the same trend. A separate survey conducted by InsiderAdvantage between May 17 and May 19 among 1,000 likely voters painted a more optimistic picture for Trump. That poll found that 55 percent approved of the job he is doing, while 44 percent disapproved. With a similar margin of error of 3 percent, the InsiderAdvantage poll indicates a net approval rating of 11 points. This marks a significant improvement from early May, when the same polling organization found Trump’s net approval rating at just 2 points, with 46 percent approval and 44 percent disapproval.

The uptick in the InsiderAdvantage numbers may be tied to Trump’s recent trip to the Middle East, which appeared to boost his standing among voters. Such trips often allow presidents to demonstrate leadership on the global stage, which can translate into short-term approval boosts.

Political analyst Craig Agranoff commented on the fluctuating numbers in a text message to Newsweek on Tuesday. He said, “His approval rating dipping to 42% in the latest Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a troubling trend for his administration, particularly as it aligns with growing public unease over economic policies like tariffs and concerns about governance amid understaffed agencies.”

Agranoff continued, “Given the consistent downward trajectory we’ve seen in recent polls, with disapproval climbing to around 51%, this negative trend could persist unless there’s a significant policy win or shift in public perception. A president typically becomes concerned with low approval ratings when they fall below 40% for a sustained period, as this erodes political capital, weakens legislative leverage, and risks alienating key voter groups; especially independents and moderates, who have shown notable disapproval in recent data.”

He concluded by saying, “For Trump, the challenge will be addressing these economic and credibility concerns swiftly to reverse the slide.”

On social media, the response to the poll numbers has also been swift and pointed. The account Republicans Against Trump posted on X, formerly known as Twitter, “NEW: Donald Trump’s approval rating drops to 42%, per Reuters/Ipsos poll, down two points since early May. Still way too high.”

Despite the varying results between different polls, the trajectory of Trump’s approval ratings remains a focal point for both political allies and critics. These numbers are reported regularly across a range of media outlets and pollsters, giving the public and political analysts alike a window into the president’s current standing.

Ultimately, polling data serves as both a reflection of and influence on the political landscape. While approval ratings can shift quickly in response to national or global events, sustained downward trends are often more telling. For President Trump, managing these numbers may prove essential not only to his current influence but also to his party’s fortunes in the next major election cycle. Whether the decline in the Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a lasting issue or a temporary dip remains to be seen. But the stakes, both political and legislative, are high.

As new polling continues to emerge, Trump’s team will likely watch the results closely and consider strategic adjustments. Whether through policy changes, messaging shifts, or public appearances aimed at boosting confidence, the pressure is on to regain ground before the midterm campaigns ramp up. Until then, the conversation surrounding Trump’s approval rating is unlikely to fade from the national spotlight.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Legislative Agenda Amid Internal Tensions

Republican leaders scored a significant procedural victory late Sunday night when the House Budget Committee narrowly voted to advance President Donald Trump’s sweeping legislative package, dubbed the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. This bill, which extends Trump-era tax cuts, boosts border funding, and reforms safety-net programs like Medicaid and food assistance, managed to clear the committee in a 17-16 vote — a crucial step toward broader passage.

The unusual timing of the vote, which began after 10 p.m. EDT, reflected the high-stakes negotiations among Republicans and the pressure to reach an agreement. The breakthrough came after four GOP lawmakers — Reps. Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Chip Roy of Texas, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma — who had previously blocked the bill on Friday, agreed to vote “present,” allowing the legislation to advance.

Their shift was attributed to progress made on two key conservative demands: moving up the implementation date for new Medicaid work requirements and accelerating the phase-out of green energy incentives. Roy confirmed this development, stating that changes were underway to address some of the group’s concerns.

In a reflection of the vote’s importance, high-ranking officials including Speaker Mike Johnson and White House Legislative Affairs Director James Braid were spotted near the hearing room during the late-night session. Johnson celebrated the moment, calling it “a big win tonight.”

“There’s a lot more work to do; we’ve always acknowledged that towards the end there will be more details to iron out. We have several more to take care of,” Johnson said. “But I’m looking forward to very thoughtful discussions, very productive discussions over the next few days, and I am absolutely convinced we’re going to get this in final form and pass it in accordance with our original deadline, and that was to do it before Memorial Day.”

The Speaker added, “So this will be a victory out of committee tonight. Everybody will make a vote that allows us to proceed, and that was my big request tonight.”

With the bill now out of the Budget Committee, it heads to the House Rules Committee. That panel will consider final tweaks to the package to reflect additional compromises between conservative deficit hawks and moderates from high-tax states, many of whom are focused on raising the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap.

Although leadership was celebrating the advancement, conservative members emphasized that the bill is still a work in progress. Roy noted that his vote was more of a strategic move than an endorsement.

He stated, “Out of respect for the Republican Conference and the President,” he had voted present, but cautioned that the bill “does not yet meet the moment.” According to Roy, the modified measure does “move Medicaid work requirements forward and reduces the availability of future subsidies under the green new scam.” Still, he remained critical of elements in the legislation, particularly provisions related to green energy tax credits and Medicaid.

In a statement on social platform X, Roy wrote, “This all ultimately increases the likelihood of continuing deficits and non-Obamacare-expansion states like Texas expanding in the future. We can and must do better before we pass the final product.” His remarks suggested he wants more aggressive reforms, such as reining in the provider tax mechanism that states use to obtain increased federal Medicaid funding.

Norman echoed similar sentiments, suggesting that although some progress had been made, more revisions are needed. “We had some great changes, got a lot more work to do. We’re excited about what we did. We wanted to move the bill forward, and it went like I thought,” Norman said.

He also emphasized the broader fiscal concerns that are motivating conservative Republicans. “We’ve been downgraded three times, we have problems with the money in this country, the debt, the FMAPs gotta be dealt with,” Norman said, referencing the Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (FMAP), the federal share of Medicaid costs.

Despite the committee advancement, Roy — who is also a member of the Rules Committee — would not commit to supporting the bill in the next round of voting. When asked whether Trump had reached out to him following the president’s Friday call for Republicans to “STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” Roy declined to respond.

The initial rejection of the bill by these four conservatives stemmed from the belief that its cost-saving measures were insufficient. Their objections focused on delays in implementing new Medicaid work requirements for able-bodied adults and the slow elimination of green energy incentives. They feared that because the projected savings are back-loaded over a ten-year period, the full financial benefits may never materialize.

On the other side of the Republican spectrum, moderates representing districts in high-tax states are pushing for a much larger increase in the SALT deduction cap. The current version of the bill proposes a $30,000 cap — triple the current limit — but moderates insist that it still falls short of what’s needed to secure their support. Accommodating these demands will necessitate additional adjustments elsewhere in the bill to keep it fiscally viable.

For now, the changes already made were enough to satisfy the holdouts temporarily, at least to allow the legislative process to continue. Norman acknowledged this by stating, “In an effort to move this bill forward, and I’m excited about the changes we’ve made, I vote present.”

Democrats on the committee expressed frustration and skepticism about these last-minute compromises and the lack of transparency. As the vote proceeded, some could be heard asking, “What changes?” Ranking member Brendan Boyle of Pennsylvania raised concerns about the undisclosed “side deals” being negotiated behind closed doors. He argued that lawmakers and the public alike deserve to know what changes are being considered and who is making them.

Boyle’s remarks highlighted the Democratic view that the legislative process is becoming increasingly opaque, especially when major overhauls to social safety-net programs are being crafted without public scrutiny or committee debate.

Even as the bill advances, the path ahead is uncertain. The Republican Party remains divided between conservatives who want more drastic reforms and moderates seeking protections for their constituents. The coming days will involve intricate negotiations and political maneuvering to reconcile these opposing demands and deliver a final product that satisfies enough lawmakers to pass the full House.

With Memorial Day looming as the target deadline, Republican leaders must navigate internal divisions, broker further deals, and maintain momentum to push the bill through Congress — a challenging task, even with Trump’s vocal support.

In sum, while the advancement of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act represents a procedural success for GOP leadership, it also exposes deep rifts within the Republican ranks that will need to be bridged in the coming weeks.

GOP Budget Bill Raises Alarms with Provision Undermining Court Contempt Powers

Buried within the vast pages of a multi-trillion-dollar budget proposal currently advancing through the Republican-led U.S. House of Representatives lies a brief but powerful clause that could significantly limit the judiciary’s ability to compel government compliance through contempt rulings. This paragraph would weaken one of the courts’ key enforcement tools—contempt findings—against the federal government.

Although the fate of the bill remains uncertain—it recently failed a committee vote and may face opposition in both the full House and the Senate—the inclusion of this provision reveals growing anxiety among lawmakers over judicial authority as conflicts between courts and the Trump administration intensify.

Tensions reached a new high on Friday when Republican President Donald Trump lashed out at the U.S. Supreme Court after it blocked his administration from resuming swift deportations under an old wartime statute. Posting on Truth Social, Trump declared, “THE SUPREME COURT WON’T ALLOW US TO GET CRIMINALS OUT OF OUR COUNTRY!”

Escalating Conflict with Lower Courts

The most contentious legal battles have emerged in the lower federal courts. One judge found that Trump administration officials may be subject to contempt after defying an order to halt deportation flights authorized under the Alien Enemies Act of 1798. In another case, the administration ignored a ruling—upheld by the Supreme Court—to “facilitate” the return of a man wrongly deported to El Salvador.

There have been other incidents where the government proceeded with deportations despite judicial orders or failed to comply with judicial instructions. Dan Bongino, now serving as Trump’s deputy director of the FBI, fueled the defiance on his radio show in February when he encouraged Trump to ignore court directives. “Who’s going to arrest him? The marshals?” he asked rhetorically, before adding, “You guys know who the U.S. Marshals work for? Department of Justice.”

Administration Testing Boundaries

Despite heated rhetoric, the Trump administration has largely complied with most court rulings—especially those tied to his executive orders. Trump himself has often insisted he will follow court decisions, even as he publicly criticizes judges who oppose his policies.

Still, legal scholars note the unusually aggressive tone of the administration’s pushback. “It seems to me they are walking as close to the line as they can, and even stepping over it, in an effort to see how much they can get away with,” said Steve Vladeck, a Georgetown University law professor. “It’s what you would expect from a very clever and mischievous child.”

Mike Davis, leader of the Article III Project advocating pro-Trump judicial appointments, believes the courts’ resistance will ultimately strengthen Trump’s hand. “The more they do this, the more it’s going to anger the American people, and the chief justice is going to follow the politics on this like he always does,” Davis said.

Supreme Court Showdown and Judicial Skepticism

These tensions were on full display during an unusual Supreme Court session the day before the deportation ruling. Trump’s legal team sought to limit lower courts’ power to issue sweeping nationwide injunctions, a tactic not unique to his presidency but one that has increasingly drawn criticism. Several justices have previously questioned the frequency and scope of such injunctions.

During the session, Justice Amy Coney Barrett challenged Solicitor General D. John Sauer on whether the administration would obey an unfavorable ruling from an appeals court. “Really?” Barrett asked, highlighting the court’s concern. Sauer replied that it was standard policy at the Department of Justice to respect such rulings and assured the justices that the administration would comply.

Mounting Judicial Concerns

Some members of the judiciary have grown more vocal about the administration’s attitude toward the courts. Justices Sonia Sotomayor and Ketanji Brown-Jackson have cautioned against ignoring court orders or threatening judges. Meanwhile, Chief Justice John Roberts publicly criticized Trump’s attempt to impeach Judge James E. Boasberg, who found probable cause of contempt after the administration defied a deportation-related ruling.

Even after the Supreme Court upheld a lower court’s order requiring the return of Kilmar Abrego Garcia to the U.S., the official White House account posted on X: “he’s NOT coming back.” Legal experts suggest this defiance could potentially lead to contempt charges.

U.S. District Judge Paula Xinis has accused the administration of acting in “bad faith” as she continues to demand updates on its efforts to comply with her ruling. While contempt proceedings against the government tend to unfold slowly and are often resolved before penalties are imposed, this case could test the limits of that tradition.

Understanding Contempt of Court

Contempt of court applies when a party disobeys a judicial order. Sanctions can include fines, civil penalties, or, in extreme cases, criminal prosecution and imprisonment. The budget provision put forth by House Republicans would significantly restrict contempt enforcement in cases involving injunctions or temporary restraining orders—the very tools used most frequently to curb Trump’s executive actions—unless plaintiffs have first posted a bond. This is uncommon in lawsuits against the government.

Yale law professor Nick Parrillo, in an in-depth review, found only 67 instances of contempt rulings being upheld against the federal government, out of over 650 cases where contempt was considered. Most were overturned by appellate courts. Still, higher courts have repeatedly signaled that a future case might withstand appeals.

David Noll, a professor at Rutgers Law School, noted, “The courts, for their part, don’t want to find out how far their authority goes, and the executive doesn’t really want to undermine the legal order because the economy and their ability to just get stuff done depends on the law.”

Exploring Uncharted Legal Territory

Some legal analysts are now questioning whether courts could appoint independent prosecutors to pursue contempt or if they’d be forced to rely on the Department of Justice, which may be reluctant to act. They also wonder whether U.S. marshals would actually arrest individuals found in contempt.

“If you get to the point of asking the marshals to arrest a contemnor, it’s truly uncharted territory,” Noll said.

There remains another avenue courts can use—civil contempt—which often leads to fines. According to Justin Levitt, a former Obama administration official now advising President Biden, civil contempt may be more effective because it bypasses the Justice Department and cannot be nullified by a presidential pardon.

“Should the courts want, they have the tools to make individuals who plan on defying the courts miserable,” Levitt said, adding that government lawyers and those executing illegal orders would face the most risk.

Beyond contempt, courts possess other ways to exert pressure. Judges can reduce the Justice Department’s credibility in future cases, potentially making it harder for the government to win. Friday’s Supreme Court order showed some justices were skeptical of the administration’s claims regarding deportations.

Furthermore, public opinion appears strongly opposed to defying court rulings. A recent Pew Research Center poll found that roughly 80 percent of Americans believe the federal government must comply with a court ruling declaring a Trump policy illegal.

Ultimately, the broader picture may be less dire than a few dramatic immigration cases suggest, according to Vladeck. “In the majority of these cases, the courts are successfully restraining the executive branch and the executive branch is abiding by their rulings,” he said.

House Fiscal Hawks Stall Trump’s Legislative Mega-Bill in Budget Committee Setback

In a surprising turn of events, fiscal conservatives on the House Budget Committee blocked a key vote Friday on the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” a sweeping legislative package central to President Donald Trump’s agenda. The 16-21 vote marked a significant setback for Republican leadership, who had hoped to advance the bill to the Senate by Memorial Day. The defeat highlighted growing divisions within the GOP as lawmakers grapple with balancing demands from both fiscal hawks and moderates.

The bill, referred to as OBBB, encountered resistance from five Republican members—Reps. Chip Roy of Texas, Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Lloyd Smucker of Pennsylvania. With Republicans only able to afford losing two votes to move the bill forward, Smucker’s switch from yes to no sealed its temporary collapse. His change, however, was a tactical move.

“To be clear—I fully support the One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB). My vote today in the Budget Committee is a procedural requirement to preserve the committee’s opportunity to reconsider the motion to advance OBBB,” Smucker explained in a post on X.

House Budget Committee Chairman Jodey Arrington of Texas called a recess following the failed vote and told committee members not to expect a return Friday. “Go home,” he instructed them, adding he would notify them if a resumption would take place early Monday.

Smucker, offering further clarification, stated that despite unresolved concerns, the committee decided to proceed with the vote because negotiations were making progress. “There were continued, ongoing discussions and we were very close to having a yes,” he said. Smucker remained optimistic, expressing hope for a resolution by Monday. “We’re working through some remaining issues here, there are just a few outstanding issues I think everyone will get to yes, and we’re going to resolve this as quick as we can and hopefully have a vote, ideally on Monday, and we can advance this bill.”

Later in the day, sources informed The Hill that the committee would reconvene Sunday night at 10 p.m., signaling urgency to push the legislation forward.

Throughout the committee markup, negotiations were underway in a nearby room involving House Majority Leader Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Despite these efforts, leadership was unable to win over the dissenting members. Roy, one of the Republicans who voted against the bill, criticized its fiscal shortcomings. “This bill falls profoundly short. It does not do what we say it does with respect to deficits,” he said during the markup.

Norman echoed Roy’s sentiment, voicing his dissatisfaction with the measure. “Sadly, I’m a hard no until we get this ironed out,” he declared, calling the bill’s current state “very disappointing.”

The OBBB package merges several major components of Trump’s legislative platform. It extends the tax cuts from his 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, implements entitlement reform, and slashes food assistance programs—measures that Republicans claim will save at least $1.5 trillion over ten years. These changes include tightened work requirements for Medicaid targeting “able-bodied” adults, which are expected to cause millions to lose coverage, the repeal of green energy tax credits enacted by Democrats in 2022, and for the first time, requiring states to help fund food assistance programs.

Although House committees had completed detailed markups on these sections earlier in the week, final negotiations were still underway. Moderate Republicans were pushing for an increase in the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, which was currently set at $30,000 in the draft. Fiscal conservatives, in contrast, wanted corresponding spending cuts to offset any tax relief expansion.

To satisfy the hawks, conservatives proposed several adjustments, including speeding up the implementation of the new Medicaid work requirements and advancing the timeline to eliminate green energy subsidies. Additionally, they proposed reducing the federal Medicaid match rate for populations covered under the Affordable Care Act’s expansion—changes likely to alienate moderates.

Norman insisted on firm commitments before backing the bill. “It’s a sticking point because it’s huge money,” he said. “I’m tired of smoke and mirrors.”

Scalise confirmed that Republicans were coordinating closely with the Trump administration on timing-related provisions of the package, which emerged as a major point of contention. “What they want to see is progress and get answers on some of the questions and expedite the timelines,” Scalise said. He emphasized the shared GOP goals: “We’re all in agreement on the reforms we want to make. We want to have work requirements, we want to phase out a lot of these green subsidies.”

Scalise added that some delays were unavoidable. “How quickly can you get it done? And it’s not as quick as saying you just turn it off tomorrow,” he explained. “Some things the administration does have to actually create a process to implement it, and we want to make sure that the Trump administration has the time they need while pushing it as fast as possible. So those are the conversations we’re having and we’re making a lot of progress.”

The stakes were underscored by the unexpected arrival of Rep. Brandon Gill of Texas at the markup, despite recently welcoming his second child. “I’m here to support the president’s agenda,” Gill told reporters as he entered the hearing.

Amid the tense negotiations, Trump directly intervened via his platform, Truth Social, urging Republicans to stop stalling and unite behind the bill. “We don’t need ‘GRANDSTANDERS’ in the Republican Party. STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” he wrote.

The post was clearly aimed at the dissenting members, though it didn’t sway Norman. When asked about Trump’s remarks, Norman responded, “I don’t need to grandstand. This is: how do you disagree with the agenda he laid out? He’s a smart guy, and he’s got so many good things [in the bill]. All we’re asking is [for] a little compromise somewhere.” He continued, “Let’s not give the farm. It’s not right. It’s not right.”

Despite the initial blow, Republican leaders are expected to continue pushing for a resolution by early next week. As negotiations continue, both sides within the GOP remain firm in their positions—fiscal hawks demanding deeper savings and accelerated reforms, and moderates seeking relief for high-tax states. The outcome will determine whether Trump’s sprawling legislative agenda can gain the traction needed to advance to the Senate and potentially reshape key federal programs.

Trump Faces Declining Public Support on Immigration Amid Shifting Voter Sentiments

Immigration, a defining pillar of Donald Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign and a topic on which he previously enjoyed strong public support, is now emerging as a point of vulnerability. Recent polling data reveals a noticeable dip in Trump’s approval ratings on immigration, signaling possible dissatisfaction with his approach among voters and highlighting evolving public attitudes.

A new Morning Consult survey, conducted from May 9 to 11 among 2,221 registered voters, indicates that Trump’s approval on immigration has dropped to the lowest level since he began his second term. According to the poll, 51 percent of respondents approved of his immigration stance, while 44 percent expressed disapproval. Notably, enthusiasm for mass deportations as a top policy priority has waned, with only 35 percent in favor.

This shift comes as additional surveys reveal growing disapproval of Trump’s hardline immigration policies, which include widespread deportations and a reduction in legal immigration opportunities. A Fox News poll conducted in April found Trump with a negative approval rating on immigration for the first time: 47 percent approved of his performance, while 48 percent disapproved. However, Trump still received better marks for his handling of the border, where 55 percent expressed approval.

Similarly, the most recent AP-NORC poll, carried out between May 1 and 5 among 1,175 adults, reported that 49 percent approved of Trump’s immigration policies, while 51 percent disapproved. This showed a slight improvement from April, when the approval rating stood at 46 percent and disapproval at 53 percent.

Another survey, conducted in April by Atlas Intel, showed a net approval rating of minus 6 points for Trump on immigration. In that poll, 52 percent rated his performance as “terrible” or “very poor,” compared to 46 percent who said it was “excellent” or “good.” This marked a notable drop from March, when 51 percent viewed Trump’s immigration policies positively and only 43 percent negatively.

This decline in approval is occurring against a backdrop of increased legal scrutiny and mounting criticism over Trump’s deportation agenda. One case drawing particular attention is that of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was deported from Maryland. The Department of Justice referred to his removal as an “administrative error.” Although Trump’s administration identified Garcia as a member of MS-13, a gang now classified as a terrorist organization, Garcia’s legal team and family deny any such affiliation.

Trump’s current immigration plan calls for the deportation of millions of undocumented individuals through expanded operations by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and involvement of the National Guard. His strategy involves reviving and intensifying first-term policies, constructing large detention centers, and accelerating deportations by limiting judicial review.

What stands out about the current enforcement is that it targets undocumented immigrants without criminal records. During Trump’s first 50 days back in office, ICE arrested over 32,000 people, nearly half of whom had no prior criminal record. A report by El País also revealed that by mid-February 2025, over 40 percent of deportees had no criminal background.

Public support for deportation of non-criminal undocumented immigrants appears weak. A Pew Research Center survey found that while a slim majority—51 percent—of Americans support the deportation of at least some undocumented individuals, only around one-third support mass deportation. Notably, there is overwhelming support for removing violent criminals, but approval sharply declines when it comes to deporting individuals married to U.S. citizens or those brought to the country as children.

Trump’s declining approval on immigration mirrors broader polling trends showing a general downturn in public support since the start of his second term, even though he entered it with record-high approval levels. According to Morning Consult, Trump’s overall approval rating dropped one point since April to 45 percent, while 52 percent disapproved of his performance.

Echelon Insights also documented a one-point drop in Trump’s approval between April and May, falling to 46 percent, with disapproval climbing to 52 percent. Similarly, Big Data Poll found that Trump’s approval now stands at 48 percent, down from 56 percent in January. Meanwhile, disapproval has risen to 47 percent, compared to just 37 percent in January.

Nonetheless, some recent surveys indicate a slight rebound in Trump’s approval. Newsweek’s approval tracker currently shows Trump at 46 percent approval with 50 percent disapproval. This marks a marginal improvement over the previous week, when he had a 45 percent approval rating and disapproval was firmly in the 50s.

A compilation of various polls paints a mixed picture:

Rasmussen (May 12): 52% approve, 46% disapprove

Morning Consult (May 9-11): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

Echelon Insights (May 8-12): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

YouGov (May 6-8): 42% approve, 50% disapprove

Quantus (May 5-7): 48% approve, 48% disapprove

Big Data Poll (May 3-5): 48% approve, 47% disapprove

YouGov/Economist (May 2-5): 42% approve, 52% disapprove

AP-NORC (May 1-5): 41% approve, 57% disapprove

RMG Research (April 30-May 8): 49% approve, 49% disapprove

TIPP Insights (April 30-May 2): 42% approve, 47% disapprove

While these polls show Trump’s approval rating holding relatively steady, they also reveal a subtle but consistent uptick in disapproval. For instance, the YouGov poll conducted from May 6 to 8 among 1,143 adults showed a 42 percent approval rate—unchanged from previous polling—while disapproval rose by 2 points to 50 percent. A similar pattern was seen in the Quantus Insights poll, conducted between May 5 and 7.

Comparing Trump’s current ratings with those from his first term provides additional perspective. On May 13, 2017, RealClearPolitics recorded Trump’s approval at 42 percent and disapproval at 53 percent, a net rating of minus 11 points. This suggests Trump is marginally less popular now than he was at the same point during his first term.

In comparison to Joe Biden, Trump’s current approval rating also falls short. On May 13, 2021, Biden enjoyed a 54 percent approval rating, with 42 percent disapproving, according to RealClearPolitics.

Even though Trump began his second term with his highest approval rating to date, Gallup’s initial poll for the term—conducted between January 21 and 27—showed him as the least popular incoming president since 1953, and the only one to start with an approval rating below 50 percent. Gallup noted that Biden started his presidency with a 57 percent approval rating.

Historical data from Gallup, analyzed by The American Presidency Project, underscores Trump’s low standing compared to previous presidents at the 100-day mark. Dwight Eisenhower held a 73 percent approval rating at that point. Other presidents also fared better: John F. Kennedy had 83 percent, Richard Nixon 62 percent, Jimmy Carter 63 percent, Ronald Reagan 68 percent, George H.W. Bush 56 percent, Bill Clinton 55 percent, George W. Bush 62 percent, and Barack Obama 65 percent.

Looking ahead, Trump’s approval ratings may fluctuate depending on several critical developments, such as the outcome of the Russia-Ukraine war, changing dynamics in international trade, and increasing economic uncertainty linked to potential recession fears.

GOP’s Tax Bill Sparks Internal Rift as House Moderates Clash Over SALT Cap and Trump Priorities

The House Ways and Means Committee on Monday unveiled a more comprehensive version of its section of the Republicans’ extensive legislative package, dominated by priorities associated with President Donald Trump. This 389-page document sets the stage for an intense debate over the tax provisions embedded in the sweeping bill, which serves as the GOP’s legislative centerpiece.

Among the bill’s most anticipated components is the revision of the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap. The measure proposes raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for both single and joint filers. However, this increased threshold would begin to phase out for higher income levels. Notably, this proposal falls short of the levels that some key stakeholders had earlier recommended.

Just prior to the bill’s release, a group of moderate Republicans representing high-tax blue states proposed that the SALT deduction cap should be elevated to $62,000 for single filers and $124,000 for joint filers. These lawmakers had rejected an earlier offer to raise the cap to $30,000, making it clear that they considered the figure insufficient.

These moderates were quick to voice their dissatisfaction with the latest proposal. Rep. Nick LaLota (R-N.Y.), a vocal advocate for increasing the SALT cap, made his stance clear, stating, “Still a hell no.”

The SALT deduction cap, originally implemented as part of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, remains one of the most divisive issues in the broader tax reform debate. Republicans from states like New York, New Jersey, and California have been campaigning to raise the cap, while fiscal conservatives, often referred to as deficit hawks, have strongly opposed such changes.

The full text of the legislation had been eagerly awaited since Friday night, when a partial version of the bill was made public. With the committee set to debate and potentially advance the bill during a meeting scheduled for Tuesday at 2:30 p.m. EDT — a session expected to extend into the night — all eyes are now on how the internal disputes will play out.

In addition to modifying the SALT deduction, the legislation includes several other tax-related initiatives that were part of Trump’s campaign promises. These include eliminating taxes on tips and overtime income — though these changes would sunset at the end of 2028 — and offering a temporary exemption on interest payments for car loans, subject to specific conditions.

Another major feature of the bill is the permanent extension of the 2017 income tax rate reductions. The tax rates defined in that law include marginal rates of 10 percent, 12 percent, 22 percent, 24 percent, 32 percent, 35 percent, and 37 percent.

Although some lawmakers had discussed letting the top tax rate expire — which would have caused the highest income bracket to revert to 39.6 percent — this provision was ultimately excluded from the bill. Conservative tax advocacy groups had strongly opposed any such increase, even though Trump reportedly considered it earlier in the week. According to sources, he lobbied against the rate hike in private discussions. Nevertheless, he offered a more ambiguous public stance. In a Truth Social post Friday morning, Trump said he would be “OKAY if they do” increase taxes on the wealthy, though he expressed reservations due to potential political consequences.

As the legislation takes shape, House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) is determined to keep the process moving according to schedule. Johnson aims to pass the full legislative package by Memorial Day and appeared confident when asked about the deadline, saying, “Yes, I think we’re going to meet it.”

Meanwhile, Trump has taken to social media to urge GOP lawmakers to support the bill. On Monday morning, he posted on Truth Social, calling on Republicans to “UNIFY” behind the committee chairmen overseeing the markup process and described the legislation as “GREAT.” He concluded with, “We have no alternative, WE MUST WIN!”

The legislation also proposes increasing the deduction for pass-through businesses from 20 percent to 23 percent. These businesses include sole proprietorships, partnerships, S-corporations, and LLCs, which are typically taxed at the individual income level. Most American businesses fall into this category.

The National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) welcomed this provision. NAM CEO Jay Timmons commented, “For the 96% of manufacturers that are organized as pass-through businesses, this bill is more than policy—it’s a path to growth. It means the ability to buy equipment, hire workers, increase pay and expand operations with greater certainty and confidence.”

However, critics argue that the bill exemplifies a form of trickle-down economics. This theory posits that benefits provided to businesses and wealthy individuals will eventually reach ordinary workers and consumers — a claim often challenged by economists and progressives.

Amy Hanauer, director of the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy, voiced her concerns, saying, “So far this costly bill appears to double down on trickle down, with huge tax cuts that will further enrich the rich and not much for the rest of us.”

Another provision in the bill temporarily increases the child tax credit to $2,500 through 2028. While that might appeal to a broader group of taxpayers, it is only one part of a larger package that may be contentious in both chambers of Congress.

The committee’s text also proposes a $4 trillion increase to the national debt ceiling — a component that could provoke strong opposition if left unchanged in the Senate. The Senate’s budget resolution has already laid out plans for a $5 trillion ceiling hike, signaling a possible clash ahead.

Several provisions in the bill target climate and renewable energy programs championed by Democrats in their 2022 Inflation Reduction Act. The GOP proposal would eliminate certain renewable energy incentives and drastically cut funding for the Department of Energy’s loan office, which supports the development of low-carbon energy technologies.

Additionally, the bill revokes a grant program designed to reduce air pollution and emissions in underserved communities, directly challenging climate justice initiatives. It also includes clawbacks for various Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) programs, including a $20 billion lending fund aimed at supporting environmentally friendly projects.

The bill also reinstates several business-friendly tax provisions from the 2017 Trump tax law that had since expired. These include immediate expensing for research and development, bonus depreciation, interest deductibility, and key components of the international tax regime. The latter has been a topic of global debate, with alternative proposals emerging from both the United Nations and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

One notably unchanged aspect of the legislation is the preservation of the so-called carried interest loophole. This tax provision allows hedge fund and private equity managers to classify a portion of their earnings as capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates than regular income. Although Trump had criticized this loophole in the past, it remains untouched in the current bill.

As debate begins, the Republican Party faces the dual challenge of aligning internal factions while pushing forward a legislative agenda that remains closely tied to Trump’s economic vision. With deep divisions still unresolved, particularly over SALT and deficit spending, the coming days will determine whether the GOP can present a united front.

American Cardinal Robert Prevost Elected as New Pope in 2025 Papal Conclave

In a historic moment for the Roman Catholic Church, American-born Cardinal Robert Francis Prevost has been elected the 267th pope, taking the name Pope Leo XIV. The announcement, made from the balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica, was met with thunderous applause and emotional outbursts from tens of thousands of faithful gathered in the Vatican’s St. Peter’s Square.

The declaration, “Habemus Papam!”—Latin for “We have a pope!”—was delivered by Cardinal Dominique Mamberti, the senior cardinal deacon, shortly after white smoke emerged from the chimney of the Sistine Chapel, signaling the successful election. It followed days of intense but secretive deliberation among 133 cardinal electors, who were secluded from the outside world throughout the conclave.

Pope Leo XIV, originally from Chicago, is the first American ever to be elevated to the papacy. He succeeds Pope Francis, who passed away earlier this year. At 69, Prevost brings with him a reputation for pastoral care, theological depth, and a broad understanding of global church dynamics—attributes many cardinals considered essential in a time of deep social and religious transitions.

A Moment of Joy and Renewal

Cheers erupted the moment the white smoke was spotted. The mood across St. Peter’s Square was electric, with flags from across the globe waving above crowds of pilgrims, clergy, and tourists. Bands played as the Swiss Guard, clad in traditional harlequin uniforms, prepared for the ceremonial reveal.

Caroline Cooper, 70, who traveled from London, described the event as “a deeply emotional and historic moment.” “We were here for Pope John Paul II and Pope Francis. But never did I imagine I would witness an American pope,” she said tearfully.

Nicole and Ryan, a couple visiting from New York, called the moment “surreal.” “It’s like Times Square on New Year’s Eve, but holier,” Ryan added with a smile.

A Papal Identity with Global Relevance

Pope Leo XIV’s election was seen by many as a reflection of the Church’s shifting demographic center. With Catholic populations growing fastest in Latin America, Africa, and Asia, the election of a pope from North America marks a notable evolution in the Church’s global outlook.

“This is a pope who understands universality,” said Father Piere Domerson, a Haitian priest studying in Rome. “He has the heart of the Global South and the structure of the West. That balance is what the Church needs.”

In Philadelphia, Archbishop Nelson Jesus Pérez praised the new pontiff, calling him a “wonderful, gentle, profound man of God” and “a great gift to the Church and the world.”

Conclave Amid High Anticipation

The papal conclave began under tight security and strict isolation, with the cardinal electors forbidden from any contact with the outside world. Voting took place inside the Sistine Chapel under the watchful eyes of Michelangelo’s “Last Judgment.”

Unlike political elections, papal conclaves offer no public campaigning or polling. Cardinals take oaths of secrecy and cast handwritten ballots after prayerful reflection, swearing before God to vote for the man they believe is most worthy.

The ballots are burned after each round, producing either black smoke (inconclusive) or white smoke (a successful election). On Thursday afternoon, thick white smoke finally signaled a decision had been reached.

A Party in St. Peter’s Square

The announcement transformed the square into a scene of celebration. Jubilant cries of “Viva il Papa!” rang out, and crowds took selfies and waved national flags. One clergyman, hoisted on shoulders, held a Brazilian flag aloft as he flashed peace signs to the cheering masses.

Restaurants surrounding the Vatican saw surges of customers, despite limited mobile signals due to the conclave’s communication blackout. “It’s hard to work under these conditions, but today is different—we’re part of history,” said café manager Flor Venegas.

Even the culinary scene played a role in the day’s color. Alessandro Masseroni, a deacon from northern Italy, proudly stated, “We celebrated with carbonara. No cream—just the Roman way.”

What’s Next for Pope Leo XIV

Inside the Vatican, shortly after his election, the new pope donned his white papal cassock and the symbolic Fisherman’s Ring. He prayed in the Pauline Chapel before stepping onto the central balcony—the Loggia of the Blessings—to greet the world for the first time as Pope Leo XIV.

In his first remarks, he offered blessings to the faithful and paid tribute to his predecessor, Pope Francis. While his full vision for the papacy is yet to be outlined, observers expect a focus on unity, social justice, and re-engaging younger generations.

“He carries the humility of Francis but has the clarity and reformist instincts of John Paul II,” noted one Vatican analyst.

A Symbol of Change

Pope Leo XIV’s election symbolizes more than just geographic diversity. It’s a message to Catholics worldwide that the Church is willing to embrace change while staying rooted in tradition.

For many watching, from Brazil to Poland to the Philippines, this day will be remembered not only for the historic choice of an American pope but also for the renewed hope and connection it brought to the world’s 1.4 billion Catholics.

As the bells of St. Peter’s Basilica continued to ring and pilgrims lingered long after dusk, the message was clear: A new chapter in the Church’s long and storied history has begun.

Source Credit: NBC News

https://www.nbcnews.com/world/the-vatican/live-blog/conclave-2025-live-updates-rcna205525

Raja Krishnamoorthi Enters U.S. Senate Race, Could Become Second Indian American Elected to the Chamber

Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi has officially launched his campaign for the U.S. Senate, announcing his bid on Wednesday. If successful, he would become only the second Indian American ever elected to the Senate, joining Vice President Kamala Harris in the history books.

“I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” Krishnamoorthi said in a video released as part of his campaign announcement. His campaign will formally begin with a series of public events scheduled to take place across Illinois starting Friday.

Krishnamoorthi currently serves as a U.S. Representative for Illinois and is looking to fill the Senate seat being vacated by long-serving Democrat Senator Dick Durbin. Durbin’s seat, located in a deeply Democratic-leaning state, presents a favorable opportunity for Krishnamoorthi to continue his political ascent on a broader platform.

The Congressman’s journey began in New Delhi, India, where he was born before relocating to the United States with his family at the age of three. His early experiences as an immigrant in America have played a pivotal role in shaping his political identity. After earning a law degree, Krishnamoorthi made his first significant political mark by working as Policy Director for Barack Obama’s successful Senate campaign. His involvement in Obama’s rise provided him with critical experience in national politics and helped position him for his own eventual run for office.

Krishnamoorthi was elected to the House of Representatives in 2016. He gained national attention not only for his legislative work but also for his role in creating a cultural and political identity for Indian Americans in Congress. That same year, he coined the term “Samosa Caucus” to refer to the then-small group of Indian American lawmakers in Congress. At the time, the group included Reps. Ami Bera, Ro Khanna, and Pramila Jayapal, all of whom shared a similar heritage and political outlook.

Since its informal founding, the Samosa Caucus has grown to include newer members like Shri Thanedar and Suhas Subramanyam. It represents not just a symbolic coalition of Indian American legislators but also a growing political force advocating for issues related to immigrant communities, economic equality, and global diplomacy, particularly between the U.S. and India.

If Krishnamoorthi wins the Senate seat, he will follow in the footsteps of Kamala Harris, who became the first Indian American elected to the U.S. Senate when she won her seat in California in 2016. That year was a landmark moment for Indian American representation in politics. Alongside Harris, Krishnamoorthi, Khanna, and Jayapal were elected to the House, solidifying a significant moment for the Indian American community in U.S. governance. Harris briefly participated in the Samosa Caucus before she stepped down from the Senate to run for Vice President on Joe Biden’s ticket.

The historical resonance of Krishnamoorthi’s candidacy is expected to be a key component of his campaign narrative. His life story—from a young immigrant arriving in the United States to a rising figure in national politics—reflects the broader American dream. He is likely to emphasize his legislative accomplishments, advocacy for working families, and dedication to expanding economic opportunities for all Americans.

Over the years, Krishnamoorthi has built a reputation as a pragmatic and effective legislator. He has supported legislation focusing on workforce development, national security, and public health, while also pushing for stronger oversight and transparency in government. His work has made him a recognizable figure not just within Illinois but on the national stage as well.

In his campaign video, Krishnamoorthi highlighted the values that have driven his public service. “I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” he said, underscoring a message that is likely to resonate with working-class voters, immigrants, and minority communities throughout Illinois and beyond.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign is also expected to reflect his long-standing commitment to issues like education, job creation, and economic fairness. His personal background and professional experience offer him a unique vantage point from which to address complex policy challenges and advocate for inclusive growth.

As he embarks on his Senate campaign, Krishnamoorthi is expected to draw on his deep ties to the Illinois electorate, his fundraising network, and the support of the growing South Asian American political community. His candidacy not only marks a pivotal moment in his own career but also adds to the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in American politics.

His supporters view his Senate bid as a natural next step for a politician who has spent years building a solid legislative track record and a strong presence in both local and national political circles. With Senator Durbin stepping down, Krishnamoorthi’s move has been seen as both strategic and timely.

The race for the Illinois Senate seat is likely to draw considerable attention, particularly given Krishnamoorthi’s potential to break another barrier for Indian Americans in the U.S. government. As one of the most prominent South Asian voices in Congress, his campaign will serve as a litmus test for the evolving role of minority communities in American politics.

In addition to promoting his legislative accomplishments, Krishnamoorthi is expected to emphasize his background as an immigrant and his understanding of the American middle class’s struggles. His campaign will likely focus on building a more equitable economy and securing opportunities for future generations, all while maintaining his consistent support for democratic values and civil liberties.

His announcement video and upcoming campaign events across Illinois mark the beginning of what could be a significant chapter in U.S. political history. If elected, Raja Krishnamoorthi would not only continue his own political journey but also help further diversify the upper chamber of Congress.

As he takes the first steps in his Senate bid, Krishnamoorthi’s story is poised to inspire a wide range of voters who see in him a reflection of their own aspirations and challenges. His campaign will likely underscore how a child who arrived in America from New Delhi at age three can rise to help shape the nation’s future from one of its highest legislative offices.

Critics Slam Elon Musk’s Government Efficiency Drive as Destructive and Ineffective

As Elon Musk exits his position leading the so-called Department of Government Efficiency (Doge), a growing number of experts in public administration are voicing concern that the initiative has failed to enhance government services—and may have, in fact, harmed them.

“Doge is not offering any solid claims that it has improved services in any way,” said Donald Moynihan, a professor of public policy at the University of Michigan. “Rather, it has made the quality of some government services worse.”

Musk, currently the world’s wealthiest individual, was tapped by Donald Trump in January to oversee the administration’s efficiency efforts. Appointed as a “special government employee,” Musk was restricted from serving more than 180 days. With his tenure now over and ongoing challenges in his business empire demanding attention, Musk is stepping away—but not without making some bold claims.

Despite widespread skepticism, Musk has declared that Doge achieved $150 billion in savings. However, numerous budget analysts dispute this figure, citing a pattern of Musk making inflated and inaccurate claims. The touted savings also fall significantly short of Musk’s originally stated goal of trimming $1 trillion from government expenditures.

Public policy specialists like Moynihan argue that Musk and Doge focused more on applying a cutthroat, private-sector mindset of slashing payrolls than on actually making government work better for citizens. Rather than investing in long-term service improvements, they accuse Doge of resorting to mass layoffs and quick budget cuts.

Martha Gimbel, executive director of the Yale Budget Lab, described the project as reckless. “They were the ‘department of government slash and burn’,” she said. “There doesn’t seem to be an approach to dig in on places where government services could really be improved. Any improvement in government services takes time. You have to invest. You have to build it out. You have to figure out how to fix it.”

Asked whether Doge had improved any services, Gimbel laughed before replying: “No. There has clearly been a degeneration of government services.”

Indeed, both experts and everyday citizens have reported worsening conditions in several areas. Veterans’ hospitals now require longer wait times for appointments. Calls to the Internal Revenue Service take longer to be answered. Social Security offices are increasingly crowded, and the departure of many experienced workers has left less-qualified staff giving out advice on benefits.

At a White House press conference on May 1, Musk defended his tenure. “In the grand scheme of things, I think we’ve been effective. Not as effective as I’d like. I think we could be more effective,” he said. “But we’ve made progress.”

Musk admitted, however, that achieving his $1 trillion savings goal proved far more difficult than anticipated. “It’s sort of, how much pain is the cabinet and the Congress willing to take?” he said. “It can be done, but it requires dealing with a lot of complaints.”

Despite Musk’s claims of progress, the White House declined to answer questions from the Guardian about deteriorating services or to offer examples of improved outcomes due to Doge’s efforts.

Gimbel warned that conditions are likely to worsen as the full impact of Doge’s job cuts plays out in the coming months. “Things will definitely get worse,” she said, pointing to the administration’s ongoing efforts to eliminate 80,000 positions at the Department of Veterans Affairs as just one example.

While Trump and Musk have frequently alleged widespread waste and fraud across government agencies, Gimbel said there’s a clear difference between targeted reform and indiscriminate cutting. “There is waste, and you can go after it,” she said. “People who have been in government know where those places are. There is a ton of tech that needs modernizing. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that. There’s a lot of Medicare and Medicaid overbilling. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that either. What you have is a relatively expensive exercise in slash-and-burn that sometime in the future will cost a lot to fix.”

Max Stier, president of the Partnership for Public Service, a nonprofit focused on government effectiveness, also expressed alarm. He likened Doge’s approach unfavorably to the strategies of former General Electric CEO Jack Welch, known for cost-cutting. “Jack Welch would be appalled by the approach that Doge has taken,” Stier said. “It’s not actually about cost-cutting. It’s about capability destroyed. Jack Welch would never, ever have fired people without having a real understanding about the way the organization worked and about the qualities of people who were being fired. This is an arbitrary exercise that has moved out employees who are often by far the most qualified rather than the least qualified.”

Stier dismissed Trump’s portrayal of Doge as a model of efficient reform. “That’s just not the case,” he said. “It’s hard to offer any rational basis for the decisions that are being made. There certainly aren’t any improvements that the American public will see.”

He warned of deeper consequences. “It’s burning down government capability,” he said. “It’s unquestionably clear that they are firing people willy-nilly and are disrupting government services without any understanding of the consequences or concern about the consequences. It’s a break-it-is-to-fix-it mentality. It isn’t a mentality that predominates in Silicon Valley. It’s sheer reckless behavior in the public sector because real people get hurt.”

Musk’s $150 billion savings figure, according to Stier, ignores the true costs of the upheaval. His organization estimates that Doge’s moves—through layoffs, rehirings, severance packages, paid leave, and lost productivity for over 100,000 workers—will ultimately cost taxpayers $135 billion in the current fiscal year. The broader public’s increased wait times and reduced service quality should also be factored in, experts argue.

Moynihan asserted that Musk’s entire philosophy was flawed. “His vision is that there is no way that government employees can produce anything of value,” Moynihan said. “So the idea of tools that makes government services better is completely alien to the Musk mindset.”

He added, “I think he believes that nothing public employees do has any real value, that they are not capable employees and therefore cutting them will do no harm. It’s a vision that doesn’t understand what public services are, why they exist and how they benefit people.”

Moynihan was especially critical of Musk for dismantling key initiatives designed to modernize government services, including gutting efforts to use technology more effectively and ending the Direct File program, which allowed citizens to file their taxes simply and at no cost.

Liz Shuler, president of the AFL-CIO, said Doge’s budget slashing would deeply harm workers. She highlighted cuts to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, an agency that conducts crucial research to ensure the safety of firefighters’ equipment. “There’s this notion that Doge is just cutting line items on a spreadsheet. It’s hurting real lives and real people,” Shuler said. “They’ve treated federal workers with blatant disregard and have been nothing short of dehumanizing and insulting toward them.”

Gimbel also cautioned about future public health risks tied to Doge’s actions. “Part of what government does is mitigate risk,” she explained. “Take food safety. Government inspectors decrease the risk that you will get listeria or salmonella. But when they reduce the number of food inspectors, will you get listeria or salmonella tomorrow? No. Will it probably increase the chances of people getting listeria and salmonella over the next five years? Yes.”

In the end, while Musk and Trump have promoted Doge as a bold effort to streamline government, many experts see it as a destructive campaign that has caused real damage with few, if any, public benefits.

Trump’s 2026 Budget Proposal Calls for Deep Domestic Cuts, Focus on Defense and Deportations

President Donald Trump’s administration unveiled its 2026 budget proposal on Friday, presenting a sweeping reconfiguration of federal spending priorities. The budget reflects the president’s broader vision for his second term, aligning with the direction set in his first 100 days back in office and marked by abrupt terminations of federal personnel.

This proposal includes dramatic reductions, or complete eliminations, of spending in numerous domestic programs. Key targets include child care services, disease research, renewable energy initiatives, and U.S. peacekeeping efforts abroad. Many of these cuts are already in progress under the guidance of Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency. At the same time, the plan boosts funding by billions of dollars for Trump’s high-priority immigration enforcement and mass deportation policies.

Trump’s administration maintains its commitment to ending what it calls “woke programs.” This includes the elimination of preschool grants to states that run diversity programs. It also follows through on Trump’s vow to put an end to what he refers to as the “weaponization of government,” by slashing funding for the Internal Revenue Service, despite criticism that he himself is leveraging government power against perceived adversaries.

Overall, the White House estimates that the proposal reduces domestic spending by $163 billion, or 22.6 percent below current funding levels. In contrast, Trump seeks to inject $375 billion in new funding for the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense. This funding surge is part of what Trump calls his “big, beautiful bill” — a legislative package combining significant tax cuts with major reductions in spending. He insists this is essential to repel what he characterizes as a “foreign invasion,” even as data shows migrant arrivals at historic lows.

House Speaker Mike Johnson praised the plan, describing it as “a bold blueprint that reflects the values of hardworking Americans and the commitment to American strength and prosperity.”

Although presidential budgets are not legally binding, they often serve as guiding documents in the fiscal debates that unfold in Congress. Trump’s 2026 proposal is his first since returning to the White House and offers insight into his second-term ambitions and the broader Republican agenda on Capitol Hill.

The timing of the budget also intersects with Trump’s ongoing imposition of tariffs, which many view as a de facto tax increase. These tariffs, totaling potentially hundreds of billions of dollars, have sparked global trade tensions. Consumers, CEOs, and international leaders alike worry that this trade war could tilt the U.S. economy toward a downturn.

In an interview with NBC News’ “Meet the Press,” Trump rejected claims that a recession was looming. When host Kristen Welker brought up Wall Street analysts’ growing concerns, Trump responded, “Well, you know, you say, some people on Wall Street say. Well, I tell you something else. Some people on Wall Street say that we’re going to have the greatest economy in history.”

Democrats were quick to criticize the budget as harmful to average Americans. Senator Patty Murray of Washington, the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, said, “President Trump has made his priorities clear as day: he wants to outright defund programs that help working Americans,” while simultaneously “he shovels massive tax breaks at billionaires like himself and raises taxes on middle-class Americans with his reckless tariffs.”

The budget outline was presented by the White House Office of Management and Budget, led by Russell Vought. A key architect of Project 2025 from the conservative Heritage Foundation, Vought provided only topline figures in a leaner, “skinny” version of the full budget.

It addresses discretionary spending, which currently totals about $1.83 trillion annually across defense and nondefense sectors. Under Trump’s plan, this amount would drop by $163 billion, bringing it down to $1.69 trillion. However, this figure represents only a fraction of the government’s nearly $7 trillion overall budget, which includes mandatory spending programs like Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid.

In recent years, federal budgets have steadily grown, as have deficits, which now approach $2 trillion annually. Interest payments on the national debt alone are nearing $1 trillion per year, driven in part by emergency COVID-19 spending, tax reforms that cut revenue, and rising costs tied to aging-related health care. The U.S. national debt currently stands at $36 trillion.

Maya MacGuineas, president of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, emphasized the need for a comprehensive solution. “We need a budget that tells the full story, and it should control spending, reduce borrowing, bring deficits down,” she said.

Key proposals in the budget include slashing the State Department and international programs by 84 percent, leaving them with just $9.6 billion. This includes drastic reductions to the U.S. Agency for International Development. The Department of Health and Human Services would be cut by $33.3 billion, and the Department of Education would see a $12 billion decrease. Both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the National Institutes of Health face major funding reductions.

Conversely, the Department of Defense would receive an additional $113.3 billion, and the Department of Homeland Security would gain another $42.3 billion, subject to congressional approval of Trump’s broader legislative plan. However, this defense funding boost has not been universally embraced among Republicans.

Senator Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the former GOP Senate Leader, labeled the defense spending hike a “gimmick.” He added, “America cannot expect our allies to heed calls for greater annual defense spending if we are unwilling to lead by example. Fortunately, Presidential budget requests are just that: requests. Congress will soon have an opportunity to ensure that American power – and the credibility of our commitments – are appropriately resourced.”

The power to determine federal spending lies with Congress, which must pass legislation to fund agencies and programs. That process often breaks down, leading to temporary funding measures to prevent government shutdowns. Lawmakers are currently working on Trump’s “big bill” that pairs tax reductions with massive spending cuts and expanded deportation efforts — unlike the budget blueprint, this package would carry legal authority.

Russell Vought is expected to appear before Congress in the coming weeks to defend the administration’s proposals. A veteran of Trump’s first term, Vought played a significant role in shaping the current vision. He also authored a detailed section in the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025 outlining a major overhaul of the federal government.

Vought is separately preparing a $9 billion package aimed at defunding both the U.S. Agency for International Development and the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, which includes PBS and NPR. Late Thursday, Trump signed an executive order instructing the Corporation for Public Broadcasting and other agencies to halt funding for public media.

Vought has indicated that this $9 billion proposal would be only the first in a series of so-called “budget rescissions.” These measures are designed to test how willing lawmakers are to go on record supporting significant funding rollbacks.

End of De Minimis Exemption Signals Higher Costs for U.S. Shoppers and a Shift in Trade Policy

Many Americans may only now begin to experience the tangible impact of President Donald Trump’s broad tariff policies. That’s because a key shipping exemption known as the de minimis rule officially expired just after midnight on Friday. This rule had previously allowed goods valued at $800 or less to enter the United States without tariffs, bypassing many inspections and bureaucratic procedures.

The de minimis loophole was pivotal in transforming American shopping habits. It enabled Chinese online retailers such as Shein, Temu, and AliExpress to deliver a wide range of ultra-affordable products—from craft supplies and patio décor to clothing and camera gear—directly into American homes. With its removal, baseline tariffs as steep as 145% are now being imposed on Chinese imports, which could more than double the cost of items that bargain-hunting consumers have come to rely on.

This development is reverberating across social media platforms, where consumers are reacting with alarm. For the first time, abstract trade policy is being translated into something consumers can physically see: a higher receipt at checkout.

Shipping giants including UPS, FedEx, DHL, and the U.S. Postal Service report they are ready to handle the change. A spokesperson from U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) affirmed to CNN, “We are prepared and equipped to carry out enhanced package screenings and enforce orders effectively.”

However, whether the average American consumer is truly prepared for these changes is another story.

Earlier this year, when Trump first curtailed the de minimis exemption for shipments originating from Hong Kong and China, the consequences were immediate and disruptive. The U.S. Postal Service briefly halted parcel deliveries from China, and packages that were shipped experienced substantial delays with little to no tracking available domestically.

At the core of the disruption is the sheer volume of affected shipments. A congressional research report found that over 80% of all U.S. e-commerce shipments in 2022 were classified as de minimis imports, most of which came from China. According to CBP, the agency processes nearly 4 million of these duty-free shipments daily, and the total number of such packages in the last fiscal year reached 1.36 billion.

This enormous volume includes everything from dog accessories and kids’ bead kits to kitchen tools and trinkets. Regular users of platforms like Temu and Shein told CNN that these sites have become increasingly popular as American-made products grow less affordable.

“I can’t afford to buy from Temu now, and I already couldn’t afford to buy in this country,” said Rena Scott, a 64-year-old retired nurse from Virginia, in a comment to CNN Business.

The new policy is likely to hit lower-income households the hardest. Research from economists at UCLA and Yale in February revealed that 48% of de minimis shipments were delivered to the poorest zip codes in the U.S., while only 22% went to the wealthiest areas.

This shift might not be instantaneous but is expected to unfold gradually. Even before the exemption officially expired, retailers like Shein and Temu began adjusting their prices. CNN monitored these hikes in real time.

Shein addressed the change directly in a public notice, stating, “Due to recent changes in global trade rules and tariffs, our operating expenses have gone up. To keep offering the products you love without compromising on quality, we will be making price adjustments. We’re doing everything we can to keep prices low and minimize the impact on you.”

Temu, meanwhile, is adapting its operational model. A spokesperson told CNN that the platform is increasingly relying on domestic fulfillment and expanding its network of U.S.-based sellers. “Temu’s pricing for U.S. consumers remains unchanged as the platform transitions to a local fulfillment model,” the company said. “All sales in the U.S. are now handled by locally based sellers, with orders fulfilled from within the country.”

It remains uncertain whether further price hikes will occur among these or other online retailers.

Shipping companies are also adjusting to the change. DHL confirmed to CNN that it has “increased our staffing levels in order to support the additional volume of informal entry clearances we anticipate.”

Meanwhile, the tariff changes themselves are significant. Goods from China and Hong Kong transported by major couriers such as UPS, DHL, and FedEx are now subject to a baseline 145% tariff, in addition to specific duties based on the type of product. Items arriving via USPS face a 120% base tariff or a $100 flat fee per item. That flat fee will rise to $200 beginning June 1.

While core supporters of Trump’s “Make America Great Again” movement continue to stand by him, suggesting in social media posts and interviews that they are willing to weather short-term economic hardship, broader public sentiment is shifting.

A CNN poll conducted by SSRS last month found that 59% of Americans believe Trump’s policies have worsened the U.S. economy. The survey, held between April 17 and 24, came shortly after the White House introduced a series of expansive new tariffs on numerous countries, only to then pause several of them. Nevertheless, 60% of respondents felt Trump’s policies have led to a higher cost of living in their communities.

Now, with the end of the de minimis exemption, those cost increases could become even more noticeable.

At a Cabinet meeting on Thursday, Trump emphasized the significance of the move. “It’s a very, it’s a big deal,” he said. Describing the de minimis rule, he added, “a big scam.” He concluded with, “And we’ve ended, we put an end to it.”

With a stroke of policy, everyday consumers may now find themselves paying more for items they once bought at rock-bottom prices. What was once a behind-the-scenes matter of international trade rules has now become a kitchen table issue for millions of Americans, many of whom are confronting it for the first time not in headlines, but on their receipts.

Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar Files Articles of Impeachment Against President Trump

On Monday, Representative Shri Thanedar, a Democrat from Michigan, publicly announced that he had filed articles of impeachment against President Donald Trump. Thanedar’s move marks a significant step in the ongoing political battle over Trump’s actions during his presidency, despite the apparent lack of support for the measure in the Republican-controlled House of Representatives.

“I have introduced articles of impeachment against President Trump,” Thanedar declared in his online announcement. “When Trump ignores the Constitution, Congress, and the courts, he is not ‘fighting for America.’ He is tearing it down and endangering our democracy.”

Thanedar cited a range of grievances in his seven articles of impeachment, focusing on specific actions by Trump that the congressman deemed abusive of his power. Among the issues raised by Thanedar was the deportation of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a man who was mistakenly sent to El Salvador, and the actions of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) in cutting funding without congressional approval.

Though the filing of the articles has made waves within Democratic circles, the likelihood of these articles advancing in the current political climate appears slim. In the Republican-majority House of Representatives, support from GOP members would be required for a vote on impeachment. Similarly, even if the House were to vote to impeach, a two-thirds majority in the Republican-controlled Senate would be necessary to convict the president. With Republicans maintaining significant control in both chambers, the articles of impeachment are expected to go nowhere.

However, the introduction of the articles is indicative of the deep frustration many Democrats feel with the president, particularly over a variety of issues that have sparked ongoing controversy.

“Donald Trump has already done real damage to our democracy, but defying a unanimous 9-0 Supreme Court ruling, that has to be the one final straw,” Thanedar said, referring specifically to a Supreme Court decision related to the Abrego Garcia case. “It’s time we impeach Donald J. Trump,” he added emphatically, signaling his belief that this final act of defiance represented a threshold moment for impeachment.

Thanedar also highlighted what he considered to be other impeachable offenses by the president, including his aggressive tariff agenda, which he argued had a damaging impact on global markets. He also referenced Trump’s treatment of the press and concerns about the First Amendment, as well as what he described as the president’s involvement in bribery and corruption within the justice system. In addition, Thanedar expressed concern over Trump’s handling of Americans’ personal data, which he framed as yet another abuse of presidential power.

One of the most significant elements of Thanedar’s argument for impeachment was his accusation of “tyrannical overreach” by the president. “Article seven, tyrannical overreach,” Thanedar said. “Finally, and most importantly, he is attempting to consolidate unchecked power and erode the constitutional limits of the presidency.” This statement underscores Thanedar’s broader concern that Trump’s actions represented a threat to the very foundation of the U.S. political system.

Thanedar’s comments regarding Trump’s power were particularly pointed. “In this country, we have presidents, not kings. That’s not just misconduct. It’s impeachable misconduct,” Thanedar declared, adding that the president’s attempts to undermine constitutional checks and balances were clear grounds for impeachment. His words reflect a deep anxiety among some Democrats that Trump’s behavior threatens the balance of power that the Constitution seeks to maintain between the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government.

Democratic concerns over Trump’s intentions have only grown more intense in recent months, especially in light of the president’s suggestion that he might seek a third term in office. This concern was amplified when the Trump Organization began selling “Trump 2028” hats on its official website, further fueling speculation about the possibility of a third presidential run. The idea that Trump might attempt to remain in power beyond his constitutionally-mandated two terms has been a source of significant alarm within Democratic circles.

“If we let this stand, we are saying the president is above the law. That the United States Constitution is optional,” Thanedar argued, emphasizing that such a development would set a dangerous precedent for the future of American democracy. He made it clear that he would not remain silent on the issue, calling on his fellow lawmakers—Democrats, Republicans, and independents alike—to join him in standing up against what he views as the erosion of constitutional safeguards.

Thanedar’s call for unity and action was resolute. “I won’t be silent and I’m calling on all my colleagues, Democrats, Republicans, and independents, to stand up with me,” he stated, underscoring his belief that the nation’s political leaders must put aside partisan differences in order to protect the integrity of the Constitution.

In his final remarks, Thanedar delivered a forceful conclusion to his announcement. “Enough is enough. Donald J. Trump must be impeached,” he said, signaling that he intends to continue pushing for accountability and standing firm in his position despite the considerable political obstacles ahead.

The introduction of impeachment articles by Thanedar is likely to remain a contentious issue within the political landscape, particularly as the nation heads toward the 2024 election cycle. While it seems unlikely that these articles will gain the traction necessary to result in Trump’s removal from office, they reflect the broader dissatisfaction and anger that many Democrats continue to feel toward the president and his actions during his time in office. For Thanedar, the impeachment effort represents not just a call for accountability but a desperate attempt to preserve the constitutional values he believes are under siege.

As the situation unfolds, the future of these articles will largely depend on the political dynamics within Congress and whether enough bipartisan support can be garnered for such an effort. For now, Thanedar’s impeachment move stands as a symbolic gesture in the ongoing debate over Trump’s legacy and the health of American democracy.

Trump Promotes Economic Growth Amid Recession Fears, Touts Domestic Investments and Ukraine Deal

President Donald Trump took center stage at the White House during an ‘Invest in America’ event this afternoon, highlighting his administration’s efforts to boost domestic investment. The event attracted top executives from major corporations, including tech giant Nvidia. Those interested were able to follow the event live through a broadcast link provided on the official platform.

Earlier in the day, Trump convened a Cabinet meeting with his senior leadership team, where he lauded the impact of tariffs on strengthening the American economy. He praised businesses that have committed to investing within the United States, asserting that these actions were signs of a healthy and resilient economy despite recent concerns.

This series of public engagements came on the heels of a troubling new economic report indicating that the U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.3% during the first quarter of the year. This downturn, attributed to companies stockpiling imports ahead of Trump’s tariffs, marks the first time the economy has shrunk since 2022. The move to accumulate imports was widely seen as a preemptive strategy by firms anticipating cost increases due to upcoming tariff policies.

Despite the contraction, President Trump remained steadfast in his defense of tariffs and dismissed suggestions that his trade policies were to blame. Instead, he shifted the focus to his political opponent, President Joe Biden. “Bad numbers” on Wall Street, Trump claimed, “have nothing to do with tariffs.” His comments suggest an effort to reframe the economic narrative, distancing himself from the contraction and placing blame squarely on the Biden administration.

While Trump’s comments dominated the headlines, another significant development unfolded more quietly in the background. The United States and Ukraine have reached a major economic agreement concerning the development and management of rare earth minerals, a critical area in both geopolitical and technological terms. According to information obtained by the BBC, the two nations have agreed to form an economic partnership designed to support Ukraine’s post-war recovery and bolster U.S. access to strategic resources.

A press release issued by the U.S. Treasury Department confirmed this, stating that both countries would collaborate through the creation of a “Reconstruction Investment Fund.” The purpose of the fund is to ensure that “mutual assets, talents, and capabilities” can be leveraged to expedite Kyiv’s recovery and contribute to long-term regional stability. This fund marks a new chapter in U.S.-Ukraine relations, reinforcing economic ties while addressing strategic concerns about resource dependency.

Meanwhile, Trump used the ‘Invest in America’ platform to make a series of economic claims, particularly about consumer prices under his leadership. One of his key assertions was that gasoline prices have declined since he took office. However, recent fact-checking by BBC Verify found that this claim does not align with current data.

According to the American Automobile Association (AAA), the average national price for regular gasoline now stands at $3.16. This figure actually represents a slight increase from the $3.125 average on the day Trump assumed office. Despite Trump’s repeated claims that gas prices “just hit $1.98 in a lot of states,” BBC Verify was unable to find any evidence supporting this. Data from AAA confirms that no state currently has an average gas price lower than $2.67.

Another economic metric highlighted by Trump was the price of eggs. During his White House remarks, he insisted that egg prices had fallen since he became president. BBC Verify reviewed this statement and, again, found no supporting data.

When Trump entered office in January, the average national retail price for a dozen large Grade A eggs was about $4.95. Since then, the cost has not gone down but instead reached a record high of around $6.23 per dozen in March, based on the most recent available data. This contradicts Trump’s public statements and underscores a disconnect between his messaging and verified consumer price trends.

The White House, in its defense, has pointed to wholesale prices as evidence of improvement in the egg market. According to data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, wholesale prices for large white eggs have decreased significantly. From a high of $6.55 per dozen in January, prices have dropped by approximately 52%, landing at $3.15 in the past week. This drop, while notable, reflects wholesale trends rather than retail prices experienced directly by consumers.

These contradictions between the president’s statements and independent data have raised questions about the administration’s broader economic messaging strategy. While Trump continues to paint a picture of economic strength, citing falling prices and increasing domestic investment, analysts and fact-checkers warn that the reality is more complex.

Still, Trump’s core message appears focused on long-term growth through protectionist policies and strong international partnerships. By praising businesses that reinvest in American infrastructure and forming economic alliances with key global players like Ukraine, he aims to project confidence in his administration’s economic vision, despite immediate challenges.

Trump’s day at the White House was marked by a dual focus on promoting domestic investment and defending his economic policies in the face of troubling data. He offered strong support for tariffs, insisted consumer prices were improving, and announced a strategic deal with Ukraine. However, some of these claims, especially regarding gas and egg prices, do not stand up to independent verification. The contrast between political rhetoric and economic data continues to be a defining feature of the current discourse, as Trump positions himself for future challenges.

Trump’s First 100 Days: A Presidency of Bold Moves and Sharp Divides

On January 20, Donald Trump began his second term as President of the United States, declaring that he would deliver “the most extraordinary first 100 days of any presidency in American history.” For decades, the 100-day benchmark has served as a symbolic moment to evaluate a new administration’s achievements. The early data from Trump’s second term offers insight into the progress he has made on his key promises—ranging from imposing global tariffs and arresting migrants to making deep cuts to federal spending.

One of the most telling indicators of a president’s early performance is the public’s approval rating. Gallup, the U.S. polling firm that has long tracked presidential approval at the 100-day mark, shows Trump faring poorly compared to his predecessors. Trump, now the first post-war president to serve two non-consecutive terms, has seen low ratings in both his presidencies. Historically, presidents such as John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan enjoyed strong support with 83% and 67% approval ratings, respectively. Joe Biden and Bill Clinton were also above 50%. In contrast, both of Trump’s terms saw him with under 50% approval at this milestone, making him the only post-war president with this distinction.

However, looking at approval through a partisan lens tells a more complex story. Trump’s second term shows the most extreme polarization to date, with 90% of Republicans supporting him and just 4% of Democrats. This 86-point gap marks the largest partisan split ever recorded at the 100-day point. “The longer the line, the more polarised the support,” Gallup’s polling analysis notes.

The most recent Gallup poll, conducted from April 1–14 during a time of market volatility triggered by Trump’s tariff announcements, recorded his approval at 44%. This figure, drawn from over 1,000 interviews, reflects stable ratings consistent with the first quarter of his term.

Throughout his campaign, Trump promised swift action on top issues. He said he would lower prices, end the war in Ukraine, and pardon individuals tied to the January 6 Capitol attack. While not all promises have been fulfilled, Trump has been extremely active in terms of executive action. He has issued more executive orders in 100 days than any president in the last 100 years. In fact, he has already signed more than half the number of orders from his entire first term and nearly 90% of the total executive orders Joe Biden issued in four years.

Some of these executive orders have been high-impact. On his first day, Trump announced that the U.S. would withdraw from the UN’s Paris Climate Agreement, calling it an unfair burden on Americans. He also declared a national energy emergency to boost domestic oil production. Other actions have been less weighty but symbolic, such as lifting the ban on plastic straws.

Despite this flurry of executive activity, Trump has not shown much interest in working with Congress. He has signed only five bills into law in his first 100 days—a lower number than any new president in 70 years, according to Punchbowl News. His aggressive use of executive authority has also sparked legal backlash. Over 200 of his orders have been challenged in court, and judges have blocked several of them, as reported by the legal publication Just Security.

Economically, Trump’s platform centered on lowering prices and creating jobs. His pro-business rhetoric was initially welcomed by Wall Street, reflected in a spike in S&P 500 stock prices following his election. But as Trump escalated his threats of tariffs, investor confidence waned. The markets dipped sharply on April 2 when Trump imposed sweeping global tariffs. Though he softened some tariffs a week later, global markets remained jittery, and his trade policies were blamed for economic disruptions.

Consumer confidence has also declined. The University of Michigan’s Consumer Sentiment Index, a long-running measure of public economic outlook, dropped for four straight months. April’s score was the second-lowest on record. The lowest came in June 2022 during Biden’s presidency, amid inflation concerns following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. In April 2025, Americans voiced worries about an impending trade war, reporting deteriorating expectations for inflation, income, and personal finances. Trump hasn’t ruled out a recession but remains confident in the long-term benefits of his policies.

Inflation trends remain uncertain, but the U.S. Federal Reserve has warned that Trump’s tariff strategy could drive prices upward again. On trade, Trump argues that global tariffs will help bring jobs and manufacturing back to the U.S. while reducing the trade deficit. He criticizes America’s long-standing trade imbalance as a sign of other countries “ripping off” the U.S., frequently citing China.

According to data from the U.S. Census Bureau and the Bureau of Economic Analysis, America continued to import more goods and services than it exported through 2024. After Trump’s re-election in November 2024, importers rushed to bring in products before tariffs could take effect. By January 2025, imports hit a record high of $329 billion—the highest monthly total since records began in 1992. Although Trump paused many of his harshest tariffs in early April, reports suggest Americans have been stockpiling goods, fearing price hikes. Tariffs on Chinese imports remain, but Trump has signaled he is open to reducing them if a deal can be made.

On immigration, Trump returned to the presidency vowing large-scale deportations and an end to birthright citizenship. Although he has faced legal blocks on birthright citizenship, one area where he claims success is at the southern border. In March 2025, just over 7,000 arrests were made at the U.S.-Mexico border—down significantly from the 137,000 arrests in March 2024 during Biden’s presidency.

While the number of deportations remains lower than promised and legal challenges persist, Trump points to rising internal detentions and strong cooperation with local law enforcement as evidence of success. ICE raids have increased, with many targeting individuals with criminal records. Trump’s team is also promoting what it calls “unprecedented” collaboration with police departments across the country.

However, with detention facilities nearing capacity, experts warn of potential overcrowding issues. The future of Trump’s immigration policies—and their legality—will likely be shaped by court rulings in the coming months.

Looking ahead, Trump’s broader agenda depends heavily on what unfolds in the next 100 days. Public perception of his actions on the border, trade decisions, and economic outcomes such as food prices will help determine whether Trump maintains his reputation as the most polarizing president in modern history.

Majority of Americans Say Trump’s Policies Have Worsened Economy, CNN Poll Finds

A growing number of Americans believe that  President Donald Trump’s policies have negatively impacted the nation’s economy, according to a new CNN poll conducted by SSRS. The survey reveals that 59% of the public now thinks Trump’s economic approach has worsened conditions in the country, a noticeable increase from 51% in March. This figure matches the lowest approval numbers President Joe Biden received regarding his economic handling during his tenure.

The poll reflects widespread dissatisfaction with the state of the U.S. economy. There is little excitement among Americans for the White House’s sweeping new trade initiatives, with most respondents pessimistic about the direction things are headed. Although many of Trump’s recently announced tariffs are yet to be implemented, 60% of those surveyed already say his policies have raised the cost of living in their communities. Only 12% believe that Trump’s actions have actually helped reduce prices.

The findings further show that 69% of Americans believe an economic recession within the next year is at least somewhat likely. Of that group, 32% think a recession is very likely. In terms of general economic outlook, only 34% of Americans describe themselves as enthusiastic or optimistic, while 29% are pessimistic and 37% say they feel afraid. Among those under the age of 45, 70% express pessimism or fear. This sentiment is shared even more strongly among Americans of color, with 76% reporting similar concerns.

This increasing dissatisfaction marks a notable change for Trump, who during his first term was often credited with strong economic management. In fact, Trump’s 2024 campaign heavily emphasized economic recovery, with the promise to “immediately bring prices down, starting on Day One.” He was particularly successful with voters who ranked economic concerns as their primary motivation, according to CNN’s exit poll data.

One Republican respondent, a 59-year-old from Georgia, expressed his anxiety over the current market turbulence and how it has impacted his retirement plans. “Everything I worked for all my life is rapidly [disappearing],” he wrote. “It will probably take years to recover what I have lost due to what’s going on.”

Despite this, Republican sentiment regarding the economy has improved slightly over the past month. Many within the GOP remain hopeful that the newly announced tariffs will have a long-term positive effect on the economy.

However, most Americans remain skeptical about Trump’s tariff strategy. A 55% majority says his tariff actions so far this term have been poor policy, while just 28% view them positively. Another 17% consider them neither good nor bad. Tariffs imposed specifically on Chinese imports are viewed a bit more favorably, though still mostly negatively: 53% say they are bad policy and 32% consider them good.

The poll was conducted between April 17 and April 24, shortly after the White House first announced a wave of new tariffs targeting dozens of countries, only to pause many of them shortly thereafter. During the survey period, the administration issued multiple contradictory statements about the state of international trade talks and the intended goals of the tariff plan. Overall, 58% of respondents say they do not believe Trump has a clear strategy for introducing and managing tariffs, while 42% believe he does.

Most Americans predict the tariffs will harm the economy in the short term. Specifically, 72% expect negative consequences for the U.S. economy, 60% foresee damage to the country’s global standing, and 59% believe their personal finances will be adversely affected. Fewer than 30% expect the tariffs to help in any of these areas.

Looking at the long-term picture, 53% think the tariffs will ultimately hurt the U.S. economy, compared to 34% who believe they will be beneficial. This view reflects a cautious optimism among some Republicans, who believe the initial damage could eventually lead to gains. Among GOP respondents, 47% think the tariffs will hurt the economy in the near future, but roughly three-quarters anticipate eventual benefits.

John Metcalf, a Democrat from Michigan, expressed concern about the unpredictability of Trump’s tariff policy. “I’m not an economics guy, but I can kind of see with what he’s doing with tariffs,” he said. “It’s just causing confusion. If you are a business owner and you’re thinking about the future, how in the world can you make decisions when he flips back and forth every other day?”

Public perception of the broader economy continues to be bleak. Only 28% describe current economic conditions as good, while 71% say they are poor. These numbers have remained virtually unchanged since fall 2023. Meanwhile, 47% of Americans are satisfied with their personal finances, which also shows little movement over recent years.

Underneath these stable numbers, there is growing partisan division. The percentage of Republicans who call the economy good has increased by 10 points since March, whereas Democratic approval has continued to decline. Republicans are now over ten times more likely than Democrats to say they are enthusiastic or optimistic about the economy.

Nonetheless, signs of discontent are emerging within the GOP. While 94% of Republicans say they trust Trump to manage the economy, only 63% believe his policies have improved conditions, and just 23% credit him with lowering living costs in their communities. Nearly as many Republicans think his tariff policies will hurt their personal finances (28%) as those who believe they will help (33%).

A Republican respondent from New Jersey observed, “The prices for energy, medical services, higher education, repair and maintenance continue to [rise]. I think that Pres. Trump’s program will help once they are given a chance.”

When asked to name their family’s biggest economic challenge, most Americans cite costs and inflation. That includes 28% who specifically mention inflation, 15% the overall cost of living, and 16% food prices. Those figures are largely unchanged from June 2024. However, some newer concerns are emerging: 9% cite tariffs, 7% mention investment or stock market worries, and 4% each say Trump’s policies and general economic uncertainty.

One Democrat from Pennsylvania wrote, “My wife lost her job due to the Trump administration DOGE cuts. We are suddenly down an income with costs rising all around us. My own job is at risk due to NIH grant cuts. Our retirement accounts are plummeting in value. Everything is just so, so much worse than it was before Trump took office.”

Among working Americans, half believe Trump’s tariff plans will hurt their industries, while just 11% say the impact will be beneficial. A respondent from Massachusetts explained, “I make board games and they can’t be made in the US. I have preorders I need to fulfill but can’t afford to with the tariffs. The profit I would have gotten from sales would have allowed my business to grow into a studio, hire people, etc. Now I will lose money.”

Even as the Trump administration promotes tariffs as a strategy to create new manufacturing jobs in the U.S., the public remains unconvinced. By a margin of 73% to 26%, Americans say they would personally prefer an office job to a manufacturing job with equal pay. Men are slightly more inclined toward manufacturing work, with 37% expressing that preference, which rises to 43% among Republican men.

The CNN poll surveyed 1,678 adults nationwide using online and telephone interviews. Conducted between April 17 and 24, the sample was drawn from a mix of probability-based online panels and registration-based sources. Initial contact was made via mail, phone, or email. The margin of error for the full sample is plus or minus 2.9 percentage points.

Elon Musk Promises to Refocus on Tesla Amid Concerns Over His Government Role

Tesla CEO Elon Musk announced on Tuesday that he intends to shift his attention back to the electric vehicle company, although he said he would continue working in government as long as President Trump needs him. Musk, serving as a special government employee (SGE), is limited to working 130 days a year in that capacity. With about 36 weeks remaining this year, Musk’s schedule could place his total days in government service between 126 and 162.

Tesla investors have long urged Musk to prioritize the automaker and bring to life his ambitious plans, including autonomous taxi fleets, humanoid robots, and fully unsupervised self-driving technology. During an earnings call with analysts on Tuesday, Musk agreed to these calls, promising to dedicate more time to Tesla and scale back his involvement with the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE).

“Probably starting next month, in May, my time allocation at DOGE will drop significantly,” Musk stated. “I’ll have to continue doing it. I think we have the remainder of the President’s term just to make sure that the waste and fraud that we stopped does not come roaring back, which it’ll do if it has the chance.”

Musk further clarified he would spend “a day or two per week on government matters for as long as the President would like me to do so, as long as it is useful.” However, he made it clear that his main focus would soon return to Tesla. “But starting next month, I will be allocating far more of my time to Tesla now that the major work of establishing the Department of Government Efficiency is done,” Musk declared.

Notably, Musk did not directly address the restriction on his government role as an SGE, which legally caps his participation at 130 days over a calendar year. To comply, Musk must carefully manage his time, especially since he has already logged about 90 days as an SGE. With 36 weeks left in the year, spending one or two days weekly could push him into a range of 126 to 162 days, risking a breach of the rules.

The SGE designation permits Musk to maintain leadership roles in private companies without undergoing the public financial disclosures expected from full-time government employees. Besides his leadership at Tesla, Musk is also deeply involved with other companies he founded, including SpaceX, X (formerly Twitter), the Boring Company, Neuralink, and xAI. Generally, individuals assuming government roles resign from their private sector positions, but Musk’s unique designation allows him to avoid that.

The White House has not yet responded to requests for comment regarding Musk’s government role and how it aligns with the rules.

Despite some unanswered questions about Musk’s time spent assisting the Trump administration, Tesla shareholders reacted positively to his renewed commitment to the company. After Musk’s comments—widely covered in the media—Tesla’s stock surged more than 5% during after-hours trading.

This surge came even though Tesla posted another lackluster quarter financially, disappointing investors once again. The company reported drops in operating income, net income, and operating margins. Revenue fell 9% year-over-year to $19 billion, although energy revenues saw a 67% increase, reaching $2.73 billion. Tesla’s cash reserves also grew, rising 38% year-over-year to about $37 billion.

Tesla’s shareholder base, particularly its large community of retail investors, voiced growing concern over Musk’s divided focus. Before the quarterly earnings call, Tesla’s investor relations team collected questions from shareholders. Of the 161 questions focused specifically on Musk, the top three came from some of the largest retail investors, all expressing anxiety over his involvement in government work.

One investor holding about 88,000 Tesla shares wrote, “Boycotts, protests, vandalism, negative headlines, and a stock slide have been sparked by Elon Musk’s participation in changes to U.S. gov’t services & employment. Is the Tesla board discussing whether their CEO should focus fully on Tesla and leave gov’t to elected politicians?”

Another concerned investor, who owns 365,000 shares, asked, “How is the company planning to deal with the impact of Elon’s partnership with the current administration?”

The third most popular question, which also had the third-highest number of upvotes from other shareholders, pressed the company further: “With Elon’s involvement with the federal government the Tesla brand has been under attack, more so than usual. What steps are the company taking to alleviate these attacks and educate the public about the benefits of Tesla?”

The questions highlight a deep worry among Tesla’s investors that Musk’s government activities could further damage Tesla’s public image and stock performance. While Musk’s work on government reform has been praised by some, critics argue that it has made Tesla a bigger political target than ever before, adding pressure to an already volatile stock.

Although Musk’s commitment to spend more time at Tesla was welcomed news, it remains uncertain how he will balance his ambitious automotive goals with his continued government role. Some investors fear that even a limited commitment to political work could continue to weigh on Tesla’s reputation and financial results.

Nonetheless, many view Musk’s promise to pivot his focus back to Tesla as a necessary step toward achieving the company’s ambitious targets in technology innovation and expansion. His efforts are particularly vital now as Tesla faces intensified competition from traditional automakers entering the electric vehicle space and as regulatory scrutiny over self-driving technology grows.

For now, Tesla shareholders will be watching closely to see if Musk follows through on his promises. His ability to deliver on Tesla’s future technology—and not be sidetracked by his government service—could determine whether the company regains its former market strength or faces further instability ahead.

White House Reportedly Exploring Replacement for Hegseth Amid New Leak Controversy

The White House has initiated a quiet search for a potential replacement for Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, according to a U.S. official familiar with the matter who was not authorized to speak publicly. This development comes in the wake of another controversy involving Hegseth, who is once again under scrutiny for allegedly leaking sensitive military information in a group chat.

According to the source, Hegseth disclosed classified details in a private group conversation using the Signal messaging app on his personal phone. The recipients of this information reportedly included his wife, brother, and legal counsel. The content of the chat allegedly included minute-by-minute updates on U.S. airstrikes targeting Houthi positions in Yemen. This incident is said to have occurred in March, around the same time that Hegseth relayed similar classified information to senior officials at the White House through another Signal group. That group inadvertently included a journalist.

The premature disclosure of strike information could have placed American pilots in harm’s way had it been intercepted by enemy forces. Already, Houthi militants have successfully downed two U.S. Predator drones, raising concerns about potential lapses in operational security.

Despite the allegations, White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt denied any effort to replace Hegseth. In a statement posted on X, she declared, “President Trump stands strongly behind him.” President Trump echoed this sentiment during a press interaction at the White House, dismissing the controversy as overblown. “He’s doing a great job — ask the Houthis how he’s doing,” the president remarked.

Hegseth also pushed back against the allegations during a White House Easter event held earlier in the day. “This is what the media does, they take anonymous sources from disgruntled former employees, and then they try to slash and burn people, ruin their reputation. It’s not going to work with me,” Hegseth said in his defense.

The defense secretary’s comments appear to reference the abrupt exits of four high-ranking Pentagon advisers last week. One of them, former Defense Department spokesperson John Ullyot, resigned and subsequently published a strongly-worded opinion article describing recent events at the Pentagon as a “full-blown meltdown” marked by internal disputes that, according to him, are undermining President Trump’s administration.

Three other Pentagon officials—Dan Caldwell, Colin Carroll, and Darin Selnick—were also removed from their positions and escorted out of the building. These individuals were accused of leaking information to the media, although they have denied any wrongdoing. The trio issued a joint statement on X labeling their removal as “unconscionable” and emphasizing that they had not been informed about the specific nature of the alleged leaks.

“All three of us served our country honorably in uniform — for two of us, this included deployments to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. And, based on our collective service, we understand the importance of information security and worked every day to protect it,” they wrote in their statement.

Caldwell and Selnick, in particular, have long-standing professional ties with Hegseth, having collaborated with him at Concerned Veterans for America, a conservative advocacy group that has influenced veterans’ policy in recent years.

The unfolding drama has not gone unnoticed by lawmakers. Senator Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire, a Democrat and a member of the Senate Armed Services Committee, criticized Hegseth’s actions and pointed to the larger issue of his qualifications for the job. “But we must not forget that ultimate responsibility here lies with President Trump for selecting a former weekend TV host, without any experience successfully leading a large and complex organization, to run our government’s biggest department and make life and death decisions for our military and country,” she stated.

While the White House maintains public support for Hegseth, the internal deliberations about his future suggest a growing concern over the implications of his actions. The fact that the leak could have compromised national security has escalated the urgency of the situation, particularly as tensions continue to rise in the Middle East and the U.S. military maintains a delicate operational presence in the region.

The controversy has also shed light on the potential security vulnerabilities that arise from using personal devices and encrypted messaging apps for sensitive communications. The Signal app, while popular for its end-to-end encryption, is not authorized for the transmission of classified material by U.S. government officials. The revelation that Hegseth may have used it to share top-secret operational data with non-government individuals raises serious questions about protocol adherence and information governance at the highest levels of national defense.

The March leak incident is particularly alarming because of its proximity to real-time operations. Intelligence and defense analysts worry that such breaches, if exploited by foreign actors, could jeopardize not only the safety of military personnel but also the success of U.S. missions abroad. Given that adversaries such as the Houthis have already demonstrated their ability to down advanced American drones, any additional vulnerabilities could be catastrophic.

Although the administration has made no official announcements regarding a search for a new defense secretary, the internal discussions suggest that the controversy surrounding Hegseth has reached a critical point. The situation could develop further depending on whether more details emerge about the extent and impact of the leaks, and whether Congress or the intelligence community demands a formal investigation.

As the Pentagon reels from internal discord and high-level departures, questions remain about morale within the department and the future direction of U.S. military leadership. If more officials continue to speak out, or if further security lapses come to light, the administration could be forced to re-evaluate its stance on Hegseth despite the president’s current support.

In the meantime, the defense secretary remains defiant, attributing the backlash to politically motivated leaks and disgruntled former colleagues. Whether that narrative will hold up under increasing scrutiny is yet to be seen. The situation underscores the complex and high-stakes nature of leadership at the Pentagon, especially during a time of global instability and growing threats.

For now, Hegseth remains in his position, bolstered by public endorsements from President Trump and the White House. However, the growing controversy surrounding his handling of classified information has sparked concerns that may ultimately determine his political and professional future.

Trump’s Renewed Attacks on Fed Chair Shake Markets and Fuel Global Economic Jitters

U.S. financial markets were rocked once again as President Donald Trump escalated his public criticism of Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell, branding him “a major loser” over the central bank’s decision not to cut interest rates. The president demanded that Powell take immediate action to lower borrowing costs in a bid to stimulate the American economy.

Using social media as his platform, Trump urged Powell to slash interest rates “pre-emptively,” accusing the Fed chair of being too slow to react to the evolving economic landscape. “There can be a SLOWING of the economy unless Mr. Too Late, a major loser, lowers interest rates, NOW,” the president declared in his online post.

Trump’s latest remarks come amid growing concern that his own economic policies—particularly aggressive tariffs—have contributed to market instability and increased the risk of a recession. His ongoing feud with Powell, whom he appointed during his first term in office, has only deepened the market unease.

As a result of the heightened tensions and economic anxiety, U.S. stock indexes suffered steep losses. The S&P 500, a barometer of 500 of America’s most significant companies, dropped by approximately 2.4% on Monday. Since the beginning of the year, the index has declined by around 12%. The Dow Jones Industrial Average mirrored that performance, also falling 2.4% and registering a year-to-date loss of roughly 10%. Meanwhile, the tech-heavy Nasdaq fared even worse, shedding more than 2.5% and posting a staggering 18% decline since January.

The market jitters weren’t confined to the U.S. On Tuesday, trading remained subdued in most Asia-Pacific markets. Japan’s Nikkei 225 closed slightly lower by about 0.1%, and Australia’s ASX 200 declined by roughly 0.3%. In contrast, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng Index managed a modest gain of about 0.3%.

European markets also reflected the global unease. In early trading, the UK’s FTSE 100 edged down by about 0.05%, while Germany’s DAX index fell by 0.5%. France’s CAC 40 registered a more pronounced drop of 0.6%.

Ordinarily, the U.S. dollar and government bonds are viewed as safe havens during market turmoil. However, even these assets have come under pressure. The dollar index, which gauges the greenback’s strength against a basket of currencies including the euro, fell on Monday to its lowest point since 2022.

In another sign of market unrest, yields on U.S. government bonds climbed on Tuesday, indicating that investors are demanding higher returns to hold onto Treasuries. This trend reflects a lack of confidence in the near-term stability of the U.S. economy.

At the same time, gold prices soared to a record high, breaching the $3,500 per ounce threshold. The surge in the precious metal’s value signals investors’ preference for assets deemed more secure amid uncertain times. Gold is traditionally seen as a safe haven when economic conditions become volatile.

Susannah Streeter, head of money and markets at Hargreaves Lansdown, pointed to multiple global factors boosting gold’s appeal. “No long-term resolution [is] in sight for conflicts around the world, particularly in Ukraine and Gaza,” she noted. “There are also concerns about the risk that geo-political tensions escalate as opportunities in the Arctic are eyed by the US and Russia,” she added.

Meanwhile, tensions are not just limited to economic policies and markets. On the global diplomatic front, China has issued a warning to other nations, urging them not to “appease” the U.S. in trade negotiations. The comments come amid increasing skepticism of American leadership in global economic matters.

Despite the heightened uncertainty, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) recently stated that a global recession remains unlikely, even with the pressures stemming from U.S. tariffs. However, the IMF also warned that its upcoming country-by-country growth forecasts would include “notable markdowns.”

President Trump’s criticisms of Powell are not new. Throughout his first term, he repeatedly expressed dissatisfaction with Powell’s approach to interest rates and even reportedly considered firing him. Following his return to office, Trump has continued to pressure Powell to cut borrowing costs.

This latest attack followed Powell’s remarks cautioning that Trump’s tariff policies could contribute to inflation and impede economic growth. Trump ramped up his criticism last Thursday by publicly calling for Powell’s removal. “Powell’s termination cannot come fast enough,” he wrote on social media.

The idea of dismissing the Fed chair is controversial and could face significant legal hurdles. The Federal Reserve has traditionally operated with a high degree of independence to insulate it from short-term political influence. Powell has previously told reporters that he does not believe the president possesses the legal authority to fire him.

Still, the Trump administration appears to be exploring options. One of Trump’s top economic advisers confirmed that discussions about removing Powell were underway, noting this on Friday—a day when the U.S. stock market was closed.

These developments coincide with the spring meetings of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank, where top financial policymakers have gathered in Washington. The heightened political pressure on the Fed has become a central topic of concern at the gatherings.

Christopher Meissner, an economics professor at the University of California, Davis, and a former IMF employee, explained to the BBC’s Today programme that political interference in central banking was more common in the past. “However, the past 30 or 40 years what we’ve learned is that central bank independence is the key to financial stability and low inflation. And I think this is a major reversal and we have to watch out for it,” he warned.

Streeter echoed this view, emphasizing the importance of insulating monetary policymakers from political influence. “The independence of central banks is seen as critical to ensure long-term price stability, ringfencing policymakers from short-term political pressures,” she said.

Looking ahead, the IMF will release its latest economic projections shortly. These forecasts are expected to reflect growing concerns about U.S. economic performance and its potential ripple effects worldwide. “They used to say ‘When the US sneezed, the rest of the world caught a cold’. It’ll be really curious to see if that continues,” said Meissner. “However, I think people are expecting a pretty significant downturn in the US in the coming months… and that can’t be good for the rest of the world.”

Streeter noted that Trump’s policy decisions have undermined the global perception of the U.S. as a stable economic leader. “Yields on 10-year US Treasuries have held onto their recent rise above 4.4%. It’s another sign of unease about the direction of the US economy, amid worries that policies playing out could keep inflation higher and slow growth, and flags the anxiety rattling through the markets right now,” she said.

USPS Plans New Stamp Price Hike Effective This July, Including Forever Stamps

The cost of mailing letters and postcards in the United States is set to rise once again later this year, as the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) moves forward with plans to increase stamp prices. While the changes are not yet in effect, customers still have a window of opportunity to purchase stamps at current prices before the proposed adjustments are implemented.

Among the most notable changes is the planned increase in the cost of a Forever Stamp, which is widely used for sending first-class letters. The USPS has submitted a proposal to raise the price of a Forever Stamp from its current rate of 73 cents to 78 cents. While the suggested increase must still receive the formal green light from the Postal Regulatory Commission, approval is expected, as the commission has historically authorized previous price adjustments.

If the proposed hike is confirmed, the new rate of 78 cents will take effect starting July 13. That means consumers looking to save money on future postage have until July 12 to buy Forever Stamps at the existing 73-cent price. Since Forever Stamps do not expire and remain valid regardless of any future rate increases, purchasing them now allows customers to hedge against future mailing costs.

The USPS explained that the decision to raise prices stems from a broader need to shore up its financial foundation and ensure the sustainability of long-term plans. “The price increase is needed to ‘achieve the financial stability’ to meet the goals of its existing Delivering for America 10-year plan,” the agency said in a statement. This strategic roadmap outlines the USPS’s objectives for modernization, service improvements, and cost-efficiency over the next decade.

But the price adjustment won’t be limited to just Forever Stamps. The Postal Service is also proposing increases for a range of other commonly used mailing products. For example, the cost of sending a metered 1-ounce letter is expected to go up by five cents, climbing from 69 cents to 74 cents. Domestic postcards, another popular mailing option, will also see a notable rise in price, jumping from 56 cents to 62 cents.

International mailing options are not exempt from the upcoming changes either. The price of international postcards is slated to increase slightly from $1.65 to $1.70. The same applies to international letters weighing up to one ounce, which are set to rise from $1.65 to $1.70 as well. Additionally, the fee for adding an extra ounce to domestic letters is expected to increase modestly from 28 cents to 29 cents.

This scheduled hike in postal rates marks the first price adjustment of 2025 and continues a recent trend of frequent changes to stamp costs. The most recent increase occurred on July 24, 2024, when the price of a Forever Stamp went from 68 cents to 73 cents. Prior to that, a two-cent rise was implemented in January 2024, when prices climbed from 66 cents to 68 cents. Even earlier, in 2023, the rate for a Forever Stamp increased from 63 cents to 66 cents, reflecting a steady escalation in mailing expenses over the past two years.

These repeated increases reflect the USPS’s broader efforts to respond to evolving economic conditions, including inflation, declining mail volumes, and rising operational costs. Each rate change is part of an ongoing attempt to ensure the agency can maintain its service commitments and invest in needed infrastructure improvements.

While some consumers may be frustrated by the prospect of paying more for postage, the USPS emphasizes that the financial realities it faces require proactive steps to secure the system’s long-term viability. According to USPS officials, the 10-year Delivering for America plan serves as a vital framework for achieving this goal, guiding the agency through necessary reforms, efficiency upgrades, and customer-focused innovations.

The plan is designed to help the Postal Service adapt to the changing dynamics of communication and commerce, which have shifted significantly in recent years. With the growth of digital communication and e-commerce, traditional letter mail has seen a steady decline, putting pressure on USPS revenue. In contrast, package delivery has become a larger focus area, requiring investment in new technology and logistical capabilities.

By adjusting stamp prices and other mailing fees in line with these developments, USPS aims to strike a balance between affordability for customers and the financial health of its operations. As such, while the price changes may be unwelcome for some, they are part of a larger effort to future-proof the nation’s postal system.

To avoid being affected by the higher rates, consumers are encouraged to purchase Forever Stamps and other mailing products before the new prices kick in on July 13. Buying before July 12 ensures access to the lower prices, allowing individuals and businesses alike to manage mailing costs more effectively over time.

The Forever Stamp, in particular, remains a practical and popular choice for many Americans due to its ability to lock in postage value even after multiple price changes. As rates continue to rise, these stamps offer a simple and cost-effective way to stay ahead of inflation and postal rate adjustments.

In summary, the proposed postal rate increases represent a continuation of USPS’s strategy to strengthen its financial footing and modernize its services through the Delivering for America initiative. While the changes must still be approved, they are expected to go into effect on July 13. Until then, customers still have a chance to purchase stamps and other mail services at the current rates.

As USPS puts it, the price hikes are essential to meet its future goals: “The price increase is needed to ‘achieve the financial stability’ to meet the goals of its existing Delivering for America 10-year plan.”

With inflation and financial pressure on federal services unlikely to ease soon, such steps may become more common in the years ahead. For now, those who rely on USPS for personal or professional communication may want to act quickly before the new rates arrive.

AACIO Celebrates Dr. Navin C. Nanda’s Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C. Nanda International Service Award”

Chicago, IL – The Annual Meeting and Scientific Sessions organized by the American Association of Cardiologists of Indian Origin (AACIO), during the annual American College of Cardiology’s (ACC), co-hosted by the Indian American Medical Association-IL and International Society of Cardiovascular Ultrasound (ISCU), was held in Chicago, IL. on March 29, 2025.

Nanda 1 (1)
Dr. Nanda with the President of the American Association of Cardiologists of Indian Origin Dr. Rakesh Sharma at the ACC Gala

The medical and scientific event, attended by over 200 medical professionals and leaders from across the United States, featured state-of-the-art lectures and four young investigator awards.

A highlight of the annual was the announcement of the ACC’s Distinguished Award for International Service, named in perpetuity in honor of Dr. Navin C. Nanda, MD, FACC. This is the first time that ACC has named one of its most distinguished and prestigious annual awards not only after an eminent US Cardiologist of Indian Origin, but also for any Cardiologist born outside the USA.

On behalf of the American College of Cardiology, Board of Trustees, Brynne MacCann, Director of ACC Philanthropy, attended the meeting to congratulate Dr. Nanda and expressed her gratitude to AACIO for their support. On behalf of the ACC Board of Trustees, MacCann, in her message said, “The ACC Board of Trustees is thankful to AACIO for nominating and supporting the International Service Award in Dr. Nanda’s name, recognizing his pioneering work in echocardiography and dedication to education and mentorship. This award will continue to inspire future generations of cardiovascular leaders.”

Nanda 2 (1)
Recognition of Dr. Nanda at the American College of Cardiology Convention 2025 in Chicago

AACIO President Rakesh Sharma, MD, FACC, said, “We’re proud to recognize ACC’s decision to establish this prestigious award in Dr. Nanda’s name, a testament to his enduring legacy. His groundbreaking work and tireless efforts in mentoring have left a lasting impact.”

Dr. Nanda expressed his gratitude, stating, “The designation of the ACC International Service Award in my name is the most meaningful achievement in my career. I’m grateful to the ACC Board and AACIO Executive Committee, especially Dr. Sharma, for their support.”

1AACIO Celebrates Dr Navin C Nanda's Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C Nanda International Service Award”
Dr. Navin C Nanda with the leadership of AACIO Dr. Rakesh Sharma, Dr. Gopal Lalmalani and Dr. Samir Shah at the AACIO Annual Conference in Chicago on March 29, 2025

Dr. Nanda, a Distinguished Professor of Medicine, is recognized worldwide as the “Father of Modern Echocardiography” for his pioneering contributions not only in adult but also pediatric and fetal echocardiography.

Dr. Nanda has made cutting-edge advancements in the field, including three-dimensional, contrast, and both conventional and color Doppler echocardiographyDr. Nanda is a Distinguished Professor of Medicine and Cardiovascular Disease at the University of Alabama at Birmingham, Medicine, Birmingham AL. He received his medical degree from Seth G.S. Medical College and his Doctor of Medicine degree from the University of Mumbai.

AACIO Celebrates Dr Navin C Nanda's Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C Nanda International Service Award”
Presentation of multiorganizational recognition plaque to Dr. Navin Nanda as the Chair of Indo-US Scientific Convention in Hyderabad on January 18, 2025 by the Convention Co-Chair Dr.Vemuri Murthy at the AACIO Annual Conference.

ACCIO, founded in 1986, is a foremost organization that represents the interests of almost 6,000 Cardiologists of Indian Origin practicing in the United States.

The inaugural Navin C. Nanda International Service Award will be presented at ACC’s Annual Scientific Session in 2026 in New Orleans, LA.

Dr Nanda’s interview by the ACC was also simultaneously published in cardiology. https://www.acc.org/Latest-in-Cardiology/Articles/2025/04/01/01/Feature-Making-A-Global-Difference

US Vice President J D Vance Set to Visit India from April 21 to 24

United States Vice President J D Vance is scheduled to embark on his first official trip to India from April 21 to April 24, as confirmed by the Indian government. Accompanying him on this significant diplomatic journey will be Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and key senior officials from the Trump administration. The visit marks a continuation of the strong strategic partnership between India and the United States, following recent high-level exchanges between the two countries.

The Indian government announced in an official statement that Vance will hold a meeting with Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21, a central component of his three-day visit. “The Vice President and his delegation will have other engagements in Delhi and are also scheduled to visit Jaipur and Agra before departing for Washington DC on April 24,” the statement noted. The visit is being viewed as a valuable opportunity for both nations to assess the current status of their bilateral relations and evaluate the implementation of the key outcomes outlined in the joint statement released on February 13 during Prime Minister Modi’s trip to the United States.

During his time in India, Vice President Vance is expected to engage in wide-ranging discussions with Indian leaders, covering important regional and global developments. These discussions are aimed at deepening mutual understanding and coordination on issues of shared concern. According to the Indian government, “The visit will provide an opportunity for both sides to review progress in bilateral relations and implementation of the outcomes of the India-US joint statement issued on Feb 13 during Modi’s visit.”

The U.S. side has also issued a formal announcement confirming the visit and underlining its cultural and diplomatic importance. The statement emphasized that Vice President Vance and his family will take part in cultural engagements during their stay in India. “Vance and family will participate in engagements at cultural sites in India,” it noted. These cultural activities are expected to underscore the strong people-to-people ties that form an essential pillar of the India-U.S. relationship.

The choice of cities for the Vice President’s itinerary reflects a mix of political and cultural interests. While the official meetings and diplomatic exchanges will be conducted in New Delhi, the delegation’s visits to Jaipur and Agra will allow them to experience India’s rich cultural heritage firsthand. Jaipur, known as the Pink City, is famous for its architectural marvels and vibrant local culture, while Agra is home to the iconic Taj Mahal, one of the most visited landmarks in the world and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

The timing of the visit is significant as it comes at a moment when both nations are keen to expand their cooperation across several sectors, including defense, technology, trade, and climate. The February 13 joint statement, which will be a reference point for many of the discussions during Vance’s trip, outlined a comprehensive framework for advancing shared priorities. This includes enhanced defense collaboration, promotion of clean energy initiatives, facilitation of critical and emerging technologies, and bolstering economic exchanges.

Both governments appear eager to maintain the momentum that was established during earlier high-level engagements, and this upcoming visit by Vice President Vance provides a platform to reinforce those commitments. Given the strategic convergence between India and the United States in the Indo-Pacific and beyond, it is expected that the two sides will use the opportunity to exchange views on pressing regional security concerns and align their positions on global matters of mutual interest.

Observers believe that the presence of Second Lady Usha Vance and their children on this trip adds a personal touch to the diplomatic visit and signifies the importance of strengthening interpersonal and cultural dimensions of the bilateral relationship. It is common for leaders and their families to engage in such symbolic gestures, which often resonate positively with the public and media on both sides.

As this is Vance’s inaugural trip to India, it also carries symbolic weight and serves as a message about the priorities of the Trump administration in its approach to foreign policy, particularly in relation to South Asia. His engagement with Indian leaders, cultural figures, and civil society will be closely watched as a measure of how Washington aims to frame its ties with New Delhi in the coming years.

The visit is also likely to involve discussions on major global developments, including geopolitical tensions, economic recovery post-pandemic, and cooperation in international forums. With India playing an increasingly influential role on the world stage, both nations are looking to align their diplomatic efforts and maximize their shared interests through frequent and high-level engagements.

Throughout the three-day visit, Vice President Vance and his delegation are expected to participate in a series of official meetings, policy discussions, and cultural programs. His interactions in New Delhi are likely to include sessions with Indian cabinet ministers and senior officials to deepen collaboration across various sectors. In Jaipur and Agra, the delegation will engage in site visits that not only highlight India’s historical and architectural treasures but also reflect the broader cultural diplomacy goals of the visit.

While specific details about the cultural engagements have not been released, it is expected that the Vance family’s participation will focus on showcasing appreciation for India’s heritage, further enhancing the warmth of the bilateral ties. Such cultural interactions have often been used as a tool to emphasize common values and build lasting goodwill between nations.

The government of India has stated that this visit will help advance the implementation of previously agreed-upon measures and identify new areas of cooperation. By reviewing the deliverables from the February 13 joint statement, both countries hope to chart a forward-looking roadmap for deeper cooperation. The government noted, “The two sides will exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest.”

This visit marks yet another chapter in the continuing evolution of India-U.S. ties, which have steadily grown stronger over the past two decades. With regular exchanges at the highest levels, both nations have worked to build a strategic partnership rooted in democratic values, mutual trust, and shared aspirations for peace and prosperity.

As Vice President Vance concludes his trip on April 24, analysts will be watching closely for the outcomes and signals emerging from this diplomatic engagement. The visit not only underscores the importance of the bilateral relationship but also sets the stage for further collaboration as both nations navigate complex global challenges and opportunities together.

Americans Turn to Unconventional Housing Amid Soaring Costs

As housing prices continue to surge across the United States, many Americans are finding themselves unable to afford traditional homes and are instead embracing alternative housing solutions. From living in tiny homes to converting barns into residences, and even forming shared living communities, these nontraditional methods are gaining traction among those looking for cost-effective and sustainable ways to live.

With conventional homeownership becoming increasingly inaccessible, some Americans are repurposing old commercial buildings or opting for prefabricated homes on purchased land. Others are choosing to share homes with strangers to minimize expenses. Here are three unconventional paths that are reshaping the American housing landscape.

Tiny Houses

When Elisa Boots and her husband Rick relocated from New York City to Seattle a decade ago, they arrived during a period of rapid population growth in the city. Data from the U.S. Census Bureau shows Seattle added about 60,000 new residents between 2010 and 2014, largely due to a surge in tech jobs and a flourishing economy. This influx of new residents drove up housing demand and home prices to levels the couple couldn’t afford, even in the surrounding suburbs.

Searching for affordable alternatives, they discovered the tiny house movement. These homes typically measure under 500 square feet and resemble miniature suburban homes, complete with bathrooms, kitchens, and bedrooms. Some tiny houses are built on permanent foundations, while others are mobile with wheels, allowing owners the flexibility to move as they please.

Interest in tiny homes spiked after the 2008 Great Recession, as Americans increasingly sought to downsize. By 2014, one small Texas town dubbed itself the first “tiny-house friendly town.” Since then, states like Kentucky, Missouri, Vermont, and Maine have become attractive destinations for tiny house living, either because of flexible zoning laws or the abundance of space to park the homes.

Tiny homes are praised for their mobility and energy efficiency, but their affordability is one of the most significant draws. According to Bankrate, a basic tiny home typically costs between $20,000 and $60,000, depending on size, building materials, and features.

Elisa Boots and her husband each own a tiny house, which they travel with by hitching them together. While Boots paid around $75,000 for hers, her husband’s custom-built unit exceeded $100,000. Still, the couple believes this approach is more cost-effective than purchasing a traditional home.

They pay approximately $650 each month for their space in an Oregon RV park near Mount Hood, plus another $100 each for utilities including electricity, water, and trash service. Combined, their monthly costs are well below Oregon’s average rent of $1,795 for a one-bedroom apartment, according to Zillow, and significantly less than the $2,000 they anticipated paying monthly on a standard mortgage outside Portland or Seattle.

“That has freed us up incredibly, to do a lot of the things that people dream about,” Boots said.

Barndominiums

Another growing trend is barndominiums, or “barndos,” which are structures resembling barns on the outside but offering the comforts of traditional homes on the inside, including kitchens, bedrooms, and living spaces. These homes have become especially popular in rural areas over the past decade. In fact, a national survey revealed that 7 percent of single-family home builders had completed a barndominium in the previous year.

Barndominiums typically come in two forms: repurposed barns converted into homes, or new metal post-framed structures designed to look like barns from the start. According to Paul Murphy, a home planning adviser with My Barndo Plans in Frisco, Texas, it is generally cheaper to build a new barndominium than to convert an existing barn, due to the high costs of retrofitting older structures for human habitation.

Murphy’s company constructs the barndominium frames and wall panels using red iron, which is a more affordable building material than wood. The firm also offers barndominium kits, which include precut frames that can significantly speed up the construction process.

“Having that time savings of getting the home up quicker is another benefit of a barndo,” Murphy said.

Barndominiums offer significant cost savings compared to traditional homes. Tony Golladay, owner of BuildMax — a company that sells barndo kits — told House Beautiful that the average cost for a barndominium ranges from $35 to $45 per square foot. In contrast, a conventional home typically costs between $100 and $155 per square foot, according to Bankrate.

Co-Housing

The third nontraditional housing option gaining momentum is co-housing, a community-focused living arrangement where individuals or families reside in private homes while sharing communal spaces. These communities typically consist of small private residences surrounding a larger common house that includes amenities like a communal kitchen, dining area, meeting rooms, and guest accommodations.

The concept isn’t new. Architect Katie McCamant introduced the co-housing idea to the U.S. in the early 1980s after studying the model in Denmark. Some also credit architect and author Charles Durrett for popularizing co-housing in America.

In recent years, co-housing has grown in popularity, driven by people seeking social connection, caregiving support, and environmentally conscious living. According to the Cohousing Association of the United States, the country currently has at least 165 co-housing communities, with another 140 in the planning stages.

Financially, co-housing can be beneficial, even if the upfront costs don’t always suggest so. Don Reinhardt, a member of Louisville Co-Housing, explained that many communities are formed by a group of interested individuals who collaborate to fund and construct their ideal living space.

“The cost of the common houses are usually offset adequately by the smaller footprint of the individual houses,” Reinhardt said.

With access to shared communal areas, residents don’t need large individual homes. Raines Cohen, a community organizer at the National Co-Housing Association and a resident of a co-housing community in Berkeley, California, noted, “You don’t need to have room for lots of people to come over or your own guest room.”

These smaller homes are more economical to build and also cheaper to maintain, heat, and cool. Additionally, co-housing promotes resource sharing and collaborative domestic responsibilities, which further reduces living costs. Residents may take turns mowing the lawn or jointly pay for landscaping services.

“Co-housing is very much about the long haul and what you can do together,” Reinhardt emphasized.

As housing prices remain a challenge for millions of Americans, nontraditional housing alternatives are becoming increasingly mainstream. Whether it’s living in a tiny mobile home, a customized barn-style residence, or a community that blends privacy with shared responsibility, these options are providing more flexible, affordable, and meaningful ways for people to create a home.

Republicans Warn Trump’s Tariffs Could Backfire Politically in 2026 Elections

Republican lawmakers are increasingly concerned that President Trump’s trade war could politically hurt their party in 2026, as the effects of higher prices and slowing economic growth may overshadow other GOP achievements.

Several GOP senators are pointing to past elections—specifically those in 1932 and 1982—as cautionary examples of how trade wars and inflation have previously cost Republicans at the ballot box. They fear that history may repeat itself.

Many in the Republican Party view tariffs as a de facto tax increase on American consumers. Some lawmakers have observed that in the last two major instances when Congress passed tax increases similar in scope to Trump’s recent tariffs, the president’s party experienced heavy electoral losses.

“In the national elections, you can go back to 1982 when I think it was about 26 congressional seats that were lost [by Republicans],” said Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who is expected to be one of the top Democratic targets in the upcoming midterms.

That year marked President Reagan’s first midterm election, and Republicans lost 26 seats in the House, largely due to soaring interest rates and widespread public dissatisfaction with the economy. Republicans also lost one Senate seat in that election cycle.

That same year, Congress passed the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act. The law raised corporate and excise taxes and enhanced tax compliance, ultimately increasing federal revenues by close to 1 percent, as noted by the nonpartisan Tax Foundation.

“No doubt, if we’re having the same discussions about tariffs in February of next year, all the indicators would be ‘wrong track,’” Tillis added.

He emphasized that the Trump administration must deliver on its promises of beneficial trade agreements by February of the following year or risk facing significant political consequences.

“They’ve got about 10 months to wrap a bow around this and say, ‘See, I told you so,’ or you’re going to start seeing political headwinds,” Tillis warned.

Another significant election in Republican memory is from 1994, when the GOP made a massive gain—winning 54 seats in the House and eight in the Senate—following President Clinton’s signing of the 1993 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, which raised taxes.

According to a report published Friday by the Tax Foundation, Trump’s current tariffs are expected to raise annual government revenue by 0.56 percent of the gross domestic product, representing the largest jump since Clinton’s 1993 tax hike.

Senators were initially relieved when Trump announced a 90-day suspension on most of the steep reciprocal tariffs he had declared against several countries. However, they note that political risks remain high, especially given Trump’s imposition of a 145 percent tariff on Chinese imports, which prompted a retaliatory 125 percent tariff from China on American goods.

While the stock market surged after Trump’s announcement of the 90-day pause, the rally was short-lived. Markets dropped again sharply on Thursday amid ongoing uncertainty over the U.S. economy. By Friday, some of those losses had been reversed.

Lawmakers expressed alarm over the sell-off in the bond markets, viewing it as a troubling signal for the overall economy. Yields on 10-year and 30-year Treasury bonds climbed significantly during the week, reaching as high as 4.59 percent and 4.88 percent respectively, increasing borrowing costs for businesses and consumers.

The 30-year Treasury yield, which heavily influences mortgage rates, experienced its sharpest weekly rise since 1982, according to Yahoo Finance.

A senior Republican aide in the Senate, who spoke on condition of anonymity, cautioned that Trump could undermine his strongest issue going into the 2024 election: the economy, which was the top priority for voters last year.

A Gallup survey published in October showed Trump enjoying a 9-point lead over then-Vice President Kamala Harris in terms of handling the economy.

However, an Economist/YouGov poll released this week revealed that Trump’s approval rating fell by five points compared to the previous week, largely due to the chaos caused by his tariff measures.

The impact of the tariffs has been particularly concerning in agricultural states.

“It’s not good for my farmers,” said Sen. Mike Rounds (R-S.D.) last week, referring to the volatility in stock, bond, and commodity markets.

Rounds, who is running for reelection next year, added, “We’ve got a lot of people that rely on being able to sell our commodities around the world.”

China, Trump’s primary target for tariffs, imported $1.4 billion worth of goods from South Dakota in 2022, the most recent year for which data is available. That figure represents 28 percent of South Dakota’s total goods production.

Several Republicans are drawing comparisons between tariffs and tax hikes—both politically perilous territory in today’s GOP.

“Tariffs are a tax on consumers, and I’m not a fan of jacking up taxes on American consumers,” said Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) during an interview with Fox Business’s Larry Kudlow.

Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) issued a strong warning to fellow Republicans, saying they risk major electoral defeats in the coming year unless they alter their stance on trade. He also warned that current trade policies could lead to a deep economic downturn.

Paul cited the 1930 Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act as a historical parallel. Its two main architects—Sen. Reed Smoot (R-Utah) and Rep. Willis Hawley (R-Ore.)—were both voted out of office in the 1932 election.

Paul believes the tariffs of that era worsened the Great Depression and significantly damaged the Republican Party’s image for decades.

“We went into the wilderness for a long, long time,” he said. “The depression was multifactorial, but most historians have written that that Smoot-Hawley tariff actually made things worse and the depression longer.

“I don’t think the politics are good,” Paul concluded. “The economics of tariffs are bad; the politics, if anything, are worse.”

Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) has also been critical, arguing that Trump’s tariffs are steering the country toward a recession. He claims that the economic downturn is already affecting political sentiment in swing states.

“We are seeing it move the political needle across the country because people have less and less faith in Donald Trump’s handling of the economic policies of this country, plain and simple. We’re seeing it in just about every state, and the numbers continue to get worse for him,” Schumer stated at a recent press conference.

Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine), another key target for Democrats in 2026, also criticized Trump’s tariffs on allied nations, particularly the 25 percent tariff imposed on Canadian goods.

She told The Hill she opposes tariffs on Canada due to the negative effects on Maine’s economy.

“I never thought that putting tariffs on friendly countries that are our allies is the way to go,” Collins said.

She recalled discussing the issue with Trump’s trade adviser Peter Navarro during the president’s first term.

“I remember [in] the first administration talking with Peter Navarro about the impact on the lobster industry. There are times when tariffs are appropriate. I think China is an example of that. The Canadian tariffs make no sense,” she said. “This is the position I’ve had for a very long time.”

USPS Proposes Stamp Price Increase to Take Effect in July

If you’re planning to send mail anytime soon, now might be a good time to stock up on Forever stamps before July 12, as the United States Postal Service (USPS) is preparing to implement a new round of price hikes.

The USPS recently announced a proposal to raise postage prices, with the changes expected to come into effect on July 13 if approved. Under this plan, the cost of a first-class Forever stamp would increase by five cents, going from the current rate of 73 cents to 78 cents.

The postal service revealed that it submitted a notice to the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC) on April 9 to initiate the proposed pricing update.

In a statement released alongside the announcement, USPS explained the reasoning behind the changes, stating, “As changes in the mailing and shipping marketplace continue, these price adjustments are needed to achieve the financial stability sought by the organization’s Delivering for America 10-year plan. USPS prices remain among the most affordable in the world.”

The proposed increases are not limited to just Forever stamps. Metered mail, which currently costs 69 cents, would go up to 74 cents. International letters, which presently require $1.65 in postage, would increase slightly to $1.70. Domestic postcards, meanwhile, are expected to jump from 56 cents to 62 cents.

Before any of these adjustments are officially implemented, the PRC will need to complete its review of the proposal. Assuming the review process is completed in time, the changes would be rolled out beginning July 13.

A look back at postal rates over the decades offers perspective on how prices have climbed. In 1985, the cost of a first-class stamp was just 22 cents. Fast-forward 40 years, and the upcoming proposed rate of 78 cents represents more than a threefold increase.

The most recent price hike occurred in July of last year, when the cost of a first-class stamp rose from 68 cents to 73 cents. According to the Miami Herald, that change equaled the largest price increase in the agency’s history.

The announcement of yet another increase comes at a time when the USPS is undergoing various shifts and facing potential restructuring. On March 24, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy stepped down from his position after nearly five years of leadership. DeJoy, who had been a controversial figure during his tenure, released a statement detailing his decision to resign and outlining his views on the organization’s future.

“I believe strongly that the organization is well positioned and capable of carrying forward and fully implementing the many strategies and initiatives that comprise our transformation and modernization, and I have been working closely with the Deputy Postmaster General to prepare for this transition,” DeJoy said in the statement.

He also reflected on the work done under his leadership, noting, “While our management team and the men and women of the Postal Service have established the path toward financial sustainability and high operating performance – and we have instituted enormous beneficial change to what had been an adrift and moribund organization – much work remains that is necessary to sustain our positive trajectory.”

DeJoy’s departure signals a major transition for the USPS, which has faced long-standing debates about its structure and future in the face of competition and shifting business models. One of the most significant proposals in recent years came from President Donald Trump.

In December 2024, Trump, then President-elect, suggested that privatizing the USPS might be a viable way to make it more competitive with major shipping providers like Amazon, FedEx, and UPS, according to the Associated Press.

The push toward privatization didn’t stop there. In February, Trump indicated that he was considering moving the postal service under the jurisdiction of the Department of Commerce. If carried out, this change would mark a dramatic shift in how the USPS operates, particularly given that it has functioned as an independent government agency for 55 years.

Trump’s proposal received support from notable voices, including tech mogul Elon Musk, who has been tasked with overseeing the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), as reported by The New York Times. Musk has long advocated for streamlining government operations and has expressed support for restructuring legacy systems like the postal service.

Despite this high-profile backing, the proposal to privatize the USPS has also faced fierce resistance. The National Association of Letter Carriers, which represents thousands of postal workers across the country, has spoken out strongly against the idea.

Union leaders argue that privatization could result in job losses and negatively impact mail delivery, especially in areas that are already underserved.

The organization maintains that maintaining the USPS as a public institution is crucial to preserving reliable and equitable mail service throughout the United States. In particular, the potential consequences for rural communities—where mail delivery can already be inconsistent—are a major concern for postal workers and their advocates.

As the USPS continues to navigate leadership changes, operational reforms, and questions about its future, the price of mailing a letter is once again drawing national attention. The proposed price hike, if enacted, will represent yet another step in the Postal Service’s ongoing efforts to stabilize its finances and modernize its operations in a rapidly evolving shipping landscape.

For now, Americans have until July 12 to purchase Forever stamps at the current price of 73 cents. After that date, assuming the proposed changes are approved by the PRC, those stamps will cost 78 cents. The USPS hopes that this adjustment, along with its broader Delivering for America plan, will help the agency chart a more sustainable path forward.

As stated in their announcement, “USPS prices remain among the most affordable in the world,” even as they seek to address financial challenges and modern demands. Whether that affordability will be enough to meet the organization’s long-term goals remains to be seen, particularly as discussions about privatization, oversight changes, and service cuts continue to stir debate.

With DeJoy’s departure, ongoing scrutiny from political leaders, and a review of its pricing structure, the USPS faces a pivotal moment in its long history. The coming months will be critical in determining how the agency adapts—and whether the public continues to support it in its current form or embraces a reimagined version of mail service in the United States.

Senators Debate Ending Daylight Saving Time Amid Health, Economic Concerns

In 1957, rockabilly artist Bob Ehret sang, “We’ve got to stop the clock, baby; to spend more time with you.” Decades later, that sentiment echoed through the halls of Congress, as senators from both parties gathered at a Senate Commerce Committee hearing to examine the implications of continuing or ending Daylight Saving Time (DST).

Senator Ted Cruz, a Republican from Texas and the committee’s chairman, explained that Daylight Saving Time was originally introduced with good intentions, primarily to cut energy consumption. However, he argued that over time, it has caused more problems than it solved, including a rise in traffic accidents during darker mornings, disruptions in workplace productivity, and resistance from farmers who depend on early-morning sunlight.

“We find ourselves adjusting our clocks… springing forward and falling back in the fall. For many Americans, this biannual ritual is a minor inconvenience… But when we take a closer look at the implications of changing the clocks, its impact on our economy, our health and our everyday lives, we can see that this practice is more than an annoyance,” Cruz said.

He emphasized that the original idea behind DST was straightforward: more daylight in the evening would reduce the need for artificial lighting and heating. “The idea was simple. Fewer hours of darkness meant less electricity consumption for lighting and heating,” Cruz added.

But Cruz pointed out that the energy-saving benefits that may have made sense in the early 1900s are now negligible. As he put it, sunrise and sunset timings today have “de minimis” effects on the current economy, which is far less dependent on daylight than it once was.

During the hearing, Cruz was joined by Dr. Karin Johnson, a neurology expert from Massachusetts. Both highlighted the health consequences of resetting clocks twice a year. Cruz particularly noted the dangers of the spring time change when people lose an hour of sleep. Johnson further elaborated on how these abrupt shifts can negatively impact people’s circadian rhythms, vascular health, and sleep quality.

The panel also heard from an official representing the National Golf Course Owners Association. This testimony highlighted the economic boost provided by later daylight hours, which allow for extended evening recreation such as golf and other tourist-friendly activities. Lawmakers sympathetic to business interests saw these benefits as compelling arguments in favor of maintaining DST.

On the Democratic side, Senator Lisa Blunt-Rochester of Delaware voiced her support for ending the twice-yearly clock changes. She emphasized the need for a “permanent time for our country” and referred to a bill once introduced by Senator Marco Rubio, a Republican from Florida, that proposed eliminating DST. That bill, however, eventually stalled in the House of Representatives.

“This body [then] took a harder look at how time changes work state-by-state,” Blunt-Rochester said. She acknowledged the challenges of creating a uniform time policy that works for every region. “What works in my home state of Delaware may not work in Washington state, but I know I speak for many Americans when I say it’s time. It’s time to figure this out.”

Experts and lawmakers at the hearing acknowledged that southern states like Florida and Texas would likely feel the drawbacks of a permanent DST more than others. These states already experience significant heat and sun exposure, and extending evening daylight could increase health risks and disrupt established routines.

Senator Edward Markey, a Democrat from Massachusetts, discussed his past efforts to modify DST. He shared how he helped extend the daylight period to better accommodate events like Halloween, ensuring children could go trick-or-treating during twilight hours rather than in full darkness. Markey even joked about his long-standing involvement with DST reform. “The Sun King” is the nickname he’s earned for his efforts, he said with a smile.

Senator Blunt-Rochester echoed Markey’s concerns about the harmful consequences of frequent time changes. “We need to stop the clock,” she said. “We know that changing the clock disrupts sleep, which can lead to negative health outcomes. Several studies have noted issues with mood disturbances, increased hospital admissions, and even heart attacks and strokes.”

Scott Yates, founder of the Lock the Clock movement, also testified. He delved into the history of DST and discussed how it was briefly made permanent during the 1970s energy crisis under President Richard Nixon’s administration. Yates recalled how unpopular the change became, particularly because it robbed people of an hour of sleep just as the school year resumed after winter break.

“So you can imagine, the worst Monday of the year already is the one after the holiday break where you have to go back to school and everything — to have an extra hour of sleep robbed away right before that. You can understand why it was so unpopular and why it was repealed,” Yates explained. He noted that the decision to reverse permanent DST came just months before Nixon’s resignation.

Yates added a historical footnote, reminding the committee that the infamous Watergate break-in by the Nixon administration’s so-called “Plumbers” team occurred during nighttime hours. Cruz responded to this anecdote with a quip of his own: “So maybe — if we had more daylight, the Watergate break-in doesn’t happen.”

With input ranging from public health to tourism revenue, and from historical experiments to bipartisan support, the hearing revealed a deepening consensus in Congress: the time may be right to reconsider how the nation keeps time.

Protesters Rally Nationwide Against Trump’s Policies and Influence

Across the United States, demonstrators gathered on Saturday to denounce what progressive groups described as Donald Trump’s “authoritarian overreach and billionaire-backed agenda.” The protests, organized by a coalition of left-leaning organizations, were held in various states including Washington DC and Florida, with organizers estimating participation by over half a million people.

In Washington DC, thousands from across the country converged on the National Mall, standing beneath the towering Washington Monument to express their opposition to Trump’s leadership. Protesters, some having traveled from distant states like New Hampshire and Pennsylvania, carried placards voicing discontent with the administration’s policies. Some also carried Ukrainian flags, signaling their objection to the administration’s friendly posture toward Russia, even as the country continues its invasion of Ukraine.

This large gathering marked the first significant protest in the capital since Trump assumed office. Demonstrators hoped it would set a precedent and encourage more Americans to voice their dissent. Diane Kolifrath, a 63-year-old from New Hampshire, attended with around 100 members from New Hampshire Forward, a civic group. “The aim is, get people to rise up,” she said. She added, “Many people are scared to protest against Trump because he has reacted aggressively and violently to those who have stood up. The goal of this protest is to let the rest of Americans who aren’t participating see that we are standing up and hopefully when they see our strength, that will give them the courage to also stand up.”

The coordinated day of demonstrations, called “Hands Off,” was spearheaded by MoveOn and supported by more than a thousand protests held across the country, including many outside state capitols. Numerous progressive groups—ranging from labor unions to environmental and civil rights organizations—joined forces to mobilize support.

Leah Greenberg, executive director of Indivisible, emphasized the protests’ broader message. “We want to send a signal to all people and institutions that have been showing anticipatory obedience to Trump and showing they are willing to bend the knee that there is, in fact, a mass public movement that’s willing to rise up and stop this,” she said. “If our political leaders stand up, we will have their backs. We want them to stand up and protect the norms of democracy and want them to see that there are people out there who are willing to do that. The goal of this is building a message.”

The largest of the day’s protests took place in Washington, DC, where tens of thousands assembled. Several Democratic lawmakers, including Jamie Raskin from Maryland, Maxwell Frost from Florida, and Ilhan Omar from Minnesota, addressed the crowd. Raskin, a senior Democrat on the House Judiciary Committee, warned against threats to the democratic process. “They believe democracy is doomed and they believe regime change is upon us if only they can seize our payments system,” he said. He added, “If they think they are going to overthrow the foundations of democracy, they don’t know who they are dealing with.”

Kelley Robinson, president of the Human Rights Campaign, spoke about the administration’s attacks on the LGBTQ+ community. At the National Mall rally, she told the crowd, “The attacks that we’re seeing, they’re not just political. They are personal, y’all. They’re trying to ban our books, they’re slashing HIV-prevention funding, they’re criminalizing our doctors, our teachers, our families and our lives.” She concluded with a call for a more inclusive future: “We don’t want this America, y’all. We want the America we deserve, where dignity, safety and freedom belong not to some of us, but to all of us.”

In Hollywood, Florida, about an hour from Trump’s Mar-a-Lago residence, protesters made their views known through chants and creative signs. Many criticized billionaire advisor Elon Musk and his influence on government decisions. A crowd of mostly white demonstrators chanted, “Hey, hey, ho, ho, Trump and Musk have got to go.” They voiced their disapproval to passing drivers in Tesla Cybertrucks, products of Musk’s electric vehicle company.

Protest signs in Florida reflected widespread anger. One read, “Prosecute and jail the Turd Reich.” Another sign targeted Musk directly, stating, “I did not elect Elon Musk.” Others focused on defending democratic norms, such as “Hands off democracy” and “Stop being Putin’s puppet,” the latter referencing the Russian leader.

Many passing motorists expressed support, honking and giving thumbs-up gestures. The demonstration occurred in Broward County, one of just six counties in Florida that supported Kamala Harris during the November election, where she beat Trump by a 16-point margin. Broward also hosts one of the nation’s most active LGBTQ+ communities.

Jennifer Heit, a 64-year-old editor from Plantation, was among the protesters. Holding a sign that read “USA: No to King or Oligarchy,” she voiced her concern over the current political climate. “This is an assault on our democracy, on our economy, on our civil rights,” she said. “Everything is looking so bad that I feel we have to do all we can while we can, and just having all this noise is unsettling to everyone.”

Heit, who had previously protested outside a Tesla dealership in Fort Lauderdale, said she was alarmed by Trump’s disregard for the legal system and due process, particularly concerning immigrants. “We’re supposed to be a nation of laws and due process,” she said.

Another protester, Donna Greene, a 62-year-old public health researcher, came dressed as Marie Antoinette, the beheaded French queen. She carried a sign that read: “Musk and Trump Say Let Them Eat Cake.” Greene, whose father Sam Ragland flew 65 missions during World War II, reflected on the nation’s transformation. “Everything my father fought for and everything we hold dear as a country is being dismantled,” she said. “I am beyond incredulous at how quickly our country’s institutions have been dismantled with no pushback from the Republicans who are currently in charge.”

In Ventura, California, Sandy Friedman joined the protest with her eight-year-old granddaughter, Harlow Rose Rega. Concerned about her financial future, Friedman said, “I worked my whole life and so did my husband. Now I’m afraid Trump will take it away.” Harlow held up a handmade sign that read: “Save my future.”

These demonstrations followed a week of economic turmoil, with the stock market plunging after Trump’s announcement on April 1 of new tariffs. Despite the economic shockwaves, Trump remained firm, saying on Friday, “My policies will never change.”

Public dissatisfaction with his leadership appeared to be growing. According to a Reuters poll released this week, Trump’s approval rating dropped to 43 percent—its lowest point since he took office.

As the crowds dispersed after a day of protest, organizers and participants alike emphasized the same goal: to stand up against what they view as a dangerous shift in American governance and to inspire others to act before it’s too late.

Trump’s Approval Hits New Low Amid Economic Concerns and Signal Chat Leak

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has fallen to its lowest level during his second term, according to a new Reuters/Ipsos poll released on Wednesday. The drop appears tied to growing dissatisfaction with his handling of the economy and backlash over a leaked Signal chat involving senior administration officials.

The poll shows that Trump’s overall approval rating is now at 43 percent, marking a decline of two percentage points since the last survey conducted in late March. When he began his second term on January 20, his approval rating stood at 47 percent, indicating a steady erosion of support over recent months.

Public approval of the president’s management of the economy has also taken a hit. Only 37 percent of those surveyed expressed satisfaction with his economic policies, while just 30 percent gave him positive marks for dealing with the rising cost of living. This discontent reflects a growing unease among Americans about their financial prospects under Trump’s leadership.

One of the most controversial economic moves made by the administration recently involves tariffs. On Wednesday, Trump announced a new tariff plan, imposing a baseline 10 percent tax on all imported goods. Some nations are facing significantly steeper rates, including China, which is now subject to a 54 percent tariff. However, the United States’ two largest trading partners — Mexico and Canada — were spared the harshest measures. While both still face a 25 percent duty, goods protected under the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement remain unaffected.

Still, these tariff hikes are not popular with most Americans. The poll found that 52 percent of respondents believe increasing tariffs on automobiles and parts would negatively impact the people close to them. A comparable number also expressed the view that broader tariff increases, like those Trump rolled out this week, would worsen the economic situation rather than improve it. Among Republican and Republican-leaning voters, around a third said they believe such tariff policies would harm the economy.

The administration is also facing sharp criticism following the disclosure of a private Signal chat involving several national security officials. The Atlantic’s editor-in-chief revealed last week that he had been unintentionally added to the encrypted chat group, which featured discussions between high-level officials about U.S. military actions in Yemen. The messages, made public by The Atlantic, included conversations about planned strikes on Houthi rebels — attacks that were later carried out in mid-March.

The leak has sparked outrage across the political spectrum. According to the poll, 74 percent of respondents said the officials involved were “reckless” in the way they discussed sensitive military plans. This sentiment was especially strong among Democrats, 91 percent of whom condemned the behavior, while 55 percent of Republican respondents also agreed that the conduct was inappropriate. In contrast, 22 percent of the total sample downplayed the incident, saying it was harmless.

Foreign policy has also become a weak spot for the president, with only 34 percent of respondents approving of how he is managing international affairs. This figure represents a 3-point decline from the previous month’s survey. Trump did slightly better on immigration, with 48 percent of respondents indicating they were satisfied with his handling of border issues and immigration enforcement.

Another poll, the Harvard CAPS/Harris survey, also shows a decline in Trump’s standing. According to that data, his approval rating fell from 52 to 49 percent — a 3-point drop. Meanwhile, 46 percent of those polled said they disapproved of his performance as president.

The Reuters/Ipsos poll, conducted from March 31 through April 2, included responses from 1,486 U.S. adults. The survey has a margin of error of approximately 3 percentage points.

Despite being in the midst of an election year and regularly touting economic progress and national strength, Trump is now grappling with political fallout from both policy missteps and internal mismanagement. The reaction to the recent tariff hikes suggests that many Americans are skeptical of his economic strategy. The backlash over the Signal chat leak has further eroded public trust in his administration’s ability to maintain operational security at the highest levels of government.

While Trump has continued to defend his policies, the figures paint a challenging picture for the White House as it seeks to bolster support heading into the next phase of the election cycle. Public dissatisfaction over inflation, economic instability, and foreign policy missteps may prove to be critical hurdles for the president’s re-election campaign.

Critics have argued that Trump’s economic decisions are not only failing to address the underlying issues driving inflation and cost-of-living concerns but may also be exacerbating them through protectionist measures like tariffs. The growing unease is evident in the data showing that a significant portion of the public believes tariffs will harm rather than help the economy. Even among those within his own party, skepticism is on the rise.

The Signal chat leak, meanwhile, has raised serious questions about the administration’s internal communications protocols and judgment. The fact that an external journalist could be mistakenly added to a conversation involving military planning has led to widespread concern about the handling of classified or sensitive material. As one of the survey’s key findings showed, “74 percent, including 91 percent of Democrats and 55 percent of GOP voters, stated that the officials were ‘reckless’ for discussing the war plans in this manner.”

Even some of Trump’s supporters appear to be reconsidering their confidence in his leadership. With approval for his foreign policy at just 34 percent and growing doubt about his economic strategies, the president may face increasing resistance from independents and moderate Republicans alike.

As Trump attempts to regain momentum, his administration will need to address both the perception and the reality of its missteps. Without a course correction, public opinion may continue to trend downward, especially if economic conditions worsen or additional controversies emerge.

At the start of his second term, the president enjoyed a 47 percent approval rating. The subsequent decline to 43 percent reflects the mounting challenges and controversies that have marked recent months. Whether Trump can reverse the trend remains uncertain, but as the Reuters/Ipsos and Harvard CAPS/Harris polls suggest, the road ahead will likely be difficult.

In the coming weeks, Trump is expected to continue promoting his economic and national security policies in public appearances and campaign events. However, the current data suggest that simply reiterating past achievements may not be enough to shift public perception.

With less than a year before voters head to the polls, how the administration responds to these mounting challenges may ultimately determine the trajectory of Trump’s second term — and whether it ends in political recovery or further decline.

Spring Elections Signal Challenges for Trump and Republicans

A trio of spring elections delivered early warning signs for both President Donald Trump and the Republican Party on Tuesday, as Democrats mobilized against his efforts to shrink the federal government and the significant role played by billionaire Elon Musk in the early days of Trump’s new administration.

In the high-profile Wisconsin Supreme Court race, the conservative candidate, backed by Trump and Musk with $21 million in support, suffered a 10-point defeat in a state Trump had won in November. Additionally, while Republicans managed to hold two of the most pro-Trump House districts in Florida, both GOP candidates failed to match Trump’s performance from the presidential election.

These elections—marking the first major contests since Trump reassumed office—were widely viewed as an initial gauge of voter sentiment. Trump has moved swiftly to reshape the federal government, frequently clashing with the courts while pushing the limits of executive power and seeking retribution against opponents.

Historically, the party that loses the presidency in November tends to gain seats in the subsequent midterm elections. Tuesday’s results offered a glimmer of hope for Democrats, who have been grappling with both internal divisions and external criticism regarding their response to Trump’s administration, that they could follow this historical trend.

Republican Strategist Highlights Voter Turnout Problem

Charlie Kirk, a prominent conservative activist and podcaster whose organization collaborated with Musk to support conservative Brad Schimel in Wisconsin, acknowledged that Tuesday’s Supreme Court loss underscored a major challenge for Republicans—particularly in elections where Trump himself is not on the ballot.

“We did a lot in Wisconsin, but we fell short. We must realize and appreciate that we are the LOW PROP party now,” Kirk posted on X, referencing low-propensity voters who do not consistently participate in elections. “The party has been remade. Special elections and off-cycle elections will continue to be a problem without a change of strategy.”

Wisconsin Shifts Left in Key Contest

Trump had secured Wisconsin in November by a narrow margin of 0.8 percentage points, translating to fewer than 30,000 votes. However, the first significant election since he assumed office in January indicated a notable shift toward Democrats, and not just in traditional liberal strongholds.

Sauk County, located northwest of Madison, serves as a political bellwether for the state. Trump had won the county in November by 626 votes, yet in this election, it swung 16 percentage points in favor of Judge Susan Crawford, the liberal candidate backed by national Democratic leaders and billionaire donors like George Soros.

Crawford’s victory was driven not only by robust Democratic turnout but also by improved performance in suburban Milwaukee counties, where Republicans typically count on strong margins.

She secured wins in Kenosha and Racine counties, both of which had supported Trump over Democratic candidate Kamala Harris in November. In these areas, she led by about 10 percentage points.

Voter participation was just under 50%, a significant increase of 10 percentage points from the previous record turnout for a Wisconsin Supreme Court election, which had been set only two years prior.

Voters Express Opposition to Trump and Musk

In conversations with voters across the state—including more than 20 in Waunakee, a politically mixed town north of Madison—many Democrats indicated that their votes were not just about the state Supreme Court’s future but also a referendum on Trump’s early months in office.

“This is our chance to say no,” said Linda Grassl, a retired OB-GYN registered nurse, after casting her ballot at the Waunakee Public Library.

Theresa Peer, a 49-year-old business owner from Milwaukee, echoed this sentiment, calling the election a “fight for our democracy.” She expressed hope that Crawford’s victory would be seen as a “symbol of opposition” to Trump’s policies, particularly regarding reproductive rights and cuts to education funding.

Some voters also voiced concern over Musk’s substantial involvement in the race.

“I don’t like Elon Musk spending money for an election he should have no involvement in,” said Antonio Gray, a 38-year-old security guard from Milwaukee. “They should let the voters vote for who they want to vote for instead of inserting themselves like they have.”

Schumer Calls Results a Political Warning

Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer interpreted the results as a rebuke of Trump’s leadership.

“This is a political warning shot from the American people,” Schumer said in a floor speech Wednesday, adding that the results demonstrated “Democrats’ message is resonating.”

“Just 70 days into Trump 2.0, Americans are tired of the chaos. They are tired of Elon Musk attacking Social Security, Medicaid, Medicare,” he stated.

Republican Leaders Caution Against Overinterpretation

Former Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker acknowledged that one of the GOP’s challenges in the race was making the contest about Trump—a difficult task in a judicial election. He speculated that the outcome might have been different had Trump visited the state rather than merely participating in a telephone town hall.

“If you’re somebody who showed up for Trump because you feel forgotten, you don’t typically show up to vote in” these types of elections, Walker explained, suggesting that many Republican voters may have questioned, “What does this have to do with Trump?”

Despite the outcome, Walker advised against drawing broad national conclusions from the results.

“I’d be a little bit careful about reading too much into what happens nationally,” he cautioned.

Florida Republicans Hold Seats but Underperform

Trump had more success in Florida, where Republican Randy Fine secured victory in the 6th Congressional District to replace Mike Waltz, who had resigned to serve as Trump’s national security adviser. However, Fine’s margin of victory was 14 percentage points lower than Waltz’s, who had won the district by 33 points just five months earlier.

“This is the functional equivalent of Republicans running a competitive race in the district that is represented by Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez,” said House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries before the election, referencing the progressive New York congresswoman whom Trump frequently criticizes. “Kamala Harris won that district by 30 points. Do you think a Republican would even be competitive in that district in New York, currently held by Alex? Of course, not.”

Additionally, Florida’s Chief Financial Officer Jimmy Patronis fended off a challenge from Democrat Gay Valimont to retain the northwest Florida seat vacated by Matt Gaetz. However, Patronis also failed to match Gaetz’s previous margin of victory.

The two Republican wins expanded the party’s House majority to 220-213, a factor that had previously raised concerns within the GOP about maintaining control. Those concerns had influenced Trump’s decision to withdraw the nomination of New York Representative Elise Stefanik for the position of U.S. ambassador to the United Nations.

Trump Remains the Central Draw for Republican Voters

For many voters in these Florida districts, their primary motivation was Trump himself.

Teresa Horton, 72, admitted she was unfamiliar with the candidates on her ballot but voted Republican without hesitation.

“I don’t even know these people that are on there,” she said. “I just went with my ticket.”

Brenda Ray, 75, a retired nurse, shared a similar perspective, stating that she didn’t know much about Patronis but supported him because she believed he would “vote with our president.”

“That’s all we’re looking for,” she added.

Despite being significantly outspent by their Democratic challengers, both Fine and Patronis managed to secure victories. Michael Whatley, chairman of the Republican National Committee, framed this as a testament to the party’s resilience rather than a cause for concern.

“The American people sent a clear message tonight: they want elected officials who will advance President Trump’s America First agenda, and their votes can’t be bought by national Democrats,” Whatley said in a statement.

USCIS Reaches FY 2026 H-1B Cap, Selected Petitioners Notified

U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has received a sufficient number of electronic registrations for unique beneficiaries during the initial registration period to meet the fiscal year (FY) 2026 H-1B numerical allocations, including the advanced degree exemption (master’s cap). USCIS has randomly selected enough beneficiaries from properly submitted registrations and has informed all petitioners with selected beneficiaries that they are eligible to file an H-1B cap-subject petition.

Registrants can check their status through their online accounts. More details are available on the H-1B Electronic Registration Process page.

Starting April 1, 2025, USCIS will begin accepting H-1B cap-subject petitions for FY 2026, including those qualifying for the advanced degree exemption, provided they are for selected beneficiaries and based on a valid registration. Only petitioners with selected registrations may submit H-1B cap-subject petitions.

To be considered, petitions must be correctly filed at the designated location or online at my.uscis.gov within the filing period specified on the selection notice. This filing window will last at least 90 days. Petitioners must include a copy of the selection notice with their submission.

Additionally, petitioners are required to provide evidence of the beneficiary’s valid passport or travel document that was used during registration.

Even if selected, petitioners must still submit supporting evidence to establish eligibility for approval, as selection only determines the right to file the H-1B cap-subject petition, not its final approval.

Goldman Sachs Slashes U.S. Economic Outlook as Trump’s Tariffs Stoke Recession Fears

Goldman Sachs has taken a significantly more negative stance on the U.S. economy and stock market due to President Donald Trump’s tariff policies. The firm now joins a growing number of economists warning that the ongoing trade war could push the U.S. into a recession and cause further trouble for stock market investors.

Goldman Sachs economists, led by Ronnie Walker, have adjusted their forecast to anticipate a 15% average tariff rate on all goods this year. This revision came in a Sunday note to clients and reflects Trump’s latest aggressive stance ahead of his scheduled “Liberation Day” tariff announcement on Wednesday. The president has indicated that he intends to impose even steeper tariffs than originally planned.

As a result, Goldman’s economic outlook has become more bearish. The firm has raised its probability of a U.S. recession within the next year from 20% to 35%. Additionally, Goldman economists have revised several key projections. Their end-of-2025 inflation estimate has been increased to 3.5%, up from 2.8% just last month. Their unemployment forecast now stands at 4.5%, which would be the highest since October 2021. Meanwhile, the firm expects gross domestic product (GDP) growth to slow to 1%, the lowest level since 2020.

Stock market expectations have also been downgraded in response to these economic concerns. Goldman strategists, led by David Kostin, warned clients that they expect the S&P 500 index to decline by 5% over the next three months. They have set a price target of 5,300 for the index in that time frame. Over the next year, they project the S&P 500 will rise by only 6%, setting a new year-ahead target of 5,900. This marks a substantial downward revision from Goldman’s previous forecast of 6,500, which was issued as recently as February 28. The nearly 10% cut in expectations reflects the increasing uncertainty surrounding Trump’s trade policies.

Big Number

6.3%—That is how much the S&P 500 declined in March through Friday’s close, putting it on track for its worst month since September 2022. This figure does not even account for an additional drop of more than 1% in premarket trading on Monday.

Key Background

On Sunday, Trump announced that he plans to impose “substantial” import taxes on “all countries” through his new reciprocal tariff policy. This marks a shift from his position just a week earlier, when he suggested that the upcoming tariffs would be “more lenient.”

Trump’s top economic official, Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, has acknowledged that a recession is possible but has argued that any downturn would be due to unsustainable economic growth fueled by excessive government spending and imbalanced trade relationships. However, some economists have cautioned that Trump’s policies could push the U.S. into an avoidable recession. UCLA Anderson School of Management economist Clement Bohr issued a stark warning to Trump earlier this month: “If all your wishes come true, you could very well be the author of a deep recession.”

The financial markets are particularly concerned about the potential inflationary effects of tariffs. Higher tariffs typically lead to higher prices for imported goods, which could drive overall inflation upward. Persistent inflation, in turn, might force the Federal Reserve to reconsider its plans for further interest rate cuts. If the Fed decides to keep rates high to combat inflation, borrowing costs would remain elevated, potentially hurting corporate profit margins and weakening consumer demand.

Trump’s trade policies have been a point of contention among economists and investors alike. While he has long argued that tariffs will protect American industries and create jobs, critics say that the economic consequences—including higher costs for businesses and consumers—outweigh any potential benefits. Goldman’s latest forecast suggests that these concerns are becoming more widely accepted on Wall Street.

The uncertainty surrounding Trump’s tariff policy has already taken a toll on the stock market. The S&P 500’s steep decline in March suggests that investors are increasingly worried about the economic outlook. Should Trump move forward with his plans for aggressive tariffs, market volatility could continue in the coming months.

Goldman Sachs is not alone in its pessimism. Other major financial institutions have also sounded alarms about the potential economic impact of Trump’s trade policies. Many analysts believe that if tariffs remain in place or are expanded further, the risks of a prolonged economic slowdown will increase.

While the White House has maintained that tariffs will ultimately benefit the economy by reducing reliance on foreign goods, the short-term consequences appear to be negative. Businesses that rely on imported materials are already facing higher costs, and many have signaled that they will pass these costs on to consumers. This could exacerbate inflationary pressures at a time when the Federal Reserve is trying to bring inflation under control.

The bond market has also reacted to these developments, with yields on long-term U.S. Treasury bonds rising in response to inflation concerns. Higher bond yields can lead to tighter financial conditions, further slowing economic growth.

As uncertainty looms, investors will be closely watching Trump’s official announcement on Wednesday to see if his latest tariff proposals will be as severe as he has suggested. If the tariffs are implemented as planned, further market turbulence could follow.

For now, Goldman Sachs’ downgrade serves as a stark reminder of the risks facing the U.S. economy. The firm’s decision to cut its stock market targets and raise its recession probability reflects growing concerns that Trump’s trade policies could have unintended economic consequences. With inflation, unemployment, and GDP growth all expected to worsen, the outlook for the economy remains uncertain.

In the weeks ahead, economic data and corporate earnings reports will provide further insight into how businesses and consumers are responding to these policy changes. If inflation continues to rise and economic growth slows further, the Fed may have to reconsider its monetary policy stance, which could add another layer of complexity to an already volatile market environment.

Ultimately, the extent to which Trump’s tariffs impact the economy will depend on how businesses, consumers, and policymakers respond. If companies find ways to absorb higher costs without passing them on to consumers, the inflationary impact could be limited. However, if prices rise significantly, the Fed may have no choice but to keep interest rates high, potentially leading to a broader economic slowdown.

In the meantime, investors should brace for continued uncertainty. Goldman Sachs’ revised forecast suggests that market conditions could remain challenging in the near term. While long-term economic fundamentals remain strong, the immediate risks posed by Trump’s trade policies cannot be ignored.

With the S&P 500 already experiencing its worst month since 2022, the coming weeks will be critical in determining whether the market can stabilize or if further declines are ahead. The outcome of Trump’s tariff policy will likely play a key role in shaping economic and market trends for the remainder of the year.

As always, market participants will be watching closely to see how the administration’s policies evolve and whether additional economic measures are introduced to counteract potential negative effects. For now, Goldman Sachs’ latest predictions underscore the uncertainty and risks facing the U.S. economy in 2025.

Elon Musk to Step Down from Trump Administration After $1 Trillion Deficit Cut

Tech billionaire Elon Musk announced on Thursday that he will step down from his position in the Donald Trump administration at the end of May after overseeing a $1 trillion reduction in the U.S. deficit. Musk, who was appointed as a “special government employee” for a 130-day term, has led cost-cutting initiatives as the head of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE).

Musk Calls It a ‘Revolution in Government’

In an interview with Fox News, Musk described his tenure as a historic transformation in federal spending.

“This is a revolution, possibly the biggest in government since the original revolution,” Musk said. “In the end, America will be in a much stronger position, with a fantastic future ahead.”

Musk, 53, who also heads Tesla and SpaceX and owns social media platform X, has received both praise and criticism for his aggressive cost-cutting strategies. Under DOGE, an agency composed of engineers and entrepreneurs, tens of thousands of federal employees have been laid off, and funding for multiple programs has been slashed.

Musk Confirms 130-Day Term Limit

When asked if he would extend his tenure, Musk stated that he believes his objectives will be largely completed by then.

“I think we will have accomplished the majority of what’s needed to cut the deficit by $1 trillion within that timeframe,” he said.

According to DOGE’s website, as of March 27, the agency has saved American taxpayers approximately $130 billion, equating to about $807 per person.

Eliminating Waste and Fraud: A 15% Cut is ‘Achievable’

Musk and his seven-member DOGE team—including Steve Davis, Joe Gebbia, Aram Moghaddassi, Brad Smith, Anthony Armstrong, Tom Krause, and Tyler Hassen—have focused on reducing government inefficiencies.

“Our goal is to cut spending by eliminating waste and fraud, aiming for a 15% reduction, which seems entirely realistic,” Musk told Fox News’ Bret Baier.

“The government operates inefficiently, with significant waste and fraud. We are confident that a 15% cut can be achieved without impacting critical services.”

Federal Credit Card Oversight: ‘This Doesn’t Make Sense’

A key area of DOGE’s focus has been federal credit card usage. DOGE member Steve Davis pointed out that there are around 4.6 million government-issued credit cards for an estimated 2.3 to 2.4 million employees.

“This doesn’t add up,” Davis said. “We’ve asked agencies whether they actually need all these cards, if they are being used, and if they can physically account for them.”

Musk called the situation absurd.

“There shouldn’t be more government credit cards than there are employees,” he said.

Criticism Over Lack of Oversight

Despite the administration’s claims of efficiency, critics argue that DOGE wields too much authority with insufficient oversight. Opponents allege that Musk’s team has unilaterally canceled federal contracts and implemented budget cuts without congressional approval.

Musk dismissed these concerns, insisting that his team takes a meticulous approach to decision-making.

“Some may say we’re making impulsive cuts, but that’s far from the truth,” Musk said. “We double-check, even triple-check, before making a decision.”

He also acknowledged that mistakes can happen.

“That’s not to say we don’t make errors. Expecting a flawless approach is like demanding a baseball player to bat a thousand—it’s impossible. When we make mistakes, we correct them quickly and move forward.”

Donald Trump’s Approval Rating Declines as Economic Concerns Mount

Approval Ratings Slip Below Water

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dipped into negative territory, with nearly every major pollster now showing more Americans disapprove of his job performance than approve. According to Newsweek’s tracker, Trump’s approval rating stands at 48%, while disapproval is at 49%, marking a one-point drop since Friday.

The Fox News poll, conducted between March 14-17, also found that 51% of respondents disapprove of Trump’s performance, while 49% approve, giving him a net rating of -2. Meanwhile, the latest YouGov/Economist and Morning Consult polls recorded a net approval of -3.

Trump’s Handling of the Economy Draws Criticism

Dissatisfaction with Trump’s economic policies appears to be a key driver of his declining popularity. A Fox News poll found that 56% of Americans disapprove of Trump’s handling of the economy, while only 43% approve. The latest Reuters/Ipsos poll paints an even bleaker picture, with only 38% approving of Trump’s economic leadership and a mere 34% expressing confidence in his ability to manage the cost of living.

Adding to concerns, 71% of Americans believe the economy will enter a recession this year, while Trump’s trade policies—especially tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China—are fueling fears of higher inflation. Goldman Sachs previously estimated that these tariffs could push inflation up by 1% and provoke retaliatory actions from other countries.

Comparisons to Biden and First-Term Approval

At this point in his presidency, Trump’s 48% approval rating is lower than Joe Biden’s 53% approval rating on March 26, 2021, according to RealClearPolitics. However, compared to his first term, Trump’s popularity has improved. On March 26, 2017, his approval rating stood at just 43%, with a disapproval rating of 52%, giving him a net approval of -9.

Despite the recent dip, some polls remain favorable. Rasmussen Reports, known for producing more Republican-leaning results, places Trump’s net approval at +4. Meanwhile, RMG Research, founded by Scott Rasmussen, gave him a net approval of +8, with 53% approving and 45% disapproving.

Outlook and Potential Shifts

Trump’s approval rating will likely continue to fluctuate in the coming weeks, influenced by economic developments, U.S. trade policies, ongoing tensions over the Russia-Ukraine war, and the potential for a recession. His ability to regain public trust on economic issues could be a crucial factor in shaping political dynamics ahead of the midterm elections.

Supreme Court Upholds Biden-Era Regulations on Ghost Guns

The U.S. Supreme Court on Wednesday upheld Biden-era federal regulations on ghost guns, mail-order kits that allow individuals to assemble untraceable firearms at home. The ruling marks a significant victory for gun control advocates at a time when the court’s conservative majority has generally moved to the right on gun laws.

Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote the 7-2 majority opinion, which included both liberal and conservative justices. “Perhaps a half hour of work is required before anyone can fire a shot,” Gorsuch noted, emphasizing that these kits contain all necessary components to build a fully functional firearm. “Really, the kit’s name says it all: ‘Buy Build Shoot.’”

Regulations and Rising Concerns

The regulations, introduced by the Biden administration in 2022, require ghost gun manufacturers to include serial numbers on the kits and conduct background checks on purchasers. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) implemented the rules in response to a dramatic rise in ghost guns appearing at crime scenes. In 2017, authorities submitted about 1,600 ghost guns for tracing, but by 2021, that number had surged to more than 19,000.

Several individuals and manufacturers challenged the regulations, arguing that the kits were merely firearm parts rather than weapons. However, the Supreme Court ultimately sided with the ATF’s interpretation of the 1968 Gun Control Act, which mandates background checks and serial numbers for firearms sold by manufacturers and dealers.

It remains unclear how former President Donald Trump’s administration, if re-elected, would approach the issue. In February, Trump signed an order directing the Attorney General to review gun regulations imposed during Biden’s presidency.

Gorsuch Cites Technological Advances

Gorsuch highlighted the significant changes in firearm manufacturing since the passage of the 1968 law. At that time, the cost of milling equipment and raw materials made home gun production impractical for most individuals.

“With the introduction of new technologies like 3D printing and reinforced polymers, that is no longer true,” Gorsuch wrote. “Today, companies are able to make and sell weapon parts kits that individuals can assemble into functional firearms in their own homes.”

A Rare Gun Control Victory

Despite the conservative tilt of the Supreme Court, this case saw a mix of ideological alliances. The ruling contrasts with the court’s decision last year to strike down a ban on bump stocks, which allow semi-automatic rifles to fire at machine gun speeds.

Prior to hearing oral arguments, the justices had already indicated some support for the Biden administration’s position. In an emergency ruling, the court had voted 5-4 to allow the ATF regulation to remain in effect while litigation proceeded.

While the Biden administration views the ruling as a win for public safety, the decision has drawn criticism from gun rights advocates. The Firearms Policy Coalition, one of the groups that challenged the ATF rule, called the ruling “misguided” and pledged to continue fighting for gun rights.

“This is only one battle in a multi-generational war over the scope of government and the pre-existing right to keep and bear arms,” the group said in a statement.

Dissenting Opinion from Justice Thomas

Justice Clarence Thomas was among the two dissenting justices, arguing that the ATF exceeded its authority.

“Congress could have authorized ATF to regulate any part of a firearm or any object readily convertible into one. But it did not,” Thomas wrote. “I would adhere to the words Congress enacted.”

The lawsuit against the regulation originated in Texas, where a U.S. district court struck down the rule. The conservative 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals mostly upheld that decision before the Supreme Court reversed it.

Debate Over Hobbyists and Firearm Kits

During oral arguments in October, several conservative justices expressed skepticism about claims that ghost gun kits were primarily for gunsmithing hobbyists. Chief Justice John Roberts dismissed the idea that assembling these kits was equivalent to restoring a classic car.

“Drilling a hole or two, I would think, doesn’t give the same sort of reward that you get from working on your car on the weekends,” Roberts told the manufacturers’ attorney. “My understanding is that it’s not terribly difficult for someone to do this.”

Gun control advocates hailed the ruling as a crucial step in addressing the rise of untraceable weapons.

“Ghost guns are the gun industry’s way of skirting commonsense gun laws and arming dangerous people without background checks,” said David Pucino, legal director of the Giffords Law Center. “We are thrilled that the Supreme Court has upheld the ATF rule that treats ghost guns as what they are: guns.”

With the decision now in place, the ATF will continue enforcing regulations that ensure ghost gun kits undergo the same scrutiny as traditional firearms, requiring serial numbers and background checks to curb their use in crimes.

Trump Signs Executive Order Mandating Voter ID for Federal Elections, Sparking Legal Challenges

President Donald Trump signed a sweeping executive order Tuesday that aims to overhaul election procedures nationwide, introducing stringent voter identification requirements to prove U.S. citizenship for federal elections. The move is expected to face significant legal challenges from voting rights groups.

Non-U.S. citizens are already barred from voting in federal elections. However, Trump’s order mandates that applicants using the national mail voter registration form must provide a U.S. passport, a REAL ID-compliant driver’s license or state-issued card, or another “valid Federal or State government-issued photo identification” as proof of citizenship.

The order also directs states and local election officials to verify and record these documents, warning that federal election-related funds could be withheld from states that fail to comply. Additionally, the directive targets mail-in voting—long criticized by Trump—by instructing Attorney General Pam Bondi to ensure states do not count absentee ballots arriving after Election Day.

Trump’s order represents a significant shift in federal election oversight, traditionally managed at the state and county levels. “This country is so sick because of the fake elections and the bad elections, and we’re going to straighten it out one way or the other,” Trump said before signing the order.

The directive also mandates that all ballots produce a voter-verifiable paper record to prevent fraud and errors. White House Staff Secretary Will Scharf called it “the farthest-reaching executive action taken in the history of the Republic to secure our elections.”

Currently, 36 states require some form of voter identification at the polls, while 14 states and Washington, D.C., do not impose such restrictions, according to the National Conference of State Legislatures.

Voting rights advocates argue that strict voter ID laws disproportionately impact seniors, minorities, low-income individuals, and students. UCLA law professor Rick Hasen warned that the order could “stop millions of eligible voters, who do not have easy access to documents such as passports, from registering to vote.”

Sophia Lin Lakin, director of the ACLU’s Voting Rights Project, denounced the move as a “blatant overreach” that could disenfranchise tens of millions of eligible voters. “This measure will no doubt disproportionately impact historically excluded communities, including voters of color, naturalized citizens, people with disabilities, and the elderly,” she said.

With his signature, Trump also revoked President Joe Biden’s 2021 executive order that expanded voter registration access through federal agencies. Scharf defended the repeal, claiming the Biden-era order “weaponized government to corrupt and pollute our election process.”

Trump’s directive is expected to face immediate legal challenges, with critics arguing it undermines state control over elections and places unnecessary barriers to voting.

U.S. Happiness Declines to Record Low, Driven by Young Adults’ Well-Being Crisis

The United States has hit a new low in the World Happiness Report’s annual ranking, dropping to No. 24, the worst position in the report’s 13-year history. Last year, the U.S. fell out of the top 20 for the first time, sliding from No. 15 to No. 23. The ranking, based on how residents across more than 140 countries rate their quality of life, highlights a troubling trend: a significant decline in well-being among young Americans.

“That gradual decline in well-being in the United States is, if you start digging into it, especially driven by people that are below 30,” says Jan-Emmanuel De Neve, a professor of economics at the University of Oxford and editor of the World Happiness Report. “Life satisfaction of young people in the U.S. has declined.”

If only Americans under 30 were assessed, the U.S. would not even rank in the top 60 happiest countries, the report finds. This demographic trend has played a major role in the country’s consistent drop in rankings.

The Growing Happiness Gap

The U.S.’s overall decline is largely explained by increasing inequality, especially in comparison to the Nordic nations that continue to dominate the rankings. Finland remains the world’s happiest country at No. 1, followed by Denmark (No. 2) and Iceland (No. 3).

“In these Nordic Scandinavian countries, a rising tide lifts all boats, so the levels of economic inequality are much less, and that reflects in well-being as well,” De Neve explains. “In Finland, most people will rate their happiness as a seven or an eight. But in the U.S., there are a lot of 10s and a lot of ones—a much wider gap.”

Loneliness and Declining Social Support

One of the key findings of this year’s report is the strength of social support and how much people trust others, both critical predictors of happiness. In 2023, nearly one in five young adults in the U.S. reported having no one they could count on for support.

Another indicator of rising social isolation is the 53% increase in people dining alone since 2003. This year’s report included data on shared meals across a week, which researchers found correlated with higher well-being.

“You see an extraordinary increase in dining alone over the past two decades in the U.S.,” says De Neve, noting how this deepens social mistrust. “People are increasingly on their own, isolated. Their political thinking, their theories around life and society, are no longer tested by others … In our echo chambers, we develop these notions that others are to be distrusted.”

Mistrust and Social Fragmentation

The researchers also tracked trust levels by asking participants whether they believed a lost wallet would be returned. Compared to Nordic countries, Americans were far more likely to assume it would not be.

“It requires that strangers are to be trusted, that they will go beyond the call of duty and be kind,” says De Neve. “That single item of the wallet drop is very powerful.”

The Future of Happiness in the U.S.

The continuous decline in the U.S.’s happiness ranking, particularly among young people, suggests a deepening crisis of social isolation, inequality, and mistrust. Experts stress the importance of social connections and community engagement in reversing this trend.

With the U.S. slipping further down the rankings, researchers warn that without intervention, the country may continue to fall behind in global happiness.

Trump Demands Supreme Court Halt Nationwide Injunctions Against His Policies

President Donald Trump has intensified his criticism of federal judges who have blocked his administration’s policies, portraying them as threats to the nation and urging the Supreme Court to intervene.

In a Truth Social post on Thursday, Trump lashed out at judges who issued nationwide injunctions against his executive actions, calling them “radical left judges” and “lunatics” attempting to “assume the Powers of the Presidency, without having to attain 80 Million Votes.” (Trump won the 2024 election with 77 million votes, and federal judges are appointed, not elected.)

“STOP NATIONWIDE INJUNCTIONS NOW, BEFORE IT IS TOO LATE,” Trump wrote, directly appealing to Chief Justice John Roberts. “If Justice Roberts and the United States Supreme Court do not fix this toxic and unprecedented situation IMMEDIATELY, our Country is in very serious trouble!”

The following morning, Trump reiterated his claims on Truth Social, again accusing federal judges of trying to take over presidential duties.

Trump’s administration has faced more than 100 lawsuits challenging his policies, with the former president arguing that nationwide injunctions have been unfairly used to block his agenda. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused these judges of acting as “partisan activists” in remarks to reporters on Wednesday.

“They are trying to dictate policy from the president of the United States,” Leavitt said. “They are trying to clearly slow-walk this administration’s agenda, and it’s unacceptable.”

Both Republican and Democratic administrations have encountered nationwide injunctions, but Trump and his supporters claim that he has faced an unprecedented number. According to the Harvard Law Review, Trump’s first term saw 64 nationwide injunctions—far more than any president since 2001.

However, Trump has exercised executive power in ways that previous presidents have not, and in his second term, he has aggressively pushed to expand the scope of his authority. As political analyst Steve Benen noted, Trump and his allies are framing judicial opposition as part of a broad conspiracy rather than acknowledging that his actions may be legally questionable.

Trump and billionaire Elon Musk have also called for judges who rule against the administration to be impeached. This prompted a rare public response from Chief Justice Roberts, who stated, “Impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision.”

The Justice Department is currently awaiting a Supreme Court ruling on its request to narrow the reach of several judicial orders blocking Trump’s birthright citizenship executive order. However, as The Associated Press noted, the court does not appear to be rushing its decision.

MEA Urges Indian Students in US to Follow Local Laws Amid Visa Issues

The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has emphasized that Indian students in the United States must comply with American laws, following the detention of a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University and the self-deportation of another student to Canada.

External Affairs Ministry spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal stated on Friday that neither individual sought assistance from Indian missions in the US.

Visa Revocations and Deportation Cases

Badar Khan Suri, a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University in Washington, D.C., was detained by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) on Monday night over allegations of “actively spreading Hamas propaganda.” However, a US federal judge has blocked his deportation.

This incident follows the case of Ranjani Srinivasan, an Indian student at Columbia University, who self-deported to Canada after her visa was revoked. She was accused of “advocating for violence and terrorism” and participating in activities supporting Hamas.

MEA’s Response

Addressing media inquiries, Jaiswal reiterated that visa and immigration policies fall under the sovereign jurisdiction of respective nations and must be adhered to.

“When it comes to visa and immigration policy, it is something that lies within the sovereign functions of a country,” Jaiswal said. “Just as we expect foreign nationals in India to follow our laws, Indian nationals abroad must also comply with local regulations.”

On Suri’s detention, Jaiswal noted that the Indian government has only learned about the situation through media reports. “Neither the US government nor this individual has approached us or the embassy,” he said.

Regarding Srinivasan’s case, Jaiswal stated that Indian authorities were not contacted for assistance. “We only came to know of her departure from the US from media reports… We understand that she has gone to Canada,” he added.

US Authorities’ Claims

According to the Department of Homeland Security, Srinivasan, who was enrolled as a doctoral student in Urban Planning at Columbia University under an F-1 visa, was allegedly “involved in activities supporting” Hamas.

Her visa was revoked by the Department of State on March 5, and DHS reportedly obtained video evidence of her using the Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Home App to self-deport on March 11.

India-US Educational Ties

Despite these incidents, Jaiswal reaffirmed India’s commitment to strengthening educational ties with the US, noting that a significant number of Indian students pursue higher education in American institutions.

“The knowledge partnership and participation of our students in US universities is an important element of our relationship, and we want to foster these ties further,” he said.

Trump Announces Boeing’s F-47 as Winner of U.S. Air Force’s NGAD Fighter Contract

U.S. President Donald Trump, alongside Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth and U.S. Air Force Chief Gen. David Allvin, announced Boeing’s F-47 as the winning design for the U.S. Air Force’s Next-Generation Air Dominance (NGAD) manned fighter contract. The selection follows months of budget uncertainties and a detailed program review.

“An experimental version of the plane has secretly been flying for almost five years, and we’re confident that it massively overpowers the capabilities of any other nation,” Trump stated while introducing the F-47. He also hinted at possible toned-down versions for U.S. allies.

The contract, worth at least $20 billion, was contested between Boeing and Lockheed Martin’s Phantom Works and Skunk Works divisions. The NGAD fighters are expected to cost around $300 million each, with total program spending potentially reaching hundreds of billions over its lifetime.

The Air Force’s final decision was initially set for late 2024 under former Air Force Secretary Frank Kendall but was deferred to the new administration for further analysis. Gen. Allvin reinforced the importance of the NGAD program, emphasizing the need for a “high-end penetrating capability” to maintain U.S. air superiority.

Trump’s announcement included two images of the F-47, which some speculate is named in reference to him being the 47th U.S. president. A statement from Gen. Allvin highlighted the aircraft’s technological advancements, cost efficiency, and adaptability compared to existing fighters like the F-22. The F-47 boasts enhanced stealth, greater range, and higher operational availability.

NGAD is the Air Force’s most expensive research and development program, with a proposed $19.6 billion budget over the next five years. However, congressional proposals for 2025 include a $325 million funding cut.

The NGAD program originated from a 2016 Air Force study on “Air Superiority 2030.” It gained public attention in 2020 when Dr. Will Roper revealed that an experimental full-scale prototype had already flown. The initiative focused on rapid development cycles, modular designs, and digital engineering, allowing frequent fighter upgrades without costly service life extensions.

Amid rising costs and shifting priorities, the program underwent a strategic pause in 2024 to reassess operational requirements, including integration with autonomous systems like Collaborative Combat Aircraft (CCA). The review concluded in December, affirming the necessity of a manned next-generation fighter while considering future unmanned capabilities.

With Trump’s approval, Boeing’s F-47 is now set to enter production, with expectations that it will fly before the end of his administration.

Trump Faces Widespread Disapproval Across Key Issues, Polls Show

President Donald Trump is facing significant disapproval across multiple issues, with a Fox News host stating Thursday that he is “underwater on everything” when it comes to his approval ratings.

Jessica Tarlov cited a new Quinnipiac poll released this week, which found that 53% of voters disapprove of Trump’s performance during his second term. Voters were surveyed on various topics, including trade policies with China and Canada, immigration, foreign relations, military affairs, the economy, and the federal workforce.

Since the start of his second term, the stock market has been experiencing a downturn, thousands of federal workers have lost their jobs, and Trump has created tension with some of the country’s strongest trade partners.

“The Democratic messaging actually has been going pretty well,” Tarlov said on Fox News’ The Five, despite a separate poll indicating that Democrats have struggled to respond effectively to Trump’s policies. She noted that Democrats have been emphasizing, “They’re trying to cut your healthcare while giving tax breaks to the rich.”

“There’s over 50% disapproval of Trump himself, how he’s handling the economy, how he’s handling the federal workforce, how he’s handling Ukraine-Russia, how he’s handling trade with Mexico, how he’s handling trade with Canada,” Tarlov added. “So basically, he’s underwater on everything.”

Trump’s approval ratings had already been struggling before his joint session of Congress address on March 4. Another Quinnipiac poll from last month showed that 45% of voters approved of his performance, while 49% disapproved.

A CNN poll released this week reported similar findings, with 54% of voters disapproving of Trump’s performance compared to 45% who approved. Additionally, a Reuters poll found that many voters viewed Trump’s economic policies as too “erratic.”

Tarlov attributed part of Trump’s declining approval ratings to recent town halls held by both Democratic and Republican congressional members. These events have drawn large crowds seeking clarification on the Trump administration’s policies, particularly regarding federal workforce reductions.

On the Republican side, social media footage has captured GOP lawmakers facing backlash for supporting the Department of Government Efficiency, which is overseeing these workforce cuts.

“And we know about the Republicans having town halls and then having to run away or asking questions like, ‘What do you think of DOGE?’ and expecting people to say something positive and then they are screaming,” Tarlov said.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has suggested, without evidence, that some of the outraged town hall attendees are “paid actors.”

This week, North Carolina Republican Representative Chuck Edwards faced an intense confrontation with constituents demanding explanations for his support of cuts to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. He was met with boos and was eventually escorted out of the meeting.

Trump Administration Releases Previously Classified JFK Assassination Files

President Donald Trump’s administration on Tuesday began declassifying all government files related to the 1963 assassination of President John F. Kennedy, making potentially tens of thousands of unredacted pages available to the public for the first time.

This release follows Trump’s executive order, signed on his first day in office in January, directing the full disclosure of government documents concerning the assassinations of Kennedy, his brother and presidential candidate Sen. Robert F. Kennedy, D-N.Y., and civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr.

The specific contents of these newly available documents, and whether they contain any previously undisclosed information, remain unclear. Historians noted they would need time to analyze the files to determine whether they offer any significant new insights.

Thus far, the documents have not altered the longstanding conclusion that Lee Harvey Oswald acted alone in assassinating Kennedy on Nov. 22, 1963, as the president rode in a Dallas motorcade.

Public Access to the JFK Files

The newly released JFK files can be accessed on the National Archives’ website. Most are scanned documents, some of which have faded or become difficult to read over time. The collection also includes photographs and sound recordings, predominantly from the 1960s.

Report from Russia: Oswald’s Poor Marksmanship

One document dated Nov. 20, 1991, appears to summarize U.S. intelligence findings on Lee Harvey Oswald, detailing his time in the Soviet Union, his tumultuous marriage to his Soviet wife, and his reportedly poor shooting skills.

According to the document, KGB official Nikonov reviewed Soviet security service files to determine if Oswald had ever been a KGB agent.

“Nikonov is now confident that Oswald was at no time an agent controlled by the KGB,” the document states.

The report, citing American professor E.B. Smith, describes how Nikonov examined five extensive files on Oswald and doubted that anyone could control him. However, the KGB reportedly monitored him closely while he was in the USSR.

The files also document Oswald’s troubled relationship with his wife and suggest that his marksmanship was subpar. “The KGB files reflected that Oswald was a poor shot when he tried target firing in the USSR,” the document notes.

Some conspiracy theorists have pointed to inconsistencies in Oswald’s behavioral records in CIA files, arguing that they support theories suggesting he did not act alone or was not involved in Kennedy’s assassination.

References to Conspiracy Theories in the Files

The newly disclosed documents reference conspiracy theories suggesting that Oswald left the Soviet Union in 1962 with the intent to assassinate Kennedy.

Documents from the Department of Defense, dated 1963, focus on Cold War tensions and U.S. efforts to counter Cuban leader Fidel Castro’s support for communist movements in Latin America.

The records suggest Castro was unlikely to instigate a war with the U.S. but might “intensify his support of subversive forces in Latin America.”

Experts’ Initial Reactions

James Johnston, author of Murder, Inc.: The CIA under John F. Kennedy, told USA Today that he did not expect any major revelations, given that the CIA and other agencies had already transferred their records to the National Archives in 1988.

“If it was going to embarrass the agency or tell a different story, they wouldn’t have turned them over to the National Archives in the first place,” said Johnston, who was a congressional investigator on the 1975 Church Committee, which examined CIA activities.

Johnston cited one notable document missing from the release: a transcript of the first conversation between President Lyndon Johnson and CIA Director John McCone after Kennedy’s assassination.

McCone had long been suspected of withholding information from the Warren Commission, the investigative panel established by Johnson. According to Philip Shenon, author of A Cruel and Shocking Act: The Secret History of the Kennedy Assassination, McCone initially pledged full cooperation but later withheld certain details.

McCone testified that the CIA had no evidence linking Oswald to any conspiracy, foreign or domestic. His testimony aligned with the Warren Commission’s conclusion that Oswald, a former Marine and self-proclaimed Marxist, acted alone.

Years later, however, the CIA acknowledged that McCone had not been entirely forthcoming with the Warren Commission.

The Warren Commission’s Findings

Several of the newly released documents pertain to the Warren Commission, which was created by President Johnson to investigate Kennedy’s assassination.

The commission concluded that Oswald, who was arrested but later killed by nightclub owner Jack Ruby on live television, acted alone. However, Kennedy’s assassination has remained the subject of intense debate, with numerous theories challenging the official findings. Polls have consistently shown that many Americans believe the assassination was part of a broader conspiracy.

Trump’s Push for ‘Maximum Transparency’

Trump did not immediately comment on the document release, but Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard praised the move, calling it part of Trump’s pledge for “maximum transparency and a commitment to rebuild the trust of the American people in the Intelligence Community.”

For years, critics have accused the intelligence community, particularly the CIA, of withholding key information about Kennedy’s assassination. However, intelligence officials have insisted that all essential files have already been released and that any remaining redactions were necessary to protect intelligence sources and methods.

Gabbard stated that she issued a directive following Trump’s announcement, instructing all intelligence agencies to provide unredacted records for immediate public release.

Digital Release and Remaining Files

The newly released documents were made public just before 7 p.m. Tuesday. The National Archives and Records Administration, which manages the files, issued a statement confirming that all records previously withheld for classification were now released in accordance with Trump’s directive.

The National Archives noted that while some files are available online, others can only be accessed in person at the National Archives facility in College Park, Maryland.

“As the records continue to be digitized, they will be posted to this page,” the statement read, indicating that some documents are not yet available in digital form.

The agency also noted that certain information remains restricted under court seals or grand jury secrecy laws, while tax return records are protected under federal regulations.

Public Anticipation and Reaction

The document release followed Trump’s visit to the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, where he now serves as board chairman.

“People have been waiting for decades for this,” Trump told reporters. “We have a tremendous amount of paper. You’ve got a lot of reading. I don’t believe we’re going to redact anything.”

The CIA and FBI, both of which played roles in JFK assassination investigations, declined immediate comment.

Expert Analysis on the Newly Released Files

JFK scholar Jefferson Morley called the release “an encouraging start.”

“We now have complete versions of approximately a third of the redacted JFK documents held by the National Archives,” said Morley, vice president of the Mary Ferrell Foundation, a nonprofit organization that advocates for historical government transparency.

He added that seven out of ten JFK files sought by researchers are now fully public, providing new insights into Kennedy’s distrust of the CIA, attempts to assassinate Castro, surveillance of Oswald in Mexico City, and CIA propaganda efforts involving Oswald.

However, Morley noted that two-thirds of the promised files remain unreleased, including over 500 IRS records and 2,400 recently discovered FBI documents.

“Nonetheless, this is the most positive news on the declassification of JFK files since the 1990s,” Morley said.

The Justice Department’s Effort to Meet Trump’s Deadline

Trump’s order reportedly triggered a rush within the Justice Department to meet his deadline. ABC News and Reuters reported that a senior official in the DOJ’s Office of Intelligence sent an internal email just before 5 p.m. Monday, instructing attorneys to conduct a final review of the documents.

The push for full declassification began with Trump’s first executive order on Jan. 20, when he directed agencies to release files related to the assassinations of Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and Martin Luther King Jr.

FBI Unveils Additional 2,400 JFK Records

Last month, the FBI announced the discovery of approximately 2,400 additional records connected to Kennedy’s assassination. These files are in the process of being transferred to the National Archives, but their contents remain unclear.

While previous investigations found no evidence of a government conspiracy, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Trump’s Secretary of Health and Human Services, has advocated for releasing the files to examine whether U.S. officials were involved in a cover-up.

The National Archives continues to review and release documents in compliance with Trump’s directive.

Chief Justice Roberts Rebukes Trump’s Call to Impeach Federal Judges

Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare public statement on Tuesday, pushing back against former President Donald Trump’s increasingly aggressive rhetoric targeting the federal judiciary. The statement appeared to be a direct response to Trump’s call for the impeachment of judges who have ruled against him.

“For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision,” Roberts said in a statement released by the Supreme Court. “The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.”

Although Roberts did not mention Trump by name, his remarks came shortly after the former president escalated his attacks on federal judges. Earlier in the day, Trump had singled out U.S. District Judge James Boasberg, who temporarily blocked the deportation of alleged Venezuelan gang members, calling for his impeachment.

Trump’s allies, including Elon Musk, have for weeks been advocating for the impeachment of judges amid a series of unfavorable preliminary rulings against Trump’s administration. The former president’s criticism of the judiciary has become significantly more intense compared to his first term, sparking concerns over a constitutional crisis.

Some Republican lawmakers have taken action in response to Trump’s statements. Texas Representative Brandon Gill announced on social media that he had introduced articles of impeachment against Boasberg.

“This Radical Left Lunatic of a Judge, a troublemaker and agitator who was sadly appointed by Barack Hussein Obama, was not elected President—He didn’t WIN the popular VOTE (by a lot!), he didn’t WIN ALL SEVEN SWING STATES,” Trump wrote on Truth Social. “This judge, like many of the Crooked Judges I am forced to appear before, should be IMPEACHED!!!”

Later that evening, Trump addressed Roberts’ statement in an interview with Fox News’ Laura Ingraham.

“Well, (Roberts) didn’t mention my name in the statement, and I just saw it quickly,” Trump said. “He didn’t mention my name—but many people have called for (Boasberg’s) impeachment, the impeachment of this judge.”

However, Trump maintained that he had no intention of defying court orders.

“No, I never did defy a court order… you can’t do that,” Trump said. “However, we have bad judges, we have very bad judges, and these are judges that shouldn’t be allowed—I think at a certain point you have to start looking at, what do you do when you have a rogue judge?”

Roberts’ Complicated Relationship with Conservatives

Roberts has had a strained relationship with some conservatives, particularly after his 2012 vote to uphold the Affordable Care Act. Although he has frequently sided with conservatives on issues such as gun rights, abortion, affirmative action, and religious liberty, some on the right have never fully trusted him.

The Supreme Court currently has a 6-3 conservative majority, with three justices appointed by Trump. While the court has ruled in Trump’s favor on key issues, including a landmark decision last year granting broad immunity to former presidents for official acts, it has also ruled against him in a series of emergency cases since he returned to the White House.

Despite this, Trump appeared eager to gain Roberts’ favor. During his address to Congress earlier this month, Trump was overheard telling the chief justice, “Thank you again. I won’t forget it.” He later claimed on social media that he was simply thanking Roberts for swearing him in at his inauguration.

Gabe Roth, executive director of the watchdog group Fix the Court, acknowledged the significance of Roberts’ statement but criticized the chief justice’s past decisions.

“Roberts made an important point, but it’s a little rich coming from the guy that, by giving Donald Trump near-total immunity in a major decision last year, helped usher in the present era of lawlessness,” Roth said.

Impeachment Threats and Legal Fallout

Until now, Roberts and the Supreme Court have largely remained silent as Trump and his allies ramp up their attacks on the judiciary. Many of the recent rulings against Trump’s administration are expected to be appealed, with some cases potentially reaching the Supreme Court.

While Roberts’ statement did not directly reference a specific case, it coincided with an ongoing legal battle in Washington, D.C., where the Biden administration and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) are disputing the deportation of Venezuelan nationals.

The Justice Department’s handling of the case has raised questions about whether the White House ignored a court order requiring it to halt deportations immediately. Boasberg’s order was a temporary measure intended to allow more time for legal arguments, but the administration has framed the judge’s actions as an overreach.

During a Monday hearing, Boasberg demanded to know what steps the administration had taken after his ruling. Justice Department lawyers initially refused to respond, citing national security concerns. On Tuesday, immigration officials submitted a sworn declaration asserting that the deported Venezuelans were subject to removal orders under laws other than the Alien Enemies Act.

Trump is invoking the Alien Enemies Act, a 1798 law that permits expedited deportations of foreign nationals from hostile countries during times of war or invasion. Critics argue that the U.S. is not formally at war and question whether the administration’s definition of “invasion” meets the law’s criteria.

The issue is likely to be resolved in the courts, including the Supreme Court.

Roberts’ Previous Defense of Judicial Independence

Roberts’ statement on Tuesday echoed his 2018 rebuke of Trump’s criticism of the judiciary. At the time, Trump had attacked a federal judge from California who issued an injunction against his asylum restrictions, calling him an “Obama judge.”

“It’s a disgrace when every case gets filed in the 9th Circuit,” Trump complained, referring to the historically liberal appeals court. “That’s not law. Every case in the 9th Circuit we get beaten and then we end up having to go to the Supreme Court, like the travel ban, and we won. Every case, no matter where it is, they file… they file it in what’s called the 9th Circuit. This was an Obama judge. I’ll tell you what, it’s not going to happen like this anymore.”

In response, Roberts issued a rare statement defending the judiciary’s independence.

“We do not have Obama judges or Trump judges, Bush judges or Clinton judges,” Roberts, who was nominated by President George W. Bush, said at the time. “What we have is an extraordinary group of dedicated judges doing their level best to do equal right to those appearing before them. That independent judiciary is something we should all be thankful for.”

Despite Roberts’ insistence on judicial neutrality, Trump and his allies continue to attack judges who rule against them. With impeachment articles already introduced in Congress, and legal battles mounting, the clash between the judiciary and the executive branch is unlikely to subside anytime soon.

Polls Show Declining Public Confidence in Trump’s Economic Management

Recent surveys indicate growing public dissatisfaction with President Donald Trump’s handling of the U.S. economy. For the first time, a majority of Americans disapprove of his economic policies, according to an NBC News poll. Conducted from March 7 to 11, the survey of 1,000 registered voters found that 54 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management, while 44 percent approve. The poll has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.1 percentage points. NBC News noted this marks the first instance in its national polling where Trump’s economic approval rating has fallen into majority disapproval.

Why It Matters

Economic trust has been central to Trump’s appeal, especially in contrast to former Vice President Kamala Harris. His economic management was seen as crucial to securing a Republican victory in 2024. However, growing frustration among voters about unmet campaign promises, fears of a potential recession, and proposed tariffs on imports are contributing to declining support.

What to Know

Despite Trump achieving one of his highest overall approval ratings at 47 percent, concerns about the economy persist. The NBC poll shows that 55 percent disapprove of his approach to inflation and the cost of living, with only 42 percent approving. Additionally, just 18 percent of respondents describe the economy as “good” or “excellent,” while 43 percent view it as poor, and 39 percent rate it as “fair.”

A CNN poll conducted from March 6 to 9 by SSRS similarly found that 56 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management. This represents the highest level of economic disapproval recorded during his presidency. The survey, which included 1,206 U.S. adults, has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.3 percentage points.

Another YouGov/Economist poll conducted from March 9 to 11 among 1,699 U.S. adults found that 47 percent disapprove of Trump’s handling of jobs and the economy, while 43 percent approve. This marks a shift from a late-January poll in which 49 percent approved, and 37 percent disapproved, indicating a 10-point rise in economic disapproval in just over a month. The margin of error for this poll is plus or minus 3.2 percentage points.

What People Are Saying

Kristen Hopewell, an economist and director at the University of British Columbia’s Liu Institute for Global Issues, commented on the potential impact of Trump’s tariff policies. She told Newsweek, “There’s no state that won’t be harmed by Trump’s tariffs—but some will be hit even harder than others. Tariffs on steel and aluminum will raise costs for manufacturers across the U.S., undermining their competitiveness. This will hurt the biggest hubs of American manufacturing—California, Texas, Illinois, Ohio, Michigan, Pennsylvania, New York, Indiana, Wisconsin, and North Carolina—hardest.”

Mark A. DiPlacido, a policy adviser at the conservative think tank American Compass, defended Trump’s tariff policies in a March 17 opinion piece for Newsweek. He wrote, “The tariffs President Trump levied under his first administration raised more than $230 billion in revenue while reducing U.S. dependence on tariffed goods and avoiding inflation. Given the persistence of the U.S. trade deficit, President Trump is right to take tariffs to the next level. Whether through a simple global tariff of 10-20 percent—which could raise as much as $2.2 trillion in revenue over 10 years—or a wider set of reciprocal tariffs based on our trade balance with each foreign nation, the United States must assert its economic interests against the unfair practices of our trading partners.”

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed recession concerns during an appearance on NBC News’ Meet the Press, stating, “There are no guarantees. Like, who would’ve predicted COVID? I can predict that we’re putting in robust policies that will be durable. And could there be an adjustment? Because I tell you that this massive government spending that we’ve had, if that had kept going, we would have to wean our country off of that.”

President Trump himself weighed in on economic concerns via Truth Social on February 2. He wrote, “THIS WILL BE THE GOLDEN AGE OF AMERICA! WILL THERE BE SOME PAIN? YES, MAYBE (AND MAYBE NOT!). BUT WE WILL MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN, AND IT WILL ALL BE WORTH THE PRICE THAT MUST BE PAID. WE ARE A COUNTRY THAT IS NOW BEING RUN WITH COMMON SENSE — AND THE RESULTS WILL BE SPECTACULAR!!!”

What Happens Next

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has warned that Trump’s tariff policies against Canada and Mexico could negatively impact U.S. GDP growth. The OECD’s latest projections indicate that U.S. economic growth will be 2.2 percent in 2025 and 1.6 percent in 2026—both revised downward from previous estimates of 2.4 percent and 2.1 percent, respectively.

Approval Ratings Breakdown

Poll Approval Disapproval Margin of Error
NBC News 44% 54% ±3.1%
CNN 42% 56% ±3.3%
YouGov/Economist 43% 47% ±3.2%

With declining approval ratings on economic matters, Trump faces a crucial challenge in convincing voters that his policies will lead to long-term growth. The coming months will determine whether he can regain confidence or if economic concerns will become a liability in the 2024 election.

U.S. Added to Watchlist for Faltering Civic Freedoms Amid Concerns Over Trump’s Actions

A global watchdog organization has placed the United States on a list of countries experiencing “faltering civic freedoms” following concerns over President Donald Trump’s recent actions and policies.

CIVICUS, a nonprofit that advocates for democracy and human rights, included the U.S. in its first watchlist of the year on Monday. The organization noted that America, previously regarded as “a global champion for democracy and human rights,” has drawn scrutiny due to Trump’s efforts to reshape the federal government to align with his vision while distancing the U.S. from global affairs.

The United States is now listed among 37 other nations, including the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Pakistan, Chile, and Slovakia, under the category of countries with “narrowed” civic freedoms.

“This is an unparalleled attack on the rule of law in the United States, not seen since the days of McCarthyism in the twentieth century,” said Mandeep Tiwana, the interim co-secretary-general of CIVICUS, in a statement.

Tiwana further elaborated, saying, “Restrictive executive orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

The “narrowed” designation by CIVICUS signifies that while people in these countries can still exercise civil liberties, violations of these rights occur periodically. This is the second-highest rating level, following the “open” category.

One of the primary concerns cited by the organization is Trump’s decision to dismiss large numbers of federal employees and replace them with individuals who demonstrate unwavering loyalty to him, a move that CIVICUS warns could “severely impact constitutional freedoms.”

Trump has deliberately chosen appointees based on their personal allegiance to him rather than their qualifications or expertise.

Among those involved in restructuring the government is billionaire Elon Musk, who, despite lacking an official title, has served as a “special government employee.” Musk has played a role in identifying areas within the federal workforce for reduction, seeking to eliminate what the administration views as inefficient or wasteful expenditures.

This initiative has led to significant changes within key government agencies. The U.S. Agency for International Development has been stripped of much of its authority to provide humanitarian aid and assistance, while the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has seen a reduction in its ability to regulate and enforce protections against fraud and unfair business practices.

Additionally, Trump has employed executive orders to consolidate power within the executive branch, thereby increasing his administration’s ability to oversee and control federal agencies, ensuring they align with his policy priorities.

These measures have included halting all diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives, suppressing pro-Palestinian student demonstrations, and promoting policies that reflect his administration’s ideological stance.

“The Trump administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances, which are the pillars of a democratic society,” Tiwana warned in the CIVICUS statement.

Monday’s designation is not the first time the U.S. has been downgraded on the watchdog’s list. In 2020, CIVICUS lowered the country’s status to “obstructed” after determining that the Trump administration had repressed mass protests.

Trump Invokes Alien Enemies Act to Deport Venezuelan Migrants, Faces Legal Hurdles

On Saturday, President Donald Trump invoked the Alien Enemies Act of 1798, asserting that the U.S. was under invasion by a Venezuelan gang. The law, originally designed for wartime, grants the president significant authority, enabling him to accelerate mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. This move signals a potential intensification of Trump’s immigration enforcement efforts.

Trump’s order specifically targets the Tren de Aragua gang, which he claims is operating as a hostile force under the Venezuelan government’s direction. “Over the years, Venezuelan national and local authorities have ceded ever-greater control over their territories to transnational criminal organizations, including TdA,” Trump stated, as reported by the Associated Press. He further argued, “The result is a hybrid criminal state that is perpetrating an invasion of and predatory incursion into the United States, and which poses a substantial danger to the United States.”

The declaration came on the same day that a federal judge in Washington blocked the administration from deporting five Venezuelans under the anticipated order, indicating potential legal resistance. Even before Trump’s official announcement, a federal judge had intervened to prevent these deportations using the Alien Enemies Act, signaling an immediate legal battle.

Legal Challenges and Court Rulings

Civil rights organizations, including the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and Democracy Forward, quickly filed an urgent lawsuit in Washington’s federal court. They argued that Trump’s order classified Tren de Aragua as a “predatory incursion” orchestrated by a foreign government, a move that could lead to indiscriminate deportations of Venezuelans.

DC Circuit Chief Judge James E. Boasberg issued a temporary restraining order, valid for 14 days, to shield five Venezuelans in immigration custody who were at risk of imminent deportation under the act. Boasberg’s ruling sought to preserve the current situation while scheduling a hearing to determine whether broader protections should be extended to all Venezuelans in the U.S.

The Trump administration swiftly challenged the restraining order, arguing that blocking presidential action before its execution would significantly hinder executive operations. The Justice Department warned that allowing such judicial interventions could enable district courts to obstruct crucial national security measures, including intelligence operations, drone strikes, or counterterrorism efforts. The administration urged the court to prevent such a precedent from taking hold.

What Is the Alien Enemies Act?

The Alien Enemies Act, part of the Alien and Sedition Acts of 1798, is a law designed for use during wartime or when the U.S. faces an imminent invasion threat from a foreign nation. It grants the president the authority to detain or deport foreign nationals from enemy countries during conflicts, with a particular focus on recent immigrants who might be perceived as aligning with U.S. adversaries.

When Was the Alien Enemies Act Last Used?

According to CNN, legal experts believe invoking the act outside of wartime—especially in response to threats from criminal gangs or cartels—would present legal challenges unless the U.S. were under direct attack by a foreign government.

The Alien Enemies Act has been invoked three times in U.S. history, each instance occurring during wartime. As noted by the Brennan Center, it was used during World War I and World War II to detain and deport individuals from Germany, the Austro-Hungarian Empire, Italy, and Japan. Additionally, the act played a central role in the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II, a highly controversial episode in U.S. history.

Presidential Powers Under the Alien Enemies Act

The act grants the president broad authority, including:

  • Detention and Deportation: The president can detain or deport any male over the age of 14 from an enemy nation if they are deemed a potential threat.
  • National Security Measures: The act provides a legal framework for mitigating risks posed by foreign nationals from hostile nations to protect U.S. interests.
  • Restrictions on Movement and Property: The president can impose travel restrictions or require individuals to report regularly to authorities.
  • Expedited Mass Deportations: The act allows the president to bypass certain immigration and criminal law protections, facilitating rapid deportations of individuals designated as threats.

Key Implications of Trump’s Order

1. Legal Challenges and Constitutional Concerns

Civil rights organizations, including the ACLU, have already initiated lawsuits, arguing that Trump’s order violates due process and immigrants’ legal rights. A federal judge’s temporary block on some deportations suggests a prolonged legal battle is ahead.

2. Targeting of Venezuelan Migrants

Trump has justified his order by focusing on the Tren de Aragua gang, alleging that it has connections to Venezuela’s government. However, this designation could impact thousands of Venezuelan migrants in the U.S., many of whom fled economic hardship and political repression.

3. Potential Diplomatic Fallout

Trump’s move may strain U.S.-Venezuela relations, particularly if deported individuals face persecution under President Nicolás Maduro’s regime. Maduro’s government has long been at odds with the U.S., and mass deportations could heighten tensions.

4. Uncertainty for Undocumented Immigrants

The order has created widespread fear and uncertainty among undocumented Venezuelan migrants, who now face the possibility of detention or deportation without standard legal protections.

5. Use of Detention Centers and International Transfers

The Trump administration has announced plans to relocate approximately 300 suspected gang members to detention facilities in El Salvador. This decision has drawn criticism from human rights groups concerned about the treatment of detainees in these facilities.

6. Broader Immigration Crackdown

Trump’s move signals his commitment to aggressively pursuing stricter immigration policies, potentially laying the groundwork for more expansive crackdowns if he secures a second term. The use of the Alien Enemies Act in this context raises concerns about its future application beyond Venezuelan migrants.

A Test for Executive Power

Trump’s decision to invoke the Alien Enemies Act marks a significant escalation in his immigration policy. While his administration argues that this move is necessary for national security, legal experts caution that using a wartime law to target migrant groups could face substantial constitutional hurdles.

The federal court’s intervention suggests that judicial challenges will continue to shape the fate of Trump’s order. The restraining order issued by Judge Boasberg may be just the first of many legal barriers Trump faces in implementing this measure.

The Road Ahead

With ongoing court battles, diplomatic considerations, and human rights concerns, Trump’s use of the Alien Enemies Act remains a contentious issue. While supporters see it as a necessary tool to combat transnational crime, opponents view it as an overreach that could set a dangerous precedent for future immigration policies.

The coming weeks will be crucial as the administration seeks to defend its actions in court, while advocacy groups continue their efforts to challenge what they see as an unlawful and unconstitutional policy. The ultimate outcome of this legal battle could have lasting implications for immigration enforcement and executive authority in the U.S.

Trump Administration Asks Supreme Court to Allow End of Birthright Citizenship

The administration of President Donald Trump filed a series of emergency appeals with the Supreme Court on Thursday, seeking approval to proceed with plans to end birthright citizenship. This move elevates a controversial legal theory that multiple lower courts have strongly rejected.

In its emergency appeals, the Trump administration argued that lower courts had overstepped their authority by issuing nationwide injunctions that blocked the policy. It urged the Supreme Court to limit the scope of these orders.

A federal judge in January ruled that Trump’s executive order was “blatantly unconstitutional” and halted its implementation. Shortly afterward, a Maryland judge stated that the order “runs counter to our nation’s 250-year history of citizenship by birth.” Despite appeals, courts have consistently declined to pause the lower court rulings, which imposed nationwide injunctions on Trump’s order issued on the first day of his second term.

For over 150 years, courts have interpreted the 14th Amendment to ensure citizenship to anyone “born or naturalized in the United States,” regardless of their parents’ immigration status. A landmark 1898 Supreme Court decision affirmed this interpretation, and the current Court has not indicated any intention to reconsider that precedent.

However, some conservative legal scholars argue that this long-standing interpretation is incorrect. They point to a phrase in the 14th Amendment that states citizenship applies only to those “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States. According to this perspective, immigrants who are in the country illegally remain under the jurisdiction of their home nations and should not be granted U.S. citizenship at birth.

Federal courts in Maryland, Massachusetts, and Washington have all issued injunctions preventing the policy’s implementation. These rulings came in response to lawsuits filed by over 20 states, two immigrant rights organizations, and seven individual plaintiffs.

Cody Wofsy, deputy director of the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project and lead attorney in one of the lawsuits challenging the administration, criticized the executive order, saying, “The president’s executive order is outrageously illegal and cruel, and it should not be applied to a single baby in this country.” He added, “We are going to continue fighting to ensure that no child is denied their citizenship by this executive order.”

The Trump administration’s Supreme Court appeals do not directly address whether the executive order is constitutional. Instead, they make what the administration calls a “modest” request to narrow the scope of the injunctions. If granted, this request would allow the government to enforce the policy against individuals not currently covered by ongoing litigation.

The Justice Department, in its emergency appeals, expressed frustration with the increasing use of nationwide injunctions, arguing, “Universal injunctions have reached epidemic proportions since the start of the current administration.” It continued, “Those universal injunctions prohibit a Day 1 Executive Order from being enforced anywhere in the country, as to ‘hundreds of thousands’ of unspecified individuals who are ‘not before the court nor identified by the court.’”

As an alternative measure, the administration requested permission to issue guidance on how it would implement the policy, even if the Court did not fully lift the injunctions.

While the focus of the administration’s legal challenge is on lower court rulings that blocked the executive order, the Justice Department used its Supreme Court appeal to outline broader arguments against birthright citizenship.

“During the 20th century,” the administration argued, “the executive branch adopted the incorrect position that the citizenship clause extended birthright citizenship to almost everyone born in the United States – even children of illegal aliens or temporarily present aliens.” It further claimed, “That policy of near-universal birthright citizenship has created strong incentives for illegal immigration.”

With the Supreme Court now reviewing the case, it is expected to establish a briefing schedule that will require the parties challenging the executive order to submit their responses quickly, possibly within just a few days.

Trump Signs Executive Order to Eliminate Seven Federal Agencies

President Trump signed an executive order on Friday aimed at dissolving seven federal agencies, including those overseeing media, libraries, museums, and homelessness initiatives.

The directive instructs these government entities to be “eliminated to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law,” asserting that they should “reduce the performance of their statutory functions and associated personnel.” Agency heads are required to submit a compliance report to the Office of Management and Budget within seven days.

Among the agencies targeted is the U.S. Agency for Global Media, which oversees Voice of America (VOA). The order also seeks to dismantle the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a think tank within the Smithsonian Institution, and the Institute of Museum and Library Services, which provides support to libraries, archives, and museums nationwide.

Additionally, the executive action eliminates the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, which works to prevent and address homelessness across the country. Other agencies affected include the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service, which helps resolve labor disputes and work stoppages, the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, which promotes economic opportunities in underserved communities, and the Minority Business Development Agency, which supports the growth of minority-owned businesses.

Trump’s decision has raised concerns about the future of VOA, particularly following his selection of former Arizona gubernatorial and Senate candidate Kari Lake to lead the outlet. Speaking at the Conservative Political Action Conference last month, Lake assured that under her leadership, the international broadcaster would not become “Trump TV.”

While the president does not directly appoint VOA’s leader, Trump has nominated conservative activist L. Brent Bozell III to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media. If confirmed by the Senate, Bozell would have the authority to appoint Lake to the position.

The U.S. Agency for Global Media also supervises Radio Free Asia, which broadcasts and publishes content for audiences in Asia, serving as a countermeasure against Chinese state propaganda.

The Trump administration has been pursuing a broad restructuring of the federal government, with tech billionaire Elon Musk leading efforts to cut spending and reduce the workforce. However, these efforts have faced legal challenges. On Thursday, federal judges in Maryland and Northern California issued rulings blocking mass dismissals of government employees.

In response, the White House announced on Friday that it would appeal the court decisions, which have required the administration to reinstate probationary federal workers.

Judge Orders Reinstatement of Thousands of Federal Workers Fired by Trump Administration

A federal judge ruled Thursday night that thousands of federal employees dismissed under the Trump administration must be temporarily reinstated.

U.S. District Judge James Bredar in Maryland issued a temporary restraining order against multiple federal agencies, departments, and their leadership, which had terminated workers as part of a workforce reduction initiative.

“In this case, the government conducted massive layoffs, but it gave no advance notice. It claims it wasn’t required to because, it says, it dismissed each one of these thousands of probationary employees for ‘performance’ or other individualized reasons,” Bredar stated in his ruling.

“On the record before the Court, this isn’t true. There were no individualized assessments of employees. They were all just fired. Collectively,” he added.

Earlier that day, a separate federal judge in California directed several federal departments, including Veterans Affairs, Defense, Energy, Interior, Agriculture, and Treasury, to reinstate thousands of probationary employees who had been terminated the previous month. The Justice Department responded by filing a notice of appeal in that case.

Bredar’s order specifically applies to 12 federal departments that dismissed probationary workers. These include the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, Education, Energy, Health and Human Services, Homeland Security, Housing and Urban Development, Interior, Labor, Transportation, Treasury, and Veterans Affairs.

Additionally, the ruling covers recently terminated probationary workers at several federal agencies, including the U.S. Agency for International Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the General Services Administration, and the Small Business Administration.

Bredar set a deadline of March 17 at 1 p.m. ET for these agencies to reinstate the affected employees.

The judge acknowledged the scale of his ruling, considering the government had dismissed approximately 200,000 probationary employees—workers who were either newly hired or had recently changed positions—since Donald Trump assumed office in January.

“The Court is not blind to the practical reality that the relief being ordered today will have far-reaching impacts on the federal workforce and will require the Government to expend considerable resources in an effort to undo the [reductions in force] that have been put into place,” Bredar noted.

“When, as is likely the case here, the Government has engaged in an illegal scheme spanning broad swaths of the federal workforce, it is inevitable that the remediation of that scheme will itself be a significant task,” he continued.

A coalition of Democratic attorneys general had initiated the lawsuit, seeking a temporary restraining order that would reinstate the terminated employees. They argued that the Trump administration had disregarded established protocols in executing mass terminations of federal workers.

However, Bredar ruled that certain federal entities, including the Defense Department, the Office of Personnel Management, and the National Archives, would not be subject to his order. He cited “insufficient evidence” that a workforce reduction had taken place at these agencies.

California Attorney General Rob Bonta expressed support for the ruling in a post on X, formerly known as Twitter.

“We’re pleased with the court’s decision to restrain the Trump Admin’s reckless directive and we’ll continue to monitor and ensure compliance,” he wrote.

The White House has yet to provide a response to the ruling.

Senate Passes GOP-Drafted Funding Bill, Averting Government Shutdown

The Senate voted primarily along party lines on Friday to pass the House Republican-drafted bill funding the government through September, narrowly avoiding a shutdown just hours before the deadline.

President Trump is expected to sign the measure into law.

The final vote stood at 54-46, with two Democratic caucus members—Sen. Jeanne Shaheen (D-N.H.), who is set to retire at the end of her term, and Sen. Angus King (I-Maine), who caucuses with Democrats—siding with Republicans. Meanwhile, Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) voted against the bill.

With the passage of this legislation, Congress will not have to address government funding again until the fall. This clears the path for Republicans to focus on advancing Trump’s policy agenda, including securing funds for border security and extending the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

The House narrowly approved the spending bill on Tuesday with a 217-213 vote, with only one Democrat supporting it.

The bill’s passage in the Senate followed intense internal debate among Senate Democrats, as the package had been crafted in the House without any Democratic input.

The legislation increases defense spending by $6 billion while boosting funds for border enforcement. However, it also includes a $13 billion cut to nondefense spending.

A key concern for many Democrats was the absence of language directing the Trump administration on how to allocate these funds. Some Democratic lawmakers feared this would enable Trump and his advisors to redirect money according to their own priorities, rather than congressional intent.

Senate Democrats, led by Sen. Patty Murray (D-Wash.), the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, and Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), the ranking member of the Senate Budget Committee, urged their colleagues to reject the House’s proposal in favor of a clean 30-day stopgap funding measure.

Merkley strongly opposed the House bill, telling CNN he was “hell no” on supporting it.

He argued that passing the Republican-crafted legislation would only serve to embolden Trump and Elon Musk, the head of the Department of Government Efficiency.

“You don’t stop a bully by handing over your lunch money, and you don’t stop a tyrant by giving him more power,” Merkley said.

Leading progressives, including Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), joined the push to defeat the bill, rallying progressive activists against it.

Only centrist Sen. John Fetterman (D-Pa.) openly supported advancing the House bill early on, cautioning that a government shutdown could cause chaos and potentially push the country into a recession.

Throughout the week, Senate Democrats held lengthy lunch meetings to deliberate their approach to the funding impasse. The discussions became so heated that senators’ raised voices could be heard through the thick oak doors of the Lyndon Baines Johnson Room, located just off the Senate floor.

With Senate Republicans holding 53 seats, they needed at least eight Democratic votes to break a filibuster and proceed to a final vote—especially after Paul announced his opposition to the House bill.

Filibuster rules typically require 60 votes to advance controversial legislation.

House Republicans, after passing their funding bill on Tuesday, adjourned and made it clear they would not return to Washington before the Friday deadline.

This left Senate Democrats in a difficult position—if they blocked the House bill, a government shutdown was almost inevitable.

The bill’s fate remained uncertain until Thursday, when Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) announced on the Senate floor that he would support advancing the measure.

Schumer acknowledged the bill was “very bad” but argued that a government shutdown would be “much, much worse.”

He warned that a shutdown would grant Trump and Musk “carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now.”

Schumer later told reporters that efforts to pass a clean 30-day stopgap funding bill failed to secure any Republican support.

Schumer’s decision prompted strong backlash from liberal Democrats, particularly Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), who accused him of a “betrayal.”

“There is a deep sense of outrage and betrayal,” Ocasio-Cortez told reporters after learning of Schumer’s stance.

“And this is not just about progressive Democrats. This is across the board, the entire party,” she added.

Ocasio-Cortez expressed frustration that House Democrats in competitive districts, where Trump won in 2024, had taken politically risky votes against the bill earlier in the week—only for Senate Democrats to give in.

She argued those vulnerable House Democrats “took a tough vote to defend the American people, in order to defend Social Security, Medicaid and Medicare, just to see some Senate Democrats” give in to Musk’s demands.

“I think it is a huge slap in the face,” she said.

Fetterman, in response to Ocasio-Cortez’s criticism, dismissed her concerns and questioned whether she had a viable strategy to end a government shutdown.

“I hope you can relay how little I care about her views on this,” Fetterman said when asked about her comments.

“I’m going to stand on what I happen to believe is the right thing to do, but ask her, ‘What’s the exit plan once we shut the government down?’ What about all the millions of Americans who are going to have their lives damaged?”

He also noted that federal employees would be affected by a shutdown, pointing out that Ocasio-Cortez would still receive her paycheck.

With Schumer’s support providing political cover, eight other Democrats ultimately voted to advance the bill.

Along with Schumer, those voting in favor included Sens. Catherine Cortez Masto (D-Nev.), Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), Maggie Hassan (D-N.H.), Gary Peters (D-Mich.), Brian Schatz (D-Hawaii), Shaheen, and Fetterman. King, an Independent who caucuses with Democrats, also voted to bring the measure to a final vote.

Before final passage, the Senate debated and rejected several proposed amendments.

Sen. Tammy Duckworth (D-Ill.) sponsored an amendment seeking to reinstate veterans who had been dismissed from federal jobs under Trump.

Sen. Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.) introduced an amendment to dismantle the Department of Government Efficiency.

Merkley put forward an amendment that would have reversed the $20 billion reduction in IRS tax enforcement funding, a provision inserted by House Republicans.

Paul also proposed an amendment that would have codified the Department of Government Efficiency’s recommended cuts to foreign aid.

Ultimately, Senate Republicans successfully blocked all Democratic amendments, while a bipartisan majority defeated Paul’s proposal. Any modifications to the bill would have required it to return to the House for final approval, delaying its enactment beyond the funding deadline.

Trump Orders Airstrikes on Houthi-Held Areas in Yemen, Vows ‘Overwhelming Lethal Force’

President Donald Trump announced that he had ordered airstrikes targeting Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen on Saturday, vowing to continue using “overwhelming lethal force” until the Iran-backed rebels cease their attacks on ships navigating a crucial maritime route. According to the Houthis, the strikes resulted in the deaths of at least 18 civilians.

“Our brave Warfighters are right now carrying out aerial attacks on the terrorists’ bases, leaders, and missile defenses to protect American shipping, air, and naval assets, and to restore Navigational Freedom,” Trump stated in a social media post. “No terrorist force will stop American commercial and naval vessels from freely sailing the Waterways of the World.”

Trump also issued a stern warning to Iran, demanding that it stop providing support to the Houthi rebels. He promised to hold Iran “fully accountable” for its role in backing the group. His decision to take military action follows a recent attempt to engage Iran diplomatically. Two weeks earlier, he had sent a letter to Iranian leaders proposing renewed negotiations over Iran’s nuclear program, which he has repeatedly insisted he will not allow to become operational.

The airstrikes took place on Saturday evening, targeting multiple Houthi strongholds, including the capital Sanaa and Saada province in the north, which borders Saudi Arabia. Additional strikes were reported early Sunday in those regions, along with attacks in the provinces of Hodeida, Bayda, and Marib. Images circulating online depicted plumes of black smoke rising over the Sanaa airport complex, an area that includes a large military installation.

The Houthi-run health ministry reported that at least 18 people were killed in the attacks—13 in Sanaa and five in Saada. Additionally, 24 others sustained injuries, with nine wounded in Sanaa and 15 in Saada.

A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, indicated that these airstrikes were just the beginning of an ongoing military operation targeting Houthi positions. The official did not specify how long the campaign would last.

Despite the strikes, Houthi officials maintained that they would not back down. Nasruddin Amer, the deputy head of the group’s media office, stated that the airstrikes would not deter them and vowed retaliation against the United States. “Sanaa will remain Gaza’s shield and support and will not abandon it no matter the challenges,” Amer wrote in a social media post.

Mohamed Abdulsalam, another Houthi spokesman, dismissed Trump’s claims that the rebels posed a threat to international shipping routes, calling them “false and misleading” in a post on X.

The latest escalation follows a statement from the Houthis days earlier in which they declared their intent to resume targeting Israeli vessels sailing near Yemen. They cited Israel’s ongoing blockade of Gaza as their reason for renewing hostilities. Their warning covered a wide geographical area, including the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and the Arabian Sea.

However, no additional Houthi attacks have been reported since that announcement.

Earlier in the month, Israel had suspended the flow of aid into Gaza and warned of “additional consequences” for Hamas if the fragile ceasefire between the two sides was not extended. Talks are ongoing about entering a second phase of the ceasefire agreement.

Between late 2023—when the war between Israel and Hamas erupted—and January of this year, when the ceasefire was put in place, the Houthis had carried out attacks on over 100 merchant vessels. These assaults, which included the use of missiles and drones, led to the sinking of two ships and the deaths of four sailors. The Houthis targeted both military and civilian ships during this period.

The attacks have helped the group raise its international profile even as Yemen remains locked in a prolonged and devastating war. The country, the poorest in the Arab world, has faced years of conflict and humanitarian crises.

Following Saturday’s U.S. strikes, the Houthi media office claimed that a residential area in Sanaa’s northern Shouab district was among the targets. Residents described scenes of devastation, with at least four powerful explosions hitting the Eastern Geraf neighborhood. Women and children were reportedly terrified by the blasts.

“The explosions were very strong,” said Abdallah al-Alffi, a local resident. “It was like an earthquake.”

Eastern Geraf is known to house key Houthi military facilities as well as the group’s political headquarters. These sites are located within a densely populated part of the city.

Later on Saturday, the Houthis reported additional airstrikes in Yemen’s southwestern Dhamar province. According to their statements, the strikes hit areas on the outskirts of the provincial capital, also named Dhamar, as well as the district of Abs.

The U.S., along with Israel and the United Kingdom, has previously launched military strikes on Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen. However, Israel’s military declined to comment on Saturday’s operation.

A U.S. official confirmed that this latest strike campaign was conducted solely by the U.S. military. It marks the first time Trump has ordered an attack against the Yemen-based Houthis since the start of his second term.

Broad missile strikes like these were also carried out under the Biden administration. They were launched in response to repeated Houthi attacks on both commercial and military vessels operating in the region.

Saturday’s air operation was supported by the USS Harry S. Truman carrier strike group. The group, stationed in the Red Sea, consists of the aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman, three Navy destroyers, and one cruiser. The USS Georgia, a guided-missile submarine, has also been deployed in the region.

Trump revealed the military action while spending the day at his Trump International Golf Club in West Palm Beach, Florida.

“These relentless assaults have cost the U.S. and World Economy many BILLIONS of Dollars while, at the same time, putting innocent lives at risk,” he wrote in a social media post.

The situation remains fluid, with expectations that U.S. airstrikes will continue in an effort to suppress further Houthi attacks on international shipping. However, with the Houthis promising retaliation, the risk of further escalation in the region remains high.

Trump’s Approval Ratings Hold Steady Despite Chaotic Start and Tariff Wars

Donald Trump’s presidential approval ratings remained stable throughout his first month in office, despite a tumultuous beginning that involved mass government layoffs, surging egg prices, stock market volatility, and escalating global tariff conflicts.

On Wednesday, Trump implemented a sweeping 25% tariff on steel and aluminum, asserting that these measures were necessary to address trade imbalances and rejuvenate domestic industries. In response, Canada and Europe swiftly retaliated with billions in countertariffs.

In a recent address to Congress, Trump acknowledged that his presidency had begun at a rapid and intense pace. He defended many of his administration’s contentious policies, including substantial government spending cuts, widespread layoffs, the elimination of diversity and inclusion initiatives in workplaces and schools, the 25% tariffs levied on Canada and Mexico, and his stringent stance on immigration and border security. Trump described his approach as a “swift and unrelenting” start.

The latest Gallup poll showed that Trump’s job approval rating averaged 46% since the beginning of his second term. By comparison, his first-term average stood at 41%. Throughout both terms, his approval ratings have fluctuated between a low of 34% and a high of 49%.

A Reuters/Ipsos poll found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s first month in office. Reports also indicated that his current approval ratings surpass those from his first term and exceed those of his predecessor, former President Joe Biden.

Breaking down specific policies, the Reuters poll revealed that 47% of respondents approved of Trump’s immigration approach, while 42% disapproved.

According to the ABC News project538 poll, Trump’s approval rating as of Friday morning stood at 47.7%. The same poll indicated that 54.4% of Americans disapproved of Congress. Additionally, Vice President JD Vance had a slightly higher disapproval rating, with 42.8% viewing him unfavorably compared to 40.8% who held a favorable opinion.

The recently imposed tariffs and ongoing stock market instability were expected to influence Trump’s approval ratings. Here’s a look at how Americans currently perceive his performance based on recent polling data.

How Are Americans Reacting to Trump’s Presidency Amid Trade Conflicts?

A SSRS/CNN poll released Wednesday found that 45% of Americans approved of Trump’s overall job performance, while 54% disapproved. However, approval ratings varied depending on the issue. For instance, 51% of respondents approved of his immigration policies, 48% supported his management of the federal budget, and 45% approved of his economic policies.

Trump faced challenges in public perception regarding tariffs, as only 39% approved of his handling of trade policies, whereas 61% disapproved.

An Emerson College Polling survey conducted after Trump’s 50th day in office found that 47% of voters approved of his performance, while 45% disapproved. This represented a decline from the 49% approval and 41% disapproval ratings recorded at the start of his second term.

Federal Judges Facing Threats Amid Attacks on Judiciary Independence

Federal judges who have ruled against the Trump administration this year are experiencing a surge in threats, raising concerns about their personal safety and the broader independence of the judiciary.

Earlier this month, Supreme Court Justice Amy Coney Barrett’s sister received a bomb threat. Additionally, lower court judges who have temporarily halted aspects of President Trump’s efforts to dismantle federal agencies and programs have been targeted on social media.

Some Republican lawmakers aligned with Trump have even suggested impeachment proceedings against several of these judges, despite their lifetime appointments.

Elon Musk, who oversees the Department of Government Efficiency and has been instrumental in making cuts to federal agencies, has frequently posted on social media advocating for the impeachment of judges who obstruct or delay Trump’s initiatives.

These attempts to undermine the judiciary coincide with the administration’s moves to dismiss attorneys from the Justice Department and the Pentagon, penalize private law firms that have represented clients Trump opposes, and withdraw from engagement with the American Bar Association.

Judge Richard Sullivan of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit emphasized that in his lifetime, four federal judges have been murdered in retaliation for their judicial rulings.

“This is not hypothetical,” Sullivan stated during a news conference this week. As chair of a Judicial Conference panel on security matters, he underscored the gravity of the issue. “It’s real. It’s happened before. We have to be certain that it doesn’t happen again,” he added.

The Federal Judges Association, a voluntary organization representing over 1,000 judges nationwide, stressed the crucial role of the judiciary in upholding democracy and maintaining a lawful society.

“Judges must be able to do their jobs without fear of violence or undue influence,” the association asserted in a written statement to NPR.

Escalating Threats at an Early Stage

Legal experts have noted a disturbing trend: attacks on judges are occurring at a notably early stage in legal proceedings—sometimes even before the Supreme Court has had an opportunity to weigh in as the final arbiter.

“We have a system of justice that allows for appeals,” remarked Judge Jeffrey Sutton, chief judge of the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals. “That’s typically the way it works. Impeachment is not and shouldn’t be a short-circuiting of that process. And so it is concerning if impeachment is used in a way that is designed to do just that.”

Historically, only 15 federal judges have been impeached over the past two centuries, mostly for serious offenses such as bribery, corruption, or perjury.

Georgetown University law professor Stephen Vladeck pointed out that the likelihood of a judge being successfully impeached is minimal since removing a judge requires a two-thirds majority vote in the Senate.

“The more that people like Elon Musk are putting on the wall the idea that it’s appropriate to attack these judges for nothing more than ruling against the federal government, the more that we’re normalizing what really are in the main very serious threats to judicial independence,” Vladeck said.

The Rule of Law at Risk

Paul Grimm, who served as a federal judge for 26 years, argued that even the mere suggestion of impeachment can serve as an intimidation tactic.

“And if you try to intimidate judges, if that’s your goal, so that they do not do their constitutional duty, then you jeopardize the rule of law,” said Grimm, now the director of the Bolch Judicial Institute at Duke Law School. “And without the rule of law, every liberty and every right that we cherish as Americans is vulnerable.”

Grimm expressed particular concern about online posts revealing the personal addresses of judges and their family members, describing this as a severe transgression.

Nearly five years ago, a disgruntled litigant murdered the son of U.S. District Judge Esther Salas at her home in New Jersey.

In 2022, a man armed with a gun and zip ties traveled to the residence of Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Upon noticing a security detail, he turned away. He later pleaded not guilty to attempted assassination charges and is awaiting trial this year.

Additionally, in 2023, a state court judge in Maryland was shot and killed in his driveway.

Threats Linked to Judicial Decisions

The U.S. Marshals Service has reported a sharp increase in threats against federal judges, with numbers having doubled in recent years, according to the latest data. These threats have targeted judges appointed by both Democratic and Republican administrations.

Justice Barrett faced intense criticism this month from right-wing political commentators after she joined Chief Justice John Roberts and the court’s liberal justices in ruling against Trump’s attempt to freeze foreign aid.

Meanwhile, lower court judges have been subjected to online attacks for their rulings on Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) team, efforts to restore government web pages, and the freeze on foreign aid.

Although the U.S. Marshals are responsible for protecting federal judges, their oversight falls under the U.S. attorney general rather than the judiciary itself, a situation that has raised alarms in Congress.

“A judge’s security is dependent in many ways on the Marshals Service who the president appoints to protect the judges, and if a president doesn’t like a decision that’s coming from a judge, theoretically they could pull their security,” warned Rep. Eric Swalwell, a Democrat from California, during a congressional hearing this month.

This year, the Trump administration has already revoked security protections for former military and national security officials who had previously opposed Trump during his first term.

Swalwell suggested that Congress should explore the possibility of establishing an independent security force for judges, separate from the executive branch’s control.

Privatization of U.S. Postal Service Could Lead to Higher Rates and Reduced Service, Experts Say

If the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) were fully privatized, it would likely result in more frequent rate increases, reduced service days, and a restructured network resembling that of FedEx and UPS, according to industry experts.

Former President Donald Trump has proposed the idea of privatizing the nearly 250-year-old institution as part of efforts to address its financial losses. Elon Musk, CEO of Tesla and an influential figure in the Trump administration, also supported the idea during a recent Morgan Stanley conference, according to reports.

However, the prospect of privatization has drawn opposition from postal employees and lawmakers, who argue that it could jeopardize service in rural areas, raise costs, and threaten jobs within the agency. In a video message to USPS employees on February 25, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy acknowledged that any structural changes would ultimately be determined by Congress and the president.

“To the degree possible postal leadership will be involved, so that we ensure the nation’s leaders are aware of how future proposed changes may impact our organization’s ability to serve the American people,” DeJoy stated.

The State of USPS

USPS is already working toward financial stability through DeJoy’s 10-year “Delivering for America” plan, which involves various network adjustments aimed at reducing costs while increasing revenue from package deliveries. Despite these efforts, the agency continues to struggle.

In fiscal year 2024, USPS reported a loss of $9.5 billion, with 80% of the deficit attributed to factors beyond management’s control, such as unfunded pension liabilities. To address these challenges, DeJoy has advocated for administrative and legislative reforms, including changes to pension funding.

The Trump administration and lawmakers are now evaluating whether privatization—turning USPS into a profit-driven enterprise without regulatory constraints—would be beneficial for the country.

Despite its financial struggles, USPS remains a key component of the nation’s infrastructure. A 2018 report by a task force established during Trump’s first term emphasized that its delivery network “is a critical part of the nation’s infrastructure that cannot be replicated by private actors.”

Aaron Alpeter, founder of supply chain consultancy Izba, pointed out that defining USPS’s role is essential before making any structural changes.

“We have to really understand, what is the Post Office?” Alpeter said. “Is it meant to compete with commercial interests that are out there, or is meant to provide a safety net for things that commercial interests are not interested in?”

Currently, USPS faces operational constraints in its cost-cutting efforts. DeJoy noted last June that over half of its carrier routes operate at a loss. However, due to its universal service obligation, the agency cannot simply eliminate these routes, as it is legally required to deliver mail promptly and reliably across the country.

This obligation includes servicing costly-to-reach areas such as Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. Anthony Pizza, Vice President of Growth and Innovation at SpeedX, a parcel carrier that also operates in Hawaii, highlighted the inherent cost challenges in reaching such locations.

“There’s a certain floor for the cost to move things there,” Pizza explained.

Unlike private courier companies, USPS does not receive tax funding to cover the added expenses associated with delivering to remote areas. Any changes to its universal service obligation would require oversight by Congress and the Postal Regulatory Commission.

Even if privatized, USPS could still be required to maintain certain service standards. For instance, the privatized Royal Mail in the United Kingdom is mandated to deliver and collect letters six days a week at affordable rates.

“If we’re going to keep the service standards as they are today, you have to be very realistic to think about what privatization can actually accomplish,” said Derek Lossing, founder of Cirrus Global Advisors and a former Amazon Logistics leader. “Again, if you look at the Royal Mail, I don’t think it’s accomplished nearly what they thought it could.”

Potential Changes Under Privatization

Experts predict that a privatized USPS would likely scale back its six-day-a-week delivery service in less profitable rural areas to cut costs. This would align with the agency’s existing cost-reduction efforts in remote regions.

Another major shift could involve significantly reducing USPS’s physical footprint of over 33,000 post offices. Lossing suggested that, like UPS, the agency could shift to using local businesses as pickup and drop-off locations instead of maintaining standalone post offices.

“Your footprint would look more like a UPS or FedEx,” Lossing noted.

Expected Rate Hikes

Privatization would also likely lead to more aggressive rate increases. Analysts at Wells Fargo estimated that USPS would need to raise parcel delivery prices by at least 30% to achieve financial independence. Their February 27 research report indicated that USPS’s pricing was 25% to 60% lower than FedEx and UPS in the fourth quarter of 2024, depending on the service.

“I don’t know how they would be able to sustain delivery with the current price structure,” said Helaine Rich, Vice President of Strategic Sales and Administration at ePost Global.

While raising prices and cutting service days might help USPS improve its financial outlook, experts warned that such measures carry significant risks, especially in package delivery. If USPS reduces delivery days in certain areas, businesses and consumers may increasingly turn to alternative carriers.

On the other hand, USPS’s ability to reliably deliver to rural communities remains a competitive advantage, particularly for e-commerce companies seeking nationwide coverage, according to Lossing.

The Wells Fargo report also pointed out that substantial rate hikes by a privatized USPS could benefit competitors like FedEx and UPS by “increasing the floor for” delivery rates. Additionally, higher postage costs could accelerate declines in mail volume as businesses and individuals seek digital alternatives.

The Road Ahead

Instead of fully privatizing USPS, the U.S. government could opt for a partial approach by keeping the mail business under federal control while privatizing the package delivery segment, which competes with private companies. Several experts believe such a model could limit disruptions to mail service while allowing for competitive efficiencies in package shipping.

“I don’t see it happening, obviously, on the letter mail side of things,” Rich said regarding privatization.

No matter the approach, transitioning to a privatized model would be a lengthy process. Mark Waverek, Managing Partner at PlaidMark Management and Consulting Services, compared it to the multi-year restructuring efforts seen in countries like Germany.

“You just can’t snap your fingers and turn it on tomorrow,” Waverek said. “This is going to take a well-thought-out process of what those cuts are going to be, what it’s going to mean to the people on the service side [and] what alternatives are going to be in place. It’s going to take time.”

Congress Avoids Government Shutdown, Exposing Democratic Divisions

Congress narrowly avoided a government shutdown Friday, mere hours before the deadline, as the Senate approved a spending bill that had already cleared the House. However, the passage of this stopgap measure revealed deep fractures within the Democratic Party.

The legislation, designed to keep the government funded into the fall, now awaits the signature of President Donald Trump, who is expected to approve it.

Senate Democrats faced mounting pressure to reject the Trump-backed bill, and Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, along with other Democrats who facilitated its passage, is now facing backlash from within his party.

The internal discord became increasingly apparent as lawmakers raced against the clock to prevent a shutdown that could have had significant consequences across federal agencies. The episode underscored the Democrats’ ongoing struggle to counter Trump and the Republican dominance in Washington.

Roughly 90 minutes before Senate Republicans averted the shutdown in a near party-line vote, Schumer and nine other Democrats crossed the aisle to advance the bill in a critical procedural vote. Despite mounting pressure from within their caucus to block it entirely, the bill required only a simple majority to pass, and nearly all Democrats who had initially supported the procedural step ultimately voted against it in the final tally.

Schumer defended his decision, arguing that the Democrats faced an impossible dilemma: either shut down the government for an indefinite period to challenge Trump or accept a Republican bill that they believed would slash spending on programs such as veterans’ health care and public services in Washington, DC.

“I believe it is the best way to minimize the harm that the Trump administration will do to the American people,” Schumer stated, explaining his reasoning for enabling the bill’s passage.

“Clearly, this is a Hobson’s choice. The CR is a bad bill, but as bad as the CR is, I believe allowing Donald Trump to take even much more power via a government shutdown is a far worse option,” he continued.

Trump, in turn, praised Schumer for his stance, telling reporters after the vote, “I appreciate Senator Schumer, and I think he did the right thing, really. I’m very impressed by that.”

Despite Schumer’s efforts, discontent within the Democratic Party was palpable. Many Senate and House Democrats viewed the move as a concession, squandering a crucial opportunity to exert leverage against Trump in his second term.

Democrats across the country closely followed the procedural vote, seeing it as a key test of their party’s resolve in standing up to the president.

In the end, the Senate passed the stopgap bill in a 54-46 vote, securing government funding through September 30. Among Democrats, Sen. Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire and independent Sen. Angus King of Maine, who caucuses with the party, supported the measure. The only Republican to vote against it was Sen. Rand Paul of Kentucky.

“Once I had voted for cloture, it was an opportunity to pass the bill, and I thought it was more honest to vote for it,” Shaheen told CNN. She added, “I thought, much as I didn’t like the CR, I thought a government shutdown would be worse and would give Trump and Elon Musk and the DOGE operation more of an opportunity to fire people, to shut down agencies and to close the work of the government.”

Following the passage of the stopgap measure, the Senate also approved a separate bill to allow Washington, DC, to maintain control over its funds. This move came after Democrats warned that the Republican funding plan would cut $1.1 billion from the city’s budget. The House must now approve this measure, but its fate remains uncertain.

Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and other prominent Democrats had urged voters to pressure senators into blocking the bill and taking a stand against Trump’s attempts to dismantle federal agencies. Many within the party now believe Schumer failed this test.

The fallout from Schumer’s decision has reverberated throughout the Democratic Party, with critics emerging from various factions. However, no senators have publicly declared their intention to challenge his leadership.

Earlier in the week, House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries led an aggressive effort to whip votes against the bill. In the end, House Democrats lost only one member to the opposing side, but their efforts were insufficient to prevent the bill from passing in the House on Tuesday.

Jeffries declined to comment on whether he had lost confidence in Schumer due to their differing stances on the funding issue. When asked about it on Friday, he simply responded, “Next question.”

Democrats Reflect on Next Steps

In the aftermath of the vote, Senate Democrats are now grappling with how to move forward as a unified caucus, given the internal divisions exposed by the spending bill.

Schumer told CNN’s Jake Tapper on Friday evening that he had anticipated disagreements within his party but maintained that a government shutdown would have been the worse outcome.

“My job as leader is to lead the party and if there’s going to be danger in the near future, to protect the party. And I’m proud I did it, I knew I did the right thing, and I knew there would be some disagreements. That’s how it always is,” he said.

Schumer also defended his leadership position, asserting, “My caucus and I are in sync.”

Sen. Martin Heinrich, the top Democrat on the Senate Energy and Natural Resources Committee, refrained from commenting on whether the party needed new leadership, telling reporters, “That’s a conversation for inside the caucus. I’m not going to debate that out here.”

“I think that Leader Schumer has been very effective in a lot of battles, but we also need to — these are new times, and we need to all come together. And so, you know, second guessing Leader Schumer out here isn’t going to accomplish the kind of community that we’re going to need to be able to stand up to the president. So, we’ll have that conversation inside caucus,” Heinrich added.

Meanwhile, Sen. Mark Warner, the top Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee, expressed confidence in Schumer but acknowledged that the caucus had endured a turbulent week.

“I voted no on the CR. I heard that overwhelmingly from folks, and again, recognizing I got tons of federal workers. But I have total respect for the folks who reached another conclusion, and the idea that they would have had a shutdown that would have put us into the abyss with, unfortunately, parts of this administration, doesn’t follow the law,” Warner said.

He further emphasized the need for a broader vision for the party, stating, “I think the Democrats need to have a pro-growth agenda that recognizes fairness, and that is, frankly, not the debate though, that we just took place. That we just took place, it was two awful choices.”

As the Democratic Party regroups following this divisive episode, the long-term implications for party unity and strategy remain uncertain. With tensions still simmering, the coming months will test whether the party can reconcile internal disagreements while continuing to challenge the Republican-led government.

United States Added to CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist Amid Concerns Over Civil Liberties

The United States was added to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist on Sunday, a global research tool that tracks the status of freedoms and threats to civil liberties worldwide.

CIVICUS, a global alliance of civil society organizations that includes Amnesty International, cited President Donald Trump’s “assault on democratic norms and global cooperation” as a key reason for the U.S. being placed on the watchlist. In a press release, the organization highlighted the Administration’s decision to cut over 90% of its foreign aid contracts, as well as its executive actions against diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives, which Trump described as “illegal and immoral discrimination programs.”

“The Trump Administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances which are the pillars of a democratic society,” said Mandeep Tiwana, Interim Co-Secretary General of CIVICUS. He added, “Restrictive Executive Orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the Administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

Other nations currently on the watchlist include the Democratic Republic of Congo, Italy, Pakistan, and Serbia.

CIVICUS’ Civic Space Rankings

CIVICUS assesses civil liberties in countries through five categories: open, narrowed, obstructed, repressed, and closed. “Open” is the highest classification, indicating that people can freely exercise their civil liberties, while “closed” is the lowest ranking, where severe restrictions on freedoms exist.

The organization defines a decline in “open civic space” as instances where “repressive legislation curtails free speech and dialogue, obstacles to civil society activities and operations arise, and crackdowns on civil disobedience and peaceful demonstrations occur.”

According to CIVICUS, the U.S. falls under the “narrowed” category, meaning that while most citizens can exercise their rights to free speech, assembly, and expression, there are instances where the government attempts to curb these freedoms.

Crackdowns on Protests and Government Response

CIVICUS pointed to the Biden Administration’s response to pro-Palestinian protests as an example of how civil liberties in the U.S. are being challenged. Advocates took to the streets and staged encampments on college campuses to protest American military assistance and funding to Israel. Students involved in these demonstrations demanded that their universities divest from companies with ties to Israel.

“We urge the United States to uphold the rule of law and respect constitutional and international human rights norms,” Tiwana stated. “Americans across the political spectrum are appalled by the undemocratic actions of the current Administration.”

The White House has rejected CIVICUS’ characterization of the U.S. as a “narrowed” civic space. Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly dismissed the report, stating in an email on Tuesday, “This is nonsense: President Trump is leading the most transparent administration in history.”

Concerns About Press Freedom

CIVICUS’ “narrowed” label also reflects concerns about press freedom in the U.S. While a free press exists, the organization noted that regulatory policies and political pressure on media ownership could pose restrictions.

The issue of media independence has been widely debated following recent editorial decisions by major media organizations and regulatory actions. In February, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) launched an investigation into NPR and PBS over concerns that the organizations had violated federal law by airing commercials—an allegation both newsroom CEOs denied. The FCC chair also expressed opposition to public funding for these media outlets.

That same month, Jeff Bezos, the CEO of Amazon and owner of The Washington Post, directed the newspaper to shift the focus of its opinion pages. Bezos told his editorial team that they would be writing “in support and defense of two pillars: personal liberties and free markets.” He added, “We’ll cover other topics too of course, but viewpoints opposing those pillars will be left to be published by others.”

White House Press Access and Media Lawsuit

The White House’s handling of the press has also drawn criticism. In February, the administration announced that it would be selecting the reporters who participate in the press pool. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision, stating that it was about “restoring power back to the American people, who President Trump was elected to serve.” However, the move was met with backlash from journalism advocates.

“This move tears at the independence of a free press in the United States,” the White House Correspondents’ Association said in a statement on February 25. “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

Adding to the concerns over media freedom, the Associated Press has filed a lawsuit against three Trump Administration officials, including Leavitt. The lawsuit claims the news organization was barred from White House press briefings after it refused to comply with an Executive Order signed by Trump in January. The order required media outlets to refer to the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” a rebranding the AP declined to adopt.

Broader Implications

The addition of the United States to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist raises broader concerns about the state of democracy and civil liberties in the country. The organization’s assessment suggests that while the U.S. remains a functioning democracy, increasing governmental actions are raising alarms about the erosion of fundamental rights.

As political and legal battles over civil liberties continue to unfold, the U.S. remains under scrutiny from international organizations monitoring the state of democracy and press freedom worldwide.

Schumer Warns Against Government Shutdown, Citing Trump and Musk’s Influence

Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer has cautioned that shutting down the government would grant President Donald Trump and his senior adviser, Elon Musk, excessive authority to continue their workforce reductions unchecked.

“A shutdown would give Donald Trump and Elon Musk carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now,” Schumer warned. “Under a shutdown, the Trump administration would have full authority to deem whole agencies, programs, and personnel nonessential, furloughing staff with no promise they would ever be rehired.” He further emphasized, “In short: a shutdown would give Donald Trump, Elon Musk, and DOGE the keys to the city, state, and country.”

On Thursday, Schumer informed his Democratic colleagues during a closed-door lunch that he would support efforts to advance a House-GOP funding bill, according to sources who spoke with ABC News. This decision would enable Republicans to pass the bill with a simple majority.

Senate Democrats, however, remained reserved in their discussions, holding private meetings as the government funding deadline loomed.

“What happens in caucus, stays in caucus,” remarked Democratic Senator Tammy Baldwin as she exited the weekly lunch.

When pressed for a response, Democratic Senator Cory Booker curtly replied, “Ask somebody else.”

Senator Elizabeth Warren also declined to comment, stating, “I don’t have any comment.”

Some Democrats, speaking anonymously, acknowledged that they likely lacked the votes necessary to block the Republican proposal aimed at keeping the government funded through September. Multiple sources confirmed this to ABC News.

Tensions were high during the closed-door discussions. Senator Kirsten Gillibrand was reportedly so vocal about the repercussions of a government shutdown that her voice could be heard through the walls.

One Democratic senator, choosing to remain unnamed, told ABC News, “We lost this two weeks ago … we should’ve been beating this drum for a month.”

At that time, only Democratic Senator John Fetterman had publicly committed to voting in favor of keeping the government operational.

Fetterman made it clear that he would not be swayed by political maneuvering, maintaining his consistent stance against government shutdowns. He previously urged Republicans to keep the government running when Democrats held control of the Senate.

“Never, ever, ever, ever, ever shut the government down,” Fetterman stated firmly to reporters at the Capitol on Thursday afternoon. “Democrat, Republican, independents, anyone. Never shut the government down. That’s one of our core responsibilities.”

Acknowledging the mounting pressure within his party, Fetterman described the political climate as “spicy” but reiterated his commitment to his principles.

While recognizing that Republicans were challenging Democrats over the shutdown, Fetterman expressed concern about the consequences for furloughed workers and citizens relying on government services. He emphasized that those individuals would be the ones who suffer the most.

With Republicans successfully advancing their funding bill in the House, Fetterman indicated that he viewed the fight as essentially concluded.

Fetterman pointed out that Democrats only hold leverage when Republicans require their votes in the House.

“The GOP delivered, and that effectively iced this out,” he explained. “And that forces us to say, ‘Are you going to shut the government down, or are you going to vote for a flawed CR?’ And now for me, I refuse to shut the government down.”

Meanwhile, Schumer had announced on Wednesday that Senate Democrats would not provide the necessary votes for Republicans to push forward the House-approved measure funding the government through September. Instead, he proposed a temporary one-month funding extension to allow additional time for appropriators to negotiate and finalize long-term spending bills.

As the shutdown deadline approached, both Republicans and the White House shifted blame toward the Democrats.

“If it closes, it’s purely on the Democrats,” President Donald Trump asserted while addressing reporters during a meeting with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte in the Oval Office on Thursday.

When asked whether he would personally intervene in negotiations with Democrats, Trump responded that he would step in if Republicans requested his involvement. “If they need me, I’m there 100%,” he assured.

Trump Expresses Confidence in U.S. Annexing Greenland, Suggests NATO Role

On Thursday, former President Donald Trump voiced confidence that the United States would eventually annex Greenland, even hinting that NATO’s leadership could play a role in making the acquisition possible.

“I think it will happen,” Trump told reporters in the Oval Office during a discussion with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte.

Trump further elaborated on the idea, stating that he had not given it much consideration before but saw Rutte as someone who could be instrumental in the process. “And I’m just thinking, I didn’t give it much thought before but I’m sitting with a man that could be very instrumental. You know, Mark, we need that for international security,” Trump said, gesturing toward Rutte.

Rutte acknowledged the strategic importance of Greenland and the Arctic region, particularly given the increasing presence of China and Russia. However, he made it clear that the issue of Trump’s efforts to acquire Greenland was beyond his scope.

“I don’t want to drag NATO in that,” Rutte stated.

Trump’s remarks came shortly after Greenland’s recent parliamentary elections, in which the center-right Demokraatit party emerged victorious. The party advocates for a gradual path toward independence from Denmark.

For months, Trump has been vocal about his interest in the United States acquiring Greenland, which remains a territory of Denmark, a NATO ally. The U.S. already maintains a military base on the island.

Even before assuming office, Trump had refused to rule out military action as a potential means to annex the Arctic territory. Earlier this year, his son, Donald Trump Jr., along with a group of allies, visited Greenland in what was seen as part of the broader push toward acquisition.

US Judges Order Reinstatement of Fired Federal Workers, Call Dismissals a “Sham”

Two U.S. judges have ordered multiple federal agencies to restore the jobs of probationary employees who were dismissed en masse by the Trump administration last month.

In California, District Judge William Alsup described the mass firings as part of a “sham” strategy designed to bypass proper protocols for reducing the federal workforce.

His ruling—followed by a similar one from a judge in Maryland—affects thousands of probationary workers dismissed from various departments, including defense, energy, treasury, and veterans affairs.

The Department of Justice (DOJ) has maintained that the terminations were based on guidance rather than a direct order from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM). The BBC has reached out to OPM for comment.

OPM, traditionally a low-profile agency overseeing the federal government’s civil service, has come under scrutiny as President Donald Trump has moved to shrink the size of the federal workforce.

During a hearing in San Francisco, California, on Thursday, Judge Alsup countered the DOJ lawyer’s arguments, citing termination letters that explicitly stated the firings were carried out under OPM’s instructions.

“That should not have been done in our country,” Judge Alsup stated. “It was a sham in order to avoid statutory requirements.”

Danielle Leonard, an attorney representing a coalition of government employee unions, argued that probationary employees had been specifically targeted because they lacked the right to appeal their dismissals.

Judge Alsup also expressed concern over the firing of a government worker in Albuquerque, New Mexico, who had received top performance ratings yet was dismissed under the pretense of poor performance.

“I just want to say it is a sad day when our government would fire a good employee and say it’s for performance when they know good and well that’s a lie,” Judge Alsup said.

Following Alsup’s ruling, District Judge James Bredar in Baltimore, Maryland, issued a similar order, concluding that the Trump administration had violated regulations and casting doubt on claims that employees had been individually terminated for unsatisfactory performance.

Reacting to the initial ruling, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused Judge Alsup of “attempting to unconstitutionally seize the power of hiring and firing from the executive branch.”

She emphasized that the authority to make such decisions rested with the president, arguing that “singular district court judges cannot abuse the power of the entire judiciary to thwart the president’s agenda.”

“The Trump administration will immediately fight back against this absurd and unconstitutional order,” Leavitt added.

Elon Musk’s name was not explicitly mentioned in the California hearing, but he has been entrusted by President Trump with leading efforts to reduce the federal workforce through the newly formed Department of Government Efficiency, informally referred to as Doge.

“He was on everybody’s mind,” said Luz Fuller, president of a Sacramento branch of the American Federation of Government Employees, which represents over 4,500 workers in Northern California.

The White House has denied that Musk is officially heading the agency, though Trump referred to him as such during his Congressional address last week.

Three U.S. Soldiers Arrested for Alleged Bribery and Selling Defense Secrets to China

The FBI arrested two active-duty U.S. Army soldiers and a veteran on Thursday, accusing them of bribery and theft of government property in an alleged scheme to sell classified national defense information to China.

“While bribery and corruption have thrived under China’s Communist Party, this behavior cannot be tolerated with our service members who are entrusted with sensitive military information, including national defense information,” stated FBI Director Kash Patel.

He further emphasized the FBI’s commitment to countering espionage attempts, saying, “The FBI and our partners will continue to work to uncover attempts by those in China to steal sensitive U.S. military information and hold all accountable who play a role in betraying our national defense.”

One of the accused, Jian Zhao, was stationed at Joint Base Lewis-McChord in Washington state. He is charged with allegedly conspiring to transmit classified national defense data to China. The other two individuals, Li Tian, also stationed at the same base, and Ruoyu Duan, a military veteran, face charges related to conspiracy to commit bribery and theft of government property.

The alleged scheme, which began in November 2021 and continued until at least December 2024, involved Tian and Duan working with unidentified accomplices to acquire sensitive military data. This included technical manuals related to U.S. Army vehicles, such as the Bradley and Stryker fighting vehicles.

According to authorities, Tian allegedly sold this information to Duan for an undisclosed sum. However, the U.S. Department of Justice has not specified what Duan did with the classified materials after receiving them.

Zhao is accused of attempting to sell stolen documents and hard drives containing sensitive information to an unidentified Chinese buyer. Prosecutors allege that he was paid $10,000 in exchange for 20 hard drives. His indictment also claims that he tried to sell data regarding the High Mobility Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS), intelligence on U.S. military preparations for potential conflicts with China, and a stolen computer capable of decrypting classified files.

Zhao allegedly received a total of $15,000 for his participation in the scheme.

The FBI conducted the investigation in collaboration with the U.S. Army Counterintelligence Command.

“These arrests underscore the persistent and increasing foreign intelligence threat facing our Army and nation,” said Brig. Gen. Rhett R. Cox, Commanding General at Army Counterintelligence Command.

Trump’s Economic Policies Stir Recession Concerns Amid Market Turbulence

During his election campaign last year, Donald Trump assured Americans that he would bring in a new wave of economic prosperity. However, two months into his presidency, his messaging has shifted. He has now warned that lowering prices will be challenging and has advised the public to brace for a “little disturbance” before he can restore wealth to the U.S. economy.

Despite recent data indicating that inflation is cooling, analysts suggest that the likelihood of an economic downturn is rising, with many pointing to his policies as a contributing factor. This raises the question: Is Trump steering the world’s largest economy toward a recession?

Markets React as Recession Risks Escalate

In the U.S., a recession is defined as a prolonged and widespread decline in economic activity, often accompanied by rising unemployment and falling incomes. Recently, several economic analysts have sounded the alarm that the risks of such a scenario are mounting.

A report from JP Morgan has raised the probability of a recession to 40%, up from 30% at the beginning of the year, cautioning that U.S. policies are now “tilting away from growth.” Similarly, Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics, has increased his estimate of recession odds from 15% to 35%, citing the impact of tariffs.

These warnings have coincided with a significant decline in the S&P 500, which tracks 500 of the largest U.S. companies. The index has now dropped to its lowest point since September, signaling growing fears about the economic future.

Market instability has been partially fueled by concerns over new import taxes, known as tariffs, that Trump has imposed since taking office. His administration has targeted imports from America’s three largest trading partners with these tariffs and has threatened to expand them further. Analysts believe these actions will drive up prices and slow economic growth.

Meanwhile, official data from the U.S. Labor Department shows that inflation eased slightly in February, with prices rising 2.8% over the past year compared to 3% in January. Despite this, Trump and his economic advisors continue to caution the public to expect economic challenges. This marks a stark departure from his first term, when he frequently touted the stock market as a measure of his success.

“There will always be changes and adjustments,” Trump said last week in response to business leaders calling for more economic stability.

His stance has intensified investor concerns regarding his economic strategy. Goldman Sachs recently raised its own recession risk estimate from 15% to 20%, identifying policy changes as the primary threat to economic stability. However, the investment firm also noted that the White House could still “pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious.”

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data, recession risk would rise further,” analysts at Goldman Sachs warned.

Impact of Tariffs, Uncertainty, and Economic Slowdown

For many businesses, the greatest uncertainty stems from Trump’s tariffs, which have increased costs for American companies by imposing taxes on imports. As the administration continues to roll out its tariff plans, many firms are seeing their profit margins shrink. In response, some companies are holding back on new investments and hiring as they try to navigate an unpredictable future.

Investors are also worried about deep cuts to the government workforce and federal spending reductions.

Brian Gardner, chief of Washington policy strategy at the investment bank Stifel, explained that businesses and investors initially assumed Trump was using tariffs as a bargaining tool.

“But what the president and his cabinet are signaling is actually a bigger deal. It’s a restructuring of the American economy,” he said. “And that’s what’s been driving markets in the last couple of weeks.”

Even before these developments, the U.S. economy was experiencing a slowdown, partly due to actions taken by the Federal Reserve, which has kept interest rates elevated to cool economic activity and stabilize prices.

Recently, some economic data has pointed to a more pronounced weakening. Retail sales declined in February, and consumer and business confidence—which had surged following Trump’s election—has since fallen. Major corporations, including airlines, retailers like Walmart and Target, and manufacturers, have all issued warnings about reduced spending.

Some analysts fear that a continued decline in the stock market could lead to even tighter consumer spending, particularly among wealthier households. Since the U.S. economy is heavily dependent on consumer spending, and higher-income households play an increasingly significant role, such a shift could have major repercussions—especially as lower-income families continue to struggle with inflation.

Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell attempted to reassure the public in a speech last week, arguing that economic sentiment has not always been a reliable indicator of actual behavior.

“Despite elevated levels of uncertainty, the U.S. economy continues to be in a good place,” Powell stated.

However, the U.S. economy is deeply interconnected with global markets, a reality that adds another layer of complexity to the situation. Kathleen Brooks, research director at XTB, pointed out that these tariffs could create significant disruptions at a time when signs of economic weakness are already emerging.

“The fact that tariffs could disrupt that at the same time that there were signs that the U.S. economy was weakening anyway … is really fueling recession fears,” she said.

Tech Stock Market Correction and AI Bubble Concerns

Not all of the turmoil in the stock market can be attributed to Trump’s policies. Investors were already on edge about the possibility of a market correction, particularly after the substantial gains recorded over the last two years. Much of this growth has been fueled by enthusiasm surrounding artificial intelligence (AI) and the tech sector.

For instance, chipmaker Nvidia saw its share price skyrocket from under $15 at the start of 2023 to nearly $150 by November of last year. Such dramatic increases have sparked debate over whether an “AI bubble” has formed. Many investors are now closely watching for signs that the bubble may burst, which could have significant consequences for the broader market—regardless of what’s happening in the wider economy.

As concerns about the U.S. economy intensify, sustaining the optimism surrounding AI has become even more challenging.

Tech analyst Gene Munster of Deepwater Asset Management expressed his growing doubts on social media this week, admitting that his confidence had “taken a step back” due to the rising likelihood of a recession.

“The bottom line is that if we enter a recession, it will be extremely difficult for the AI trade to continue,” he said.

With the combination of Trump’s economic policies, stock market volatility, and uncertainty in the tech sector, investors and analysts remain on high alert. Whether the administration chooses to adjust its approach in response to mounting risks could determine whether the U.S. economy avoids a full-blown recession or slides into one in the months ahead.

Immigration Drove All U.S. Population Growth in 2022-23 for the First Time Since 1850

For the first time since the U.S. Census Bureau began tracking nativity data in 1850, all population growth in the country during the 2022-23 period was due to immigration rather than births, a migration research institute reported Wednesday.

The Migration Policy Institute (MPI) attributed this trend to declining birth rates in the U.S., noting that immigration was the sole driver of population growth. The findings were part of MPI’s latest edition of “Frequently Requested Statistics on Immigrants and Immigration in the United States.”

Between 2022 and 2023, the immigrant population expanded by 1.6 million, reaching a record 47.8 million by 2023. This marked a 3.6% increase in the foreign-born population, the highest annual growth since 2010, according to the institute’s analysis.

Despite the increase in numbers, the proportion of foreign-born individuals in the U.S. stood at 14.3% of the total population. This remains slightly below the historical peak of 14.8% recorded in 1890, MPI noted.

MPI’s report highlighted that nearly three-quarters, or 73%, of immigrants residing in the U.S. have legal status. Almost half of them are naturalized citizens. Other legally present individuals include green-card holders (permanent residents), refugees, and individuals granted asylum. Additionally, those with long-term visas, such as students, temporary workers, and individuals in other visa categories, are also considered legally present.

Meanwhile, birth rates in the U.S. declined to an all-time low in 2023, dropping 2% from the previous year, according to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). The country’s fertility rate decreased from 56 births per 1,000 females aged 15-44 in 2022 to 54.5 births per 1,000 in 2023.

The Census Bureau initially collected nativity data in 1850, when immigrants numbered 2.2 million and comprised 10% of the total U.S. population.

This demographic shift comes at a time when U.S. immigration policy is undergoing significant changes. The Trump administration has introduced several measures aimed at restricting immigration, primarily targeting unauthorized entries. However, some legal immigration and naturalization pathways have also been affected by these policy shifts.

Americans Disapprove of Trump’s Economic Stewardship, CNN Poll Shows

A new CNN poll conducted by SSRS reveals that a majority of Americans are dissatisfied with President Donald Trump’s handling of the economy, despite his approval ratings on other key issues reaching some of their highest levels during his presidency.

With financial markets experiencing declines and investors expressing concerns over Trump’s trade policies, 56% of Americans disapprove of his economic management—the worst rating he has received on this issue during his presidency. In contrast, 51% of respondents approve of his immigration policies, particularly his stricter enforcement measures, marking a 7-point increase from previous approval levels during his tenure.

Public opinion is divided regarding Trump’s management of the federal budget and government operations, with 48% approving and about half disapproving in both areas. His approval ratings are even lower for health care policy (43%), foreign affairs (42%), and tariffs (39%).

Currently, Trump’s overall job approval stands at 45%, while 54% disapprove. These figures align with his ratings from March 2017 and match the highest approval ratings of his presidency. Meanwhile, 35% of Americans believe the country is on the right track—an increase from 29% in January, driven largely by a surge in optimism among Republicans. However, Trump’s approval remains highly polarized, with Republicans being roughly ten times more likely than Democrats to view his performance favorably.

A broad consensus exists across party lines that Trump has taken a unique approach to presidential power. An overwhelming 86% of Americans, including more than three-quarters of both Democrats and Republicans, believe his exercise of presidential authority differs significantly from past presidents. Nearly half (49%) consider this a negative shift, while 37% see it as a positive change. Only 14% believe his governing style aligns with historical presidential norms.

Economic Concerns Dominate Voter Priorities

Economic issues remain the primary concern for Americans, with 42% ranking the economy as the top issue out of a list of seven. This is more than twice the percentage who identified any other issue as their biggest concern, including democracy (19%), the functioning of the federal government (14%), immigration (12%), health care (6%), foreign policy (3%), and climate change (2%).

Across party lines, the economy remains a key focus. Among Democrats, concerns about democracy slightly outweigh economic worries (36% versus 33%). However, among Republicans and independents, the economy is the dominant concern, with 45% in both groups selecting it as the top issue.

Trump’s perceived ability to deliver change and effectively manage the government has improved since his first term. Currently, 50% of Americans believe he can bring necessary change, and 49% think he can manage the government efficiently. Both figures have risen from 43% and 42%, respectively, in November 2019. Additionally, 51% believe Trump possesses the stamina and mental sharpness required for the job, though fewer consider him an effective world leader (46%) or believe he respects the rule of law (38%).

Concerns Over Musk’s Role and Government Downsizing

Trump’s return to office has been marked by efforts to cut federal spending and reduce the government workforce. However, the public’s reaction to these initiatives—and to the prominent role Trump has given tech billionaire Elon Musk—has been largely negative.

Only 35% of Americans hold a favorable view of Musk, compared to 53% who view him negatively, with 11% expressing no opinion. This makes Musk both more recognizable and more unpopular than Vice President JD Vance, whom 33% view positively and 44% unfavorably, with 23% undecided.

Skepticism about Musk’s role in government is widespread. About 60% of Americans believe he lacks the necessary experience and judgment to influence government operations. Even among Trump supporters who back government reform, 28% doubt Musk’s ability to carry out such changes effectively.

Public opinion is also split on Trump’s government reforms. A majority (55%) believe his administration’s changes are primarily intended to advance his political agenda, while 45% see them as necessary for improving government efficiency.

When asked about the potential impact of Trump’s federal budget cuts, 62% express concern that the reductions could go too far and result in the elimination of essential programs. Meanwhile, 37% worry that the cuts do not go far enough in eliminating fraud and waste. Partisan divisions are stark: 90% of Democrats and 69% of independents fear the loss of crucial government programs, while 73% of Republicans are more concerned about the persistence of government inefficiencies.

Lingering Doubts From Trump’s First Term

Many of the opinions surrounding Trump’s second presidency mirror those from his first term. Only 40% of Americans believe he genuinely cares about people like them, and just 34% think he can unite the country—figures that remain largely unchanged since 2019.

Strong disapproval of Trump’s presidency continues to surpass strong approval. In this latest survey, 41% of Americans say they strongly disapprove of Trump, compared to 26% who strongly approve.

A consistent trend throughout Trump’s political career has been the public’s skepticism about whether he has the right priorities. In the latest poll, 57% say he has not focused on the country’s most pressing issues. Furthermore, 59% of respondents consider Trump’s views and policies to be too extreme, up slightly from 54% of registered voters who held this view last September, just before his reelection.

Despite widespread criticism, some Americans express nuanced opinions about Trump’s policies and leadership. For instance, 12% approve of his handling of immigration but disapprove of his economic management. Similarly, 15% believe Trump fails to respect the rule of law but still think he can bring necessary change to the country.

Methodology and Survey Details

The CNN poll, conducted by SSRS, surveyed a random national sample of 1,206 U.S. adults from March 6-9. The participants were selected from a probability-based panel, with interviews conducted online or by telephone with a live interviewer. The margin of error for the overall results is ±3.3 percentage points.

Recession Fears Grip Markets Amid Policy Uncertainty

Just 20 days ago, the U.S. stock market was at record highs, the economy was expanding steadily, and a recession seemed far from reality. However, in a dramatic turnaround, concerns about an economic downturn are now widespread.

Worries about a potential recession are rattling the stock market, leading to downward revisions in GDP forecasts. Meanwhile, President Donald Trump and his economic advisors are facing increased scrutiny regarding the possibility of a recession but have so far failed to calm growing unease.

On Tuesday, U.S. stocks declined again, unable to recover from Monday’s sharp losses. The Dow fell by approximately 400 points (about 1%), and the Nasdaq continued its slide after suffering its worst day in two and a half years.

Selling pressure intensified following Trump’s announcement of a 50% tariff on steel and aluminum imports from Canada, with warnings that additional tariffs might follow.

The swift shift in investor sentiment is striking. Just a few months ago, there were concerns that the economy was performing too strongly, yet now, fears of a serious downturn have taken hold.

Despite the market’s turbulence, the U.S. economy does not appear to be on the verge of an imminent recession. Economic growth remained solid at the end of last year, and the first quarter has yet to conclude. Furthermore, the job market remained on an upward trajectory in January and February.

It is far too soon to declare that a recession—a prolonged economic slump marked by widespread job losses, bankruptcies, and foreclosures—is inevitable.

Previous recession alarms have, in hindsight, been overblown. The 2022 panic, for instance, included predictions that placed the likelihood of a recession at 99%.

However, economists now acknowledge that the risk of a recession has increased, even if it remains relatively low.

Uncertainty surrounding Trump’s economic policies—particularly his tariff strategies—is a significant factor fueling market instability.

“This is a very resilient economy. It can take a licking and keep on ticking. But it doesn’t like this uncertainty,” said David Kelly, chief global strategist at JPMorgan Asset Management.

On Monday, former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers expressed concern, telling CNN that a recession is a “real possibility.”

“We’ve got a real possibility of a vicious cycle where a weakening economy leads to weaker markets, and then weaker markets lead to a weakening economy,” Summers said during an interview.

Business Community Faces Uncertainty

Kelly described the economy and financial markets as suffering from an “uncertainty tax” stemming from questions about Trump’s tariffs, federal spending reductions, and widespread federal job cuts.

“Right now, a lot of businesspeople are like deer in headlights. That’sa very dangerous place to be,” he warned.

Bill Dudley, former president of the New York Federal Reserve, echoed these concerns in an interview with CNN on Monday. While he called it “premature” to predict a recession, he acknowledged that the risk has “definitely gone up.” Dudley attributed this to confusion surrounding trade policy.

“Tariffs have two effects: One, they push up prices. And two, they push down growth,” he explained. “The Trump administration is making things worse with this on-again, off-again approach. The uncertainty level is higher than it needs to be.”

Summers emphasized the importance of stability in financial markets, noting that they have instead experienced “surprise after surprise after surprise.”

“All of this emphasis on tariffs and all of the ambiguity and uncertainty created about tariffs has, ironically, both chilled demand, made businesses not invest, made consumers think they should hold off before making big spending commitments,” he said.

Market Declines Intensify

The market turmoil has continued to escalate.

Following its worst week in six months, the S&P 500 declined nearly 3% on Monday. The index has now fallen about 9% since reaching its all-time high on February 19.

“The stock market is losing confidence in the Trump 2.0 policies,” Ed Yardeni, president of investment advisory Yardeni Research, said in a phone interview with CNN. “Everything is at risk now, mostly because of the administration’s rush to establish so many objectives in a very short period of time — with unintended consequences.”

CNN’s Fear & Greed Index, which measures market sentiment, plunged further into “extreme fear” territory on Monday, a sharp shift from the “neutral” rating of just a few weeks prior.

Tech stocks have been particularly hard hit as investors flee from riskier assets in favor of defensive sectors such as utilities, healthcare, and consumer staples.

On Monday, the Nasdaq tumbled 4%—its biggest one-day drop since September 2022. The losses were led by the “Magnificent 7,” a group of seven high-growth tech stocks that previously seemed unstoppable. Tesla saw its stock price plunge 13%, while Nvidia, Apple, and Alphabet each dropped by more than 5%.

Potential Real-World Economic Impact

It is important to note that stock market fluctuations do not always directly reflect economic conditions.

Unemployment remains low at 4.1%, and the U.S. economy continued adding jobs in February, marking the 50th consecutive month of employment growth—the second-longest uninterrupted job growth period in modern history.

However, there is a risk that ongoing market instability could spill over into the broader economy.

Consumer confidence, which has already been declining in recent months, may fall further as Americans become increasingly aware of the market turmoil. A decline in consumer sentiment could negatively impact spending, which serves as the primary driver of the U.S. economy.

Delta Air Lines revised its profit outlook downward on Monday, citing deteriorating corporate and consumer confidence as factors dampening travel demand.

Yardeni raised concerns about the “negative wealth effects” that could arise if market losses continue.

“Trump is going to have to rethink his notion that it’s okay to let the market go down while he is experimenting with tariffs and slashing federal payrolls,” he said.

Another troubling sign is the growing number of corporate bankruptcies.

According to S&P Global Market Intelligence, there were 129 U.S. corporate bankruptcies in the first two months of 2025—the highest figure for this period since 2010, when the country was still reeling from the Great Recession.

Goldman Sachs Raises Recession Odds

Concerns over heightened tariffs prompted Goldman Sachs to increase its recession probability estimate on Friday, though the revision was modest. The investment bank now projects a 20% chance of a recession within the next 12 months, up from its previous 15% estimate.

“We raised it by only a limited amount at this point because we see policy changes as the key risk, and the White House has the option to pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious,” Goldman Sachs economists wrote in a note to clients.

Essentially, Goldman Sachs is betting that Trump will reverse course on tariffs if a recession becomes more likely.

However, if Trump refuses to change course, the risk of a downturn will increase.

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data,” the Goldman Sachs economists cautioned, “recession risk would rise further.”

Another major question is how the Federal Reserve will respond to these economic uncertainties.

Dudley, the former New York Fed president, pointed out that Trump’s tariff policies complicate the Fed’s decision-making by simultaneously pushing prices higher while slowing economic growth.

This could leave the Fed in a difficult position, making it reluctant to either raise or lower interest rates.

“I wouldn’t be surprised if the Fed is locked on hold for many, many months,” Dudley said. He added that while some Wall Street analysts expect a rate cut in May, he believes that timeline is “way too soon.”

The U.S. economy has demonstrated significant resilience in recent years.

It has weathered COVID-19 variants, supply chain disruptions, a 40-year high in inflation, and the Federal Reserve’s aggressive efforts to combat inflation.

However, it now faces a fresh challenge—one largely driven by policy uncertainty in Washington.

Markets Plunge Amid Tariff Concerns as Spending and Ukraine Talks Take Center Stage

President Donald Trump remained off-camera today, an unusual move for him, as the U.S. stock market experienced a sharp decline. This drop followed Trump’s reluctance to rule out the possibility of a recession. When questioned about the market downturn, the White House attributed the president’s economic policies to increased investment and emphasized his first-term economic track record. However, the primary factor behind the market selloff was growing uncertainty over the impact of Trump’s tariffs.

As a deadline looms, a potential government shutdown is becoming a pressing concern. The president has urged Republican lawmakers to maintain unity and support a temporary funding measure before Friday’s cutoff to prevent a shutdown. Meanwhile, House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries has advised his party members to oppose the proposal. This opposition puts Republican Speaker Mike Johnson in a precarious position, as his slim majority in the House leaves little margin for error.

On the international stage, discussions about the Ukraine war are gaining momentum. U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated that the U.S. wants to understand what compromises Ukraine might be willing to consider in negotiations with Russia. His remarks came just ahead of a crucial meeting between U.S. and Ukrainian officials in Saudi Arabia, where these potential concessions will be discussed.

Judge Rules DOGE Likely Subject to FOIA Requests

A federal judge determined Monday that the U.S. Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) is likely subject to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), a law designed to promote transparency by allowing the public to access government records.

The decision, issued by U.S. District Court Judge Casey Cooper, represents a significant victory for watchdog organizations and others seeking insight into DOGE’s operations. The department, which has been instrumental in President Trump’s efforts to revamp federal bureaucracy, is spearheaded by Elon Musk.

Despite the ruling, the immediate release of DOGE records remains uncertain. The government has the option to appeal Cooper’s decision, which could delay the disclosure of documents requested by the Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), the group that filed the lawsuit.

In the meantime, Cooper has issued a preservation order requiring the administration to safeguard the records CREW has requested. Should DOGE fail to take proper measures to retain its documents, it could face legal consequences, including contempt charges.

The judge found that the Trump administration failed to counter the argument that DOGE possesses “substantial independent authority,” thereby making it subject to FOIA regulations. He pointed out that Trump’s executive orders related to DOGE appeared to “endow USDS with substantial authority independent of the President.” Additionally, public statements from both Trump and Musk suggested that DOGE was actively exercising significant decision-making power.

Rejecting claims that DOGE merely serves in an advisory capacity, Cooper noted Musk’s frequent social media posts boasting about the agency’s sweeping changes. “These statements and reports suggest that the President and USDS leadership view the department as wielding decision-making authority to make cuts across the federal government,” Cooper stated.

GOP Faces Internal Divide Over Stopgap Spending Bill

Two conservative Republican lawmakers informed CNN on Monday that they currently oppose a House GOP proposal to fund the government through September. Their opposition signals a potential hurdle for Speaker Mike Johnson and President Trump, who must rally enough support within their own party to pass the bill and avert a shutdown.

With House Democrats expected to vote against the legislation, Johnson can only afford one Republican defection. However, GOP Representative Thomas Massie has already stated his opposition, making the margin for error even smaller. If Congress fails to approve funding legislation by the end of the week, the government will shut down after 11:59 p.m. ET on Friday.

Republican Representatives Tim Burchett and Rich McCormick expressed reservations about the bill, although they have not yet spoken with Trump directly. “Currently, but I’d like to talk some more,” Burchett remarked when asked about his stance. He emphasized his concern about military spending and called for greater oversight.

The Tennessee lawmaker acknowledged that he appreciates aspects of Johnson’s proposal, which includes $13 billion in domestic spending cuts and an additional $6 billion allocated for defense. However, he took issue with “the fact that they push it over to the war pimps at the Pentagon, once again.”

McCormick, representing Georgia, was more direct in his opposition. When asked if he would support the bill, he replied, “Nope.” He argued that extending current funding levels until the fiscal year’s end while postponing decisions on federal cuts gives excessive power to the executive branch, circumventing the constitutional appropriations process.

When pressed on whether he was firmly against the bill, McCormick remained noncommittal. “No, I refuse to paint myself into the corner,” he said.

Kennedy Moves to Close FDA Loophole on Food Safety

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who serves as the U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services, announced Monday that he has instructed the acting commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to take steps toward eliminating a controversial regulation known as Generally Recognized As Safe (GRAS).

This rule, part of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, allows certain food additives to bypass premarket approval requirements if experts have determined them to be safe for consumption. The FDA states that substances intentionally used as food additives must receive approval “unless the substance is generally recognized, among qualified experts, as having been adequately shown to be safe under the conditions of its intended use.”

Initially, the GRAS designation was intended for common ingredients such as sugar, vinegar, and baking soda. However, in the late 1990s, the FDA found itself overwhelmed by an increasing number of requests for additive approvals. To manage this, the agency implemented a voluntary GRAS notification program to ensure that these ingredients remained safe for their intended use.

The voluntary nature of this system, however, has led to concerns about regulatory oversight. The FDA itself has acknowledged that this guidance “does not establish legally enforceable responsibilities.” Critics argue that manufacturers can exploit this loophole by introducing new additives into food products without formally notifying regulators.

A 2022 study by the Environmental Working Group revealed that since 2000, nearly 99% of newly approved food-contact chemicals were cleared by the food and chemical industries rather than the FDA. Over this 22-year period, food manufacturers requested FDA approval for a new chemical only 10 times, according to the analysis.

“By 1997, FDA had tentatively concluded that it could no longer devote substantial resources to the GRAS affirmation petition process,” the agency states on its website. This led to the establishment of the voluntary notification program, which has since been criticized for lacking sufficient regulatory enforcement.

Kennedy’s move to eliminate GRAS could mark a significant shift in food safety policy, closing a loophole that has allowed manufacturers to introduce additives with minimal oversight.

Bernie Sanders Leads the Charge Against Trump’s Second Term

Bernie Sanders stands on the back of a pickup truck, using a bullhorn to address an enthusiastic crowd outside a suburban Detroit high school. Several hundred supporters, unable to fit inside the packed gymnasium and overflow rooms, eagerly listen as he shares a remarkable turnout figure.

“What all of this tells me, is not just in Michigan or in Vermont, the people of this country will not allow us to move toward oligarchy. They will not allow Trump to take us into authoritarianism,” Sanders declared, prompting cheers. “We’re prepared to fight. And we’re going to win.”

At 83, Sanders is not seeking the presidency again, but the seasoned democratic socialist has positioned himself at the forefront of the movement resisting Donald Trump’s return to power. By openly challenging Trump’s governance and condemning his plans to dismiss tens of thousands of government workers, Sanders is defying those who want Democrats to focus on economic issues or remain passive.

For now, Sanders stands alone as the only progressive leader actively mobilizing national opposition to Trump.

His rally in Kenosha, Wisconsin, attracted 4,000 attendees. The following morning, he addressed about 2,600 in Altoona, a small town of under 10,000 people. The Detroit rally exceeded expectations, drawing 9,000 supporters. Each event was strategically held in a swing congressional district represented by a Republican.

Newly reelected for a fourth Senate term from Vermont, Sanders acknowledges that this is not the role he expected at this stage in his career.

His team initially delayed launching what they now call the “stop oligarchy tour” to see if a prominent Democrat would take on the role. But as no one stepped up, Sanders—who is not officially a Democrat despite his close ties to Senate Democrats and past presidential bids—found himself at the center of speculation about another White House run.

“This is like presidential campaign rallies, isn’t it? But I’m not running for president, and this is not a campaign,” Sanders told The Associated Press. “You gotta do what you gotta do. The country’s in trouble and I want to play my role.”

A Fractured Democratic Opposition

Since losing the White House, Democrats have struggled to form a unified strategy or rally behind a single leader to counter Trump’s aggressive policies, including his efforts to reduce government oversight and strengthen the influence of billionaire Elon Musk.

No coordinated effort has emerged to organize the anti-Trump resistance.

“You look around—who else is doing it? No one,” said Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-N.Y., when asked about Sanders’ efforts. “My hope is that the dam will break in terms of Democrats going on the offense … We need to take the argument directly to the people.”

Ocasio-Cortez, a longtime Sanders ally, plans to join him on the road and make independent appearances in Republican-held districts in Pennsylvania and New York, particularly where GOP lawmakers have avoided in-person town halls.

“It’s not about whether Bernie should or shouldn’t be doing this. It’s about that we all should,” she said. “But he is unique in this country, and so long as we are blessed to have that capacity on our side, I think we should be thankful for it.”

Apart from Sanders, much of the organizing has fallen to grassroots groups like Indivisible, which have successfully pressured some House Republicans. In response to public outcry, some GOP lawmakers have distanced themselves from Musk or questioned the policies being pushed by his allies.

Ezra Levin, co-founder of Indivisible, who has frequently criticized Democratic leadership, praised Sanders’ activism.

“I wish more Democrats were traveling the country, including to red states, to rally the majority against Musk and Project 2025,” Levin said. “Sure as hell beats (House Democratic leader Hakeem) Jeffries traveling the country for his children’s book tour during a constitutional crisis.”

Jeffries, during the last congressional recess, made two appearances promoting a children’s book on democracy. He also traveled in support of House Democrats and was recently in Selma, Alabama, to mark the 60th anniversary of Bloody Sunday.

The reality is that few Democratic leaders can draw large crowds on short notice or manage a national-scale operation. Rising Democratic figures with 2028 presidential potential, such as California Gov. Gavin Newsom, Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer, and Pennsylvania Gov. Josh Shapiro, have yet to establish strong national presences.

Connecticut Sen. Chris Murphy, one of Trump’s more vocal critics in Congress, said Democrats must improve their organization.

“People are desperate to be plugged into action right now. People see the threat. They are anxious and angry and motivated and they want to be sent in a direction to help,” he said.

Murphy acknowledged that Sanders still faces resistance from many Democrats who see his progressive proposals—such as Medicare for All, free public college, and the Green New Deal—as too extreme.

Five years ago, Democrats united around Joe Biden to prevent Sanders from securing the 2020 presidential nomination.

“There still are a lot of folks who view Bernie as a danger to the party,” Murphy admitted. “Whereas I see his message as the core of what we need to build on.”

Sanders’ Focus on the Working Class

While Sanders was a staunch Biden supporter over the past four years, he criticized the Democratic Party after Kamala Harris’ defeat, arguing that Trump’s win was possible only because Democrats had “abandoned” the working class.

United Auto Workers President Shawn Fain, who introduced Sanders in Michigan, urged Democrats to follow Sanders’ example.

“They’ve got to take a hard look in the mirror, in my opinion, and decide who the hell they want to represent,” Fain said. “We’ve been clear as a union, if they aren’t looking out for working-class people, we’re not going to be there for them.”

Voices from the Crowd

The diverse crowds attending Sanders’ rallies included some who had never supported his previous campaigns but now see him as the strongest opposition to Trump.

“I’m here because I’m afraid for our country. The last six weeks have been horrible,” said Diana Schack, a 72-year-old retired lawyer at her first Sanders rally. “I am becoming a more avid Bernie fan, especially in light of the work he’s doing traveling around the country. These are not normal times.”

In Kenosha, Amber Schulz, a 50-year-old medical worker, demanded more action from Democrats.

“Bernie is the only politician I trust,” she said.

Tony Gonzales, a 56-year-old independent voter from Pleasant Prairie, Wisconsin, expressed concern that Trump might try to extend his presidency beyond two terms, despite constitutional limits.

“It’s a dangerous time right now,” Gonzales said. “What Bernie has to say—and the turnout—is important. His voice is still being heard.”

Over the weekend, Sanders continued to push his long-standing populist message, calling for expanded social programs, free health care, and free public higher education. He especially criticized Trump’s administration, which he said is dominated by billionaires like Musk.

“They want to dismantle the federal government and cut programs that working people desperately need,” Sanders warned.

“Yes, the oligarchs are enormously powerful. They have endless amounts of money. They control our economy. They own much of the media, and they have enormous influence over our political system,” he continued. “But from the bottom of my heart, I believe that if we stand together, we can beat them.”

Sanders’ Future in the Fight

At 83, with a history of heart issues, Sanders’ long-term role in the movement remains uncertain. However, his spokesperson confirmed he has not had health concerns since his 2019 hospitalization.

For now, Sanders shows no signs of slowing down. His 2020 campaign manager, Faiz Shakir, is helping coordinate his stops, backed by a team of former campaign staffers working on a contract basis.

Shakir, who unsuccessfully ran for chair of the Democratic National Committee, acknowledged differing strategies within the party on how to confront Trump.

Last month, veteran political strategist James Carville suggested Democrats should “roll over and play dead,” hoping that Trump’s actions would lead to a backlash.

“One theory is you can play dead; you can strategically retreat,” Shakir said. “Or, you play alive, and you go out to people and you talk to them with conviction and integrity.”

Trump’s Address to Congress: Six Key Takeaways

After an intense six weeks back in the White House, President Trump delivered a bold and partisan speech to a joint session of Congress on Tuesday night.

Lasting just under 100 minutes, it became the longest such address in modern history. The speech also saw a Democratic lawmaker being ejected, multiple Democrats walking out at different points, and a Republican Party that stood firmly behind its president.

Here are six major takeaways from the speech:

  1. Trump Praised His Actions So Far, Including Controversial Moves

“America is back,” Trump declared at the start of his speech. Ironically, this was the same phrase Joe Biden used at the beginning of his presidency following Trump’s first term.

The similarity highlights the deep division in the country regarding its values, identity, and direction for the future.

Trump has pursued what he describes as a “commonsense revolution,” characterized by “swift and unrelenting action.” This effort has been led by Elon Musk and his Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), with Trump spotlighting and praising Musk’s initiatives. These moves have been popular among the GOP base but strongly opposed by many others, including independents.

A recent NPR/PBS News/Marist poll showed that only 34% of independents approve of Trump’s performance, and Musk and DOGE received the same 34% favorability rating. Additionally, two-thirds of respondents felt that Trump was implementing changes too quickly without fully considering their impact on the federal government.

  1. A Speech Geared Toward MAGA Supporters, Not Bipartisanship

While Americans remain divided on Trump’s leadership, his speech did not attempt to bridge that divide. Instead, it focused primarily on issues that resonate with MAGA supporters.

Trump dismissed Democrats, referring to them as “these people” and “radical left lunatics.” He also used his controversial nickname “Pocahontas” when discussing Senator Elizabeth Warren and the ongoing war in Ukraine. Warren later responded, stating that she was applauding U.S. aid to Ukraine, which Trump has since halted.

Trump claimed that Democrats would never support his policies, so he concentrated on topics favored by his base, including the anti-trans culture war, opposition to pro-diversity programs, his push to make English the country’s official language, and his effort to rename North America’s highest peak back to Mount McKinley. (The peak was renamed Denali during Obama’s presidency to reflect the preferences of most Alaskans.)

“Our country will be woke no longer,” Trump proclaimed.

During his speech, Trump spoke more forcefully about cracking down on illegal immigration than about the economy and inflation—despite rising prices playing a crucial role in his 2024 election victory.

Presidents often receive more credit or blame for the economy than they deserve, as they have limited control over prices. However, one tool they do have—tariffs—can lead to higher prices in the short term, according to economists.

Trump’s speech coincided with the implementation of steep tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He defended these measures, calling tariffs essential to saving the “soul” of the country—a phrase Biden has also used but in a different context.

Experts, business owners, and most Americans disagree with Trump’s approach. In the NPR poll, conducted before the latest round of tariffs, 57% of respondents anticipated higher prices in the next six months. Additionally, more people believed Trump’s economic policies would worsen conditions rather than improve them.

Despite these concerns, Trump largely avoided discussing the economy, instead repeatedly blaming Biden. He mentioned the former president 13 times, stating, “Joe Biden especially let the price of eggs get out of control. The egg prices, out of control. And we’re working hard to get it back down.”

However, the recent spike in egg prices has primarily been attributed to a bird flu outbreak.

While it is common for presidents to blame their predecessors for economic struggles, accountability eventually shifts to the person currently in office.

  1. Numerous False or Misleading Claims

Trump made several inaccurate statements throughout his speech, many of which have been thoroughly fact-checked. NPR compiled an in-depth analysis of over 20 misleading claims.

Among the most notable were:

— Trump claimed DOGE uncovered “hundreds of billions” in fraud, but even DOGE’s own estimates do not support this figure. He exaggerated the amount even beyond what the agency itself reports.

— He alleged that numerous people over 120 years old were still receiving Social Security payments. However, even Trump’s own Social Security Administration head refuted this claim, clarifying that these individuals lack recorded death dates but are not fraudulently receiving benefits.

— Trump stated that tariffs on China during his first term generated trillions of dollars for the U.S. This is inaccurate. While tariffs were imposed on about $380 billion in goods, they did not result in a net economic gain. In fact, economists argue they may have harmed the GDP in the long run.

— Trump falsely claimed the U.S. spent $350 billion on the war in Ukraine. The actual amount is closer to $115 billion over three years, with some funds allocated to domestic weapons production rather than direct aid to Ukraine. While the U.S. has provided more military aid than any single country, European nations collectively have contributed around $130–140 billion.

  1. Legislative Priorities for the Republican-Led Congress

Trump outlined several policy requests, offering insight into his legislative agenda for the coming year. His asks included:

— Increased funding for deportations

— Another round of major tax cuts

— Enhanced police protections (with no mention of the January 6 attack on officers at the U.S. Capitol)

— A new crime bill

— A mandate for the death penalty for anyone convicted of murdering a police officer (noting that the death penalty varies by state)

— The creation of a “Golden Dome” missile defense system, similar to Israel’s Iron Dome but intended for U.S. use.

  1. Reality-TV-Style Moments, A Trump Staple

While this speech lacked some of the theatrics of past Trump addresses, it still included dramatic moments, such as:

— Announcing an executive order naming a wildlife refuge after a girl allegedly killed by undocumented immigrants.

— Naming a 13-year-old cancer survivor as an honorary Secret Service agent.

— Publicly recognizing a high school student’s acceptance to West Point.

— Declaring the capture of the suspect responsible for the Abbey Gate bombing in Afghanistan.

  1. Elissa Slotkin’s Response: A Speech for Democrats to Note

Michigan Senator Elissa Slotkin delivered what many consider one of the strongest rebuttals to a presidential address in recent history. Comparisons were drawn to former Senator Jim Webb’s fiery response to George W. Bush in 2007 during the Iraq War.

Unlike previous opposition responses, which have often been met with criticism, Slotkin’s speech was commanding and poised. Speaking before a backdrop of American flags, she leaned on her background as a former CIA officer and the daughter of a Republican father and Democratic mother. She also highlighted her success in a state that Trump won in 2024.

Slotkin emphasized that the “middle class is the engine of our country” and warned against reckless policymaking. She criticized Trump’s tax plans for benefiting billionaires at the expense of essential public programs. Additionally, she took aim at Musk and his team, accusing them of improperly accessing sensitive personal data.

“As a Cold War kid, I’m thankful it was Reagan and not Trump in office in the 1980s,” she remarked, referencing Trump’s handling of the war in Ukraine. “Trump would have lost us the Cold War.”

Slotkin’s speech provided a clear strategy for Democrats struggling to respond to Trump’s presidency. Her composed delivery stood in stark contrast to the chaotic reaction from Rep. Al Green, whose loud interruptions led to his removal from the chamber.

As Trump moves forward with his agenda, the battle lines in Washington appear more firmly drawn than ever.

Trump’s Tariff War Escalates: Impact on Economy, Markets, and Politics

On Tuesday, President Donald Trump intensified a trade war by imposing significant tariffs on the top three U.S. trading partners—Canada, Mexico, and China.

The newly announced tariffs include a 25 percent import tax on Canada and Mexico, while duties on Chinese goods were raised from 10 percent to 20 percent.

These measures will impact more than $1 trillion worth of imported goods. In 2022, these three countries exported a combined $1.4 trillion in goods to the U.S., representing over 5 percent of that year’s gross domestic product (GDP).

Trump has made several tariff-related announcements during his tenure, some of which he later reversed or postponed. However, Tuesday’s decision marks the most significant escalation yet in his broader effort to reshape U.S. trade policy, fulfilling a campaign pledge.

Short-Term Market Reaction

The financial markets reacted negatively to Trump’s latest trade move. On Monday, stock prices plummeted after he stated there was “no room left” for Canada and Mexico to negotiate on tariffs.

The market downturn continued into Tuesday. The Dow Jones Industrial Average, which tracks major U.S. companies, dropped by more than 685 points, representing a 1.6 percent decline. The S&P 500 index fell by 1.3 percent, while the tech-focused Nasdaq Composite ended the day down by 0.4 percent.

Goldman Sachs estimated that these tariffs, particularly the 25 percent duties on Canada and Mexico and the higher levies on China, would reduce its earnings-per-share forecasts for the S&P 500 by 2 to 3 percent.

Rising Consumer Costs

Businesses and economic analysts have cautioned that Trump’s import duties could lead to higher consumer prices.

“Tariff-induced disruptions risk exacerbating inflation, increasing the cost of essential goods, and placing financial strain on businesses and consumers alike,” the National Association of Wholesale Distributors stated on Tuesday.

Although tariffs do not automatically translate to price hikes, companies can absorb the increased costs or adjust their supply chains. Trump’s 2018 tariffs did not significantly drive inflation as the COVID-19 pandemic did in 2020.

However, the current tariffs could lead to supply chain disruptions in North America, potentially raising consumer prices. A study by the Anderson Economic Group estimated that the price of some vehicles manufactured in North America could rise by as much as $12,000 due to these import taxes.

Economic Consequences

Economic models suggest the new tariffs will slow U.S. economic growth.

According to the Yale Budget Lab, real GDP growth is expected to be 0.6 percentage points lower in 2025 and 0.1 percentage points lower in 2026 because of these tariffs.

Lower-income Americans will likely feel the impact more than wealthier households. “The percent change in disposable income resulting from the tariffs is almost three times as much for households in the second decile by income as it is for households in the top decile,” Yale researchers reported.

The U.S. economy has been performing well in recent quarters, but consumer spending has been slowing amid concerns over persistent inflation. The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta has projected a contraction in the U.S. economy for the first quarter of the year.

Despite concerns about economic performance, some labor groups see potential benefits. The Teamsters union acknowledged the risks but suggested tariffs could be worth it if they support American industries.

“We support any solution that brings work back to America,” a Teamsters spokesperson told The Hill.

Political and Diplomatic Fallout

Trump campaigned on reducing costs for Americans, capitalizing on voter frustration over inflation. The cost of living was a key issue in the 2024 election.

If the tariffs lead to higher prices and a slowing economy, they could undermine Trump’s economic credibility, which has been one of his strongest advantages with voters.

Even some Republicans have expressed concern about the tariffs’ impact. When asked whether he was worried about their effects, Sen. Markwayne Mullin (R-Okla.) responded, “Of course.”

Democrats have seized on the potential economic fallout.

“It’s only taken the president 43 days to wreak havoc on our economy and the American people,” said Rep. Richard Neal (D-Mass.), the ranking Democrat on the House Ways and Means Committee. “The outlook for economic growth has plummeted into the negative, consumer sentiment has plunged, and small businesses and farmers from coast to coast fear what’s to come with his trade war.”

The tariffs could also strain diplomatic relations between the U.S. and its North American neighbors.

Following Trump’s initial tariff announcement in February, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau urged Canadians to avoid vacationing in the U.S.

A recent YouGov poll revealed shifting perceptions between the two countries. Half of Canadians now view the U.S. as “unfriendly” or an “enemy,” while only 6 percent of Americans feel the same way about Canada.

Uncertainty Over the Tariffs’ Future

Trump has a history of imposing tariffs and then reversing them. It remains uncertain whether he will maintain these latest levies.

For example, after he placed tariffs on Chinese shipments worth $800 or less, he reversed the decision two days later when U.S. ports became overwhelmed with undelivered packages.

Many businesses hope Trump will reconsider the latest tariffs as well.

“We urge reconsideration of this policy and a swift end to these tariffs,” said Neil Bradley, the chief policy officer at the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, in a statement on Monday.

Mexico has already signaled plans to retaliate. Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum dismissed Trump’s tariff threats as a bluff in the past but stated that Mexico would respond if the measures remain in place.

“We have decided to respond with both tariff and non-tariff measures that I will announce in a public square on Sunday,” Sheinbaum said.

With economic, political, and diplomatic consequences looming, the coming weeks will determine whether these tariffs remain in effect or become another short-lived trade policy shift.

Trump’s Tariffs on Canada and Mexico Could Raise Prices on Everyday Goods

President Donald Trump has introduced tariffs on Canada and Mexico, a move that threatens to escalate into a trade conflict between the United States and its neighboring countries. Goods entering the U.S. from these nations will now face a 25% tax. In response, Canada has announced retaliatory tariffs, and Mexico has stated it will also implement countermeasures.

The three countries have closely connected economies, with supply chains that facilitate the movement of around $2 billion (£1.6 billion) worth of manufactured goods across their borders each day.

Trump has defended the tariffs, saying they are necessary to safeguard American industries. However, many economists caution that these duties could drive up prices for U.S. consumers. This is because the tax is paid by American importers, who may either pass on the increased costs to customers or reduce imports, which would result in a decrease in available products.

Possible Price Increases on Consumer Goods

Automobiles

The cost of cars is expected to rise, with TD Economics estimating an increase of approximately $3,000 per vehicle.

Car manufacturing involves components crossing the U.S., Canadian, and Mexican borders multiple times before final assembly. Several major automakers, including Audi, BMW, Ford, General Motors, and Honda, rely on this cross-border trade.

With the introduction of tariffs, higher costs incurred on imported parts are likely to be passed on to customers.

“Suffice it to say that disrupting these trends through tariffs… would come with significant costs,” noted Andrew Foran, an economist at TD Economics.

He emphasized that “uninterrupted free trade” in the automotive industry had existed for decades, leading to lower prices for consumers.

Alcoholic Beverages: Beer, Whisky, and Tequila

Popular Mexican beer brands such as Modelo and Corona could become more expensive for U.S. consumers if American importers choose to pass on the additional tax costs. However, companies might also decide to reduce the amount they import instead of raising prices.

Modelo, which became the best-selling beer in the U.S. in 2023, continues to hold the top position.

Spirits face a more complex situation. Since the 1990s, the industry has largely operated without tariffs. Prior to the new tariffs, industry organizations from the U.S., Canada, and Mexico issued a joint statement expressing their “deep concern.”

They pointed out that certain spirits, including Bourbon, Tennessee whiskey, tequila, and Canadian whisky, are “recognized as distinctive products and can only be produced in their designated countries.”

Because production cannot simply be relocated, these beverages may face supply shortages, potentially leading to price hikes. The industry groups also noted that many companies own various spirit brands across all three countries.

Housing Costs

Canada supplies approximately one-third of the softwood lumber used in the U.S. annually. This essential building material will now be subject to the tariffs imposed by Trump. Despite Trump’s claim that the U.S. has “more lumber than we ever use,” the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) has urged the administration to exempt building materials, warning that the tariffs could negatively impact housing affordability.

The NAHB has voiced “serious concerns” that tariffs on lumber will drive up the cost of home construction—especially since most U.S. homes are primarily built with wood. The group fears this could deter developers from building new houses.

“Consumers end up paying for the tariffs in the form of higher home prices,” the NAHB stated.

Lumber from Canada is not the only material at risk. A second potential threat now looms over most timber and lumber imports into the U.S., regardless of their country of origin.

On March 1, Trump ordered an investigation into whether additional tariffs should be applied to lumber and timber imports from all countries or if incentives should be introduced to boost domestic production. The findings of this inquiry are expected by the end of the year.

Maple Syrup

For American households, one of the most noticeable effects of the trade dispute with Canada may be the rising cost of Canadian maple syrup, according to Thomas Sampson, an associate professor of economics at the London School of Economics.

Canada’s maple syrup industry is valued at over a billion dollars and accounts for 75% of global production. Approximately 90% of this syrup comes from Quebec, home to the world’s only strategic maple syrup reserve, established 24 years ago.

“That maple syrup is going to become more expensive. And that’s a direct price increase that households will face,” Sampson said.

He added, “If I buy goods that are domestically produced in the U.S., but that are produced using inputs from Canada, the price of those goods is also going to go up.”

Fuel Prices

Canada is the leading foreign supplier of crude oil to the United States. Official trade data indicates that between January and November last year, 61% of U.S. oil imports came from Canada.

While the new tariffs impose a 25% tax on Canadian imports, energy imports will face a lower 10% tariff.

Although the U.S. does not have a shortage of oil, its refineries are specifically designed to process “heavier” crude oil, which primarily comes from Canada and, to a lesser extent, Mexico.

“Many refineries need heavier crude oil to maximize flexibility of gasoline, diesel, and jet fuel production,” according to the American Fuel and Petrochemical Manufacturers.

If Canada retaliates by reducing crude oil exports to the U.S., gasoline prices at the pump could increase as a result.

Avocados

One of the most significant potential price increases for U.S. consumers involves avocados.

Mexico, known for its warm and humid climate, is the primary supplier of avocados to the U.S., accounting for nearly 90% of the American avocado market each year.

Should tariffs be imposed, the U.S. Department of Agriculture has cautioned that the cost of avocados could surge, affecting prices for popular avocado-based dishes like guacamole.

Conclusion

The new tariffs imposed by President Trump on Canada and Mexico have sparked concerns about potential price increases on several consumer goods, including cars, alcoholic beverages, housing materials, maple syrup, fuel, and avocados. While the administration argues that these measures will protect American industries, economists warn that they may ultimately burden U.S. consumers with higher costs. With Canada and Mexico already planning retaliatory tariffs, the trade dispute could escalate further, impacting prices and supply chains across North America.

Trump Signs Executive Order Making English the Official Language of the U.S.

President Donald Trump has issued an executive order declaring English as the official language of the United States.

Under this order, government agencies and federally funded organizations now have the option to decide whether they will offer services and documents in languages other than English. This move overturns a policy introduced by former President Bill Clinton in 2000, which required such entities to provide language assistance to individuals who do not speak English.

“Establishing English as the official language will not only streamline communication but also reinforce shared national values, and create a more cohesive and efficient society,” the order states.

This decision marks the first time in nearly 250 years that the U.S. has designated an official language at the federal level.

However, the order clarifies that agencies are not required to eliminate or discontinue any language assistance services they currently provide.

“In welcoming new Americans, a policy of encouraging the learning and adoption of our national language will make the United States a shared home and empower new citizens to achieve the American dream,” it further states.

The executive order also argues that proficiency in English is beneficial both economically and socially, stating, “Speaking English not only opens doors economically, but it helps newcomers engage in their communities, participate in national traditions, and give back to our society.”

At the same time, it acknowledges America’s multilingual history, emphasizing that the country has a “long tradition of multilingual American citizens who have learned English and passed it to their children for generations to come.”

According to the U.S. Census Bureau, nearly 68 million residents out of the country’s 340 million people speak a language other than English at home. Among these, there are over 160 Native American languages.

Spanish, various Chinese languages, and Arabic are among the most widely spoken languages in the U.S. after English, according to Census Bureau data.

Efforts to declare English as the official language have been made in the past, particularly by Republican lawmakers. Members of the House introduced legislation in 2021 seeking to establish English as the official national language, but the bill did not pass.

Critics of such measures have argued that there is no need for an official language, as English is already widely spoken across the U.S. They have also expressed concerns that this move could lead to discrimination against individuals who do not speak English fluently.

During his 2024 presidential campaign, Trump made references to non-English languages while advocating for stricter immigration policies.

“It’s the craziest thing – they have languages that nobody in this country has ever heard of. It’s a very horrible thing,” he told his supporters in February 2024.

Across the world, around 180 countries have designated official national languages, and many of them recognize multiple official languages.

Some nations, including the United Kingdom, do not have an official language.

Currently, more than 30 U.S. states have already designated English as their official language. Additionally, Alaska and Hawaii have granted official status to several indigenous languages.

Andrew Cuomo Announces Run for New York City Mayor in Political Comeback Attempt

Former New York Governor Andrew Cuomo announced his candidacy for mayor of New York City on Saturday, aiming to make a political comeback. In a 17-minute video posted on his website, Cuomo delivered his message while images of the city played alongside him.

“We know that today our New York City is in trouble,” Cuomo said as footage of homeless individuals, graffiti-covered streets, and subway stations appeared on the screen. “You see it in the empty storefronts, the grime, the migrant influx, and the random violence. The city just feels threatening, out of control, and in crisis.”

Cuomo’s decision to enter the already crowded mayoral race represents his attempt to reestablish himself in politics following his resignation in 2021 due to a sexual harassment scandal. Eleven women accused him of misconduct, allegations that were detailed in a report by the state attorney general. Cuomo denied the accusations at the time.

His candidacy sets up a direct challenge to incumbent Mayor Eric Adams, who has faced increased scrutiny. Calls for Adams to step down have grown louder, especially after the Trump-led Department of Justice dropped corruption charges against him. Adams has consistently denied any wrongdoing, and his campaign declined to comment on Cuomo’s announcement.

Since leaving office, Cuomo has largely remained out of the public eye. However, CNN previously reported that he and his team had been laying the groundwork for a mayoral run for months, particularly in light of Adams’ recent controversies. Last week, signs of his intentions became clearer when allies launched a super PAC under the name “Fix the City,” according to State Board of Elections records.

Opponents Respond Swiftly

Cuomo’s announcement was met with immediate pushback from his competitors. There are at least eight other candidates in the race, and some lawmakers who oppose his return to office have been working behind the scenes to recruit additional challengers to counter his bid.

New York City Comptroller Brad Lander criticized Cuomo’s campaign, calling him an “agent of chaos.”

“The greatest city in the world deserves better than this,” Lander stated.

Scott Stringer, who ran for mayor in 2021 and is again a candidate, also responded with a video, arguing that Cuomo has always prioritized his own interests over the needs of New Yorkers.

“Being mayor of New York may help Andrew Cuomo, but it doesn’t do a damn thing for New Yorkers,” Stringer said.

Meanwhile, New York State Attorney General Letitia James, who led the investigation into the sexual harassment allegations against Cuomo, has reportedly been working to encourage City Council Speaker Adrienne Adams to enter the race. While Adrienne Adams has yet to officially announce her candidacy, she recently opened a campaign committee account, signaling she is seriously considering joining the contest.

Shortly after making his campaign announcement, Cuomo hit the campaign trail, beginning with a visit to the headquarters of the 32BJ SEIU union in Manhattan for a candidate screening. He later stopped for lunch at a Dominican restaurant in the Kingsbridge section of the Bronx. Videos posted on social media showed Cuomo shaking hands and greeting diners.

Leveraging Political Experience

Cuomo, the son of former New York Governor Mario Cuomo, has spent decades in politics. Before running for office, he served as President Bill Clinton’s Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. He initially ran for New York governor in 2002 but dropped out after a racially charged primary against then-State Comptroller Carl McCall. The experience was a major political setback, which Cuomo has described as one of the lowest points in his life.

He later rebounded by successfully running for New York attorney general in 2006 and then for governor in 2010.

During the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, Cuomo gained national prominence with his daily televised briefings, which became must-watch events for Americans under lockdown. However, his handling of the pandemic came under scrutiny, particularly a directive that required nursing homes to accept recovering COVID-19 patients. His administration faced accusations of manipulating data to conceal the impact of that policy on nursing home deaths.

Allegations of sexual harassment against Cuomo first emerged in December 2020. Charlotte Bennett, a former aide, claimed Cuomo asked her inappropriate questions about her sex life and mentioned his openness to relationships with younger women. Another former aide, Lindsey Boylan, alleged that Cuomo forcibly kissed her during a private meeting in his office.

Cuomo denied any wrongdoing but acknowledged that his comments may have been misinterpreted.

“I never touched anyone inappropriately,” he said. “I never knew at the time that I was making anyone feel uncomfortable.”

Boylan responded to Cuomo’s mayoral bid by stating, “New York City deserves better.” In a Vanity Fair article, she warned voters that Cuomo’s leadership could be worse than Adams’.

A Bid for Redemption

Cuomo’s return to politics has been in the works for months. According to a source familiar with his strategy, his campaign is not about apologizing but about presenting himself as the right leader to tackle the city’s problems. With concerns over crime, public safety, and affordability dominating voters’ minds, Cuomo believes his experience makes him the best candidate for the job.

The political landscape has shifted since his departure. Although opponents are certain to highlight his past controversies, Cuomo has recently secured some legal victories that may help him reshape his narrative. Charlotte Bennett dropped her lawsuit against him in December, just before she was scheduled to be deposed. However, she later accused Cuomo of using the legal process to intimidate her and her loved ones.

“Throughout this extraordinarily painful two-year case, I’ve many times believed that I’d be better off dead than endure more of his litigation abuse,” Bennett said. “I desperately need to live my life. That’s the choice I am making today.”

After the case was dropped, Cuomo quickly announced his intention to sue Bennett for defamation.

Cuomo’s campaign is relying on a close-knit team of veteran aides, including Melissa DeRosa, his former secretary, and Richard Azzopardi, his longtime spokesperson. He has also sought advice from campaign strategists like Chris Coffey and Steven Cohen, who previously worked in his attorney general’s office.

With only four months until the primary, Cuomo’s candidacy adds a significant twist to the race. He has nearly $8 million in campaign funds that he may be able to use, giving him a financial edge over his opponents.

A Familiar Strategy

Despite never running for mayor before, Cuomo understands New York City’s political dynamics. Winning requires building a coalition of Black and Latino voters, union members, and moderate White voters. While New York City remains a Democratic stronghold, the city’s political climate has shifted slightly rightward in recent years, as some voters have grown disenchanted with progressive policies.

In his campaign video, Cuomo does not directly criticize Trump but expresses a willingness to collaborate with the federal government.

“I have worked with President Trump in many different situations, and I hope President Trump remembers his hometown and works with us to make it better,” Cuomo says.

Although he promotes his leadership experience, Cuomo faces significant obstacles, including his past scandals and the city’s ranked-choice voting system, which may complicate his path to victory.

Cuomo frames himself as a moderate Democrat capable of addressing New York City’s crisis, emphasizing public safety and economic recovery. His proposals include expanding the NYPD’s presence in subways, improving public housing, and regulating e-bikes.

“We know that today our New York City is in trouble. You feel it when you walk down the street and try not to make eye contact with a mentally ill homeless person or when the anxiety rises in your chest as you walk into the subway,” Cuomo states. “The city just feels threatening, out of control, and in crisis.”

Without mentioning Adams by name, Cuomo criticizes what he calls “failed Democratic leadership” and the absence of “intelligent action” in city government.

His entrance into the race ensures that the 2025 mayoral election will be one of the most competitive in decades.

Moulton Slams Trump and Vance Over Tense Meeting with Zelenskyy

United States Democratic Representative Seth Moulton (D-MA) delivered sharp criticism of President Donald Trump and Vice President JD Vance after their tense Oval Office meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy.

In an interview with CNN, Moulton did not hold back, referring to Trump as a “coward” and a “puppet” of Russian President Vladimir Putin. He labeled the meeting an “embarrassment” for the country.

“The President of the United States is a coward who is Vladimir Putin’s puppet,” Moulton told CNN’s Boris Sanchez. “And the vice president is a coward who is Donald Trump’s puppet. What we saw in that meeting was two cowardly puppets facing a hero. Whether you support them or not, as an American, it’s embarrassing that the only real hero in that room was the Ukrainian president.”

Rejecting the notion that Zelenskyy should have been more measured in his approach compared to European leaders like Emmanuel Macron and Keir Starmer, Moulton questioned the basis for such deference. “Deferential to what?” he asked. “To a president who let a deal collapse in his first term because Putin ignored it? To a vice president who didn’t even visit Ukraine? I hardly know anyone in Congress who cares about national security and hasn’t been to Ukraine during this war.”

He further argued that Zelenskyy was under no obligation to show deference to Trump or Vance. “Zelenskyy doesn’t owe anyone in that Oval Office any deference. In fact, I wish he had put them in their place even more forcefully.”

Moulton’s comments add to the mounting criticism of Trump’s handling of the US-Ukraine relationship, especially after Trump suggested that Zelenskyy was ungrateful and pushed for a diplomatic resolution with Russia.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Domestic Agenda

President Donald Trump’s domestic agenda took a significant step forward on Tuesday as House Republicans managed to overcome internal divisions over spending to pass a crucial framework for a multitrillion-dollar plan covering defense, energy, immigration, and tax policy.

The approval of this framework is a vital milestone, as it allows Republicans to utilize a complex legislative process known as reconciliation. This tool enables them to bypass a Democratic filibuster in the Senate, but they first had to come to an agreement on a budget blueprint to unlock it.

“We got it done,” House Speaker Mike Johnson told reporters following the vote. “This is the first important step in opening up the reconciliation process. We have a lot of hard work ahead of us, but we are going to deliver the America First agenda.”

With a slim majority in the House, Republicans needed nearly unanimous support from their members. The measure ultimately passed by a narrow 217-215 margin, with just one Republican opposing the budget resolution.

Tuesday’s vote represents an early victory in what is expected to be a long and challenging road to passing the GOP’s policy priorities. The Senate, which is also under Republican control, had already advanced its own budget reconciliation plan, frustrated by the delays in the House. Now, both chambers must pass an identical bill to move the process forward.

At the start of the day, GOP leaders were still working to consolidate support. Johnson and his team spent weeks engaged in difficult negotiations, struggling to reconcile the demands of various factions within their party.

Fiscal conservatives pushed for deep spending cuts, while other Republicans voiced concerns about reductions affecting Medicaid, the government insurance program that provides health coverage for millions of low-income and disabled Americans.

The House’s budget proposal includes a funding boost for securing the southern border, an increase in military spending, and an increase in the nation’s debt limit by $4 trillion.

Additionally, the plan calls for $4.5 trillion in tax cuts over the next decade. These include an extension of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, which are set to expire at the end of the year, as well as other tax proposals Trump championed during his campaign, such as eliminating taxes on tips, overtime pay, and Social Security benefits.

Spending Cut Compromise

To advance the budget proposal to this stage, Johnson had to concede to demands from some conservative lawmakers for $2 trillion in spending reductions. However, the exact details of these cuts will be determined later by various House committees.

For instance, the House Energy and Commerce Committee has been assigned the task of finding $880 billion in savings. Given that this committee oversees spending on major programs like Medicare and Medicaid, moderate Republicans worry that essential social safety net programs could be targeted for cuts.

Democrats quickly seized on these concerns, particularly regarding Medicaid, which serves low-income, elderly, and disabled Americans.

“The House Republican budget resolution will set in motion the largest Medicaid cut in American history,” House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries, D-N.Y., told reporters after the vote.

Ahead of Tuesday’s vote, several House members had expressed reservations. However, in the end, only one Republican, Rep. Thomas Massie of Kentucky, voted against the resolution.

On Monday, Massie voiced his opposition in a social media post, writing, “If the Republican budget passes, the deficit gets worse, not better.” His statement drew a response from billionaire Elon Musk, who replied, “That sounds bad.”

House Budget Committee Chair Jodey Arrington, R-Texas, credited Speaker Johnson for successfully rallying enough support to pass the resolution. Arrington acknowledged that there were multiple holdouts before the vote but said Johnson was instrumental in securing the outcome.

“I think that small margin forces you to work together,” Arrington said. “This was a historic election. We know this is a monumental opportunity for us to course correct, for us to reverse course on the last four years, to be frank, and nobody wants to miss that. And everybody had to make some sacrifice or some pain involved.”

Vivek Ramaswamy Announces Candidacy for Ohio Governor with Promises of Economic and Education Reforms

Vivek Ramaswamy, a Cincinnati-born biotech entrepreneur who stepped down from the Department of Government Efficiency initiative on President Donald Trump’s first day in office, launched his campaign for Ohio governor on Monday. He has pledged to introduce work requirements for Medicaid and implement merit-based pay for all public school educators and administrators.

At 39, Ramaswamy officially kicked off his campaign in Cincinnati, entering the 2026 Republican primary just weeks after presumed front-runner and then-Lt. Gov. Jon Husted withdrew to accept an appointment to the U.S. Senate.

Ramaswamy had previously pursued the Republican nomination for president in 2024 before suspending his campaign to support Trump. His loyalty to Trump earned him a role co-chairing the efficiency initiative alongside billionaire Elon Musk. Nearly a billionaire himself, Ramaswamy has actively highlighted his relationship with Trump while securing key endorsements and financial backers for his gubernatorial campaign. Trump formally endorsed Ramaswamy on social media Monday night.

“I spent most of last year working tirelessly to help send Donald Trump back to the White House because it was a fork in the road,” Ramaswamy declared to a cheering crowd. “It was a fork in the road for the future of the country.”

Trump, posting on his Truth Social platform, praised Ramaswamy as “something SPECIAL.”

“He’s Young, Strong, and Smart!” Trump wrote. “Vivek is also a very good person, who truly loves our Country. He will be a GREAT Governor of Ohio, will never let you down, and has my COMPLETE AND TOTAL ENDORSEMENT!”

Ramaswamy’s entrance into the race intensifies an already competitive Republican primary to succeed Gov. Mike DeWine, a 78-year-old center-right politician who is ineligible for re-election due to term limits.

Ohio Attorney General Dave Yost had already announced his candidacy in January, while Heather Hill, a Black entrepreneur from Appalachia, is also in the running. Meanwhile, Dr. Amy Acton, the former Ohio health director who played a pivotal role in navigating the state through the initial stages of the COVID-19 pandemic, is seeking the Democratic nomination.

The candidates will vie for the governorship in a state that, though once considered a political bellwether, has leaned solidly Republican in recent years. Trump secured Ohio in three consecutive elections by margins exceeding eight percentage points. The Republican Party also dominates statewide, holding all executive offices, a majority on the Ohio Supreme Court, and supermajorities in both legislative chambers.

At his campaign launch event, Ramaswamy promised to “end the war on work” by reinstating work requirements for Medicaid and other welfare programs.

He also vowed to eliminate income and property taxes, positioning Ohio as the first state to implement a merit-based compensation system for every teacher, principal, superintendent, and administrator.

Reflecting on Ohio’s industrial heyday, Ramaswamy recalled when the state was home to leading global industries such as glass, rubber, and steel. He argued that Ohio could reclaim its economic prominence, albeit in different sectors such as semiconductor manufacturing, nuclear energy, biotechnology, and cryptocurrency.

“I believe deep in my bones that Ohio can lead the way again,” he stated. “If Silicon Valley was at the leading edge of the American economy for the last 10 years, it will be the Ohio River Valley for the next 10 years.”

Shortly after Ramaswamy’s campaign announcement, Yost issued a pointed statement welcoming him to the race “for however long he sticks around.”

A practicing Hindu, Ramaswamy has outlined his 10 fundamental beliefs, first introduced during his presidential campaign. These include declarations such as “God is real” and “there are two genders,” themes central to his 2024 book, Truths: The Future of America First. He initially gained national recognition with his 2021 book, Woke Inc: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam, in which he criticized corporations for exploiting social justice causes to further self-serving agendas.

Ramaswamy’s gubernatorial run represents a departure from the conventional path to Ohio’s top executive office, which typically involves extensive government experience spanning decades. Instead, he is attempting a Trump-style ascent directly from the business world into high-level political office.

This strategy has proven effective in recent years for political newcomers such as Vice President JD Vance and U.S. Sen. Bernie Moreno. Both won Senate seats with Trump’s endorsement in 2022 and 2024, respectively. However, Ramaswamy will be the first to test this approach in a statewide executive race in Ohio in recent memory.

DeWine had previously passed over Ramaswamy when filling the Senate vacancy left by Vance, opting instead for Husted due to his extensive experience in public office. Husted, a former Ohio House speaker and secretary of state, had secured numerous key endorsements and major donors before suspending his gubernatorial bid. Now, many of those endorsements and donors are back in play.

While speculation about Ramaswamy’s candidacy had been circulating for some time, Yost entered the race early, likely anticipating the entrepreneur’s eventual announcement. Since then, Ramaswamy has gained endorsements from Ohio Treasurer Robert Sprague and Republican Secretary of State Frank LaRose, strengthening his position in the race.

USCCB Sues State Department Over Refugee Assistance Suspension

Last week, the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops (USCCB) filed a lawsuit against the U.S. State Department for halting refugee assistance to programs operated by church agencies under its oversight. The suspension is widely regarded as unjustified and detrimental.

For 45 years, long before the faith-based initiative introduced by George W. Bush, the USCCB has received federal funding allocated by Congress to assist legally admitted refugees. These individuals, often forced to flee their home countries due to threats or extreme hardship, rely on this support to integrate into American society. Under the Bureau of Population, Refugees, and Migration within the State Department, Catholic agencies play a crucial role in helping refugees obtain Social Security cards, secure health insurance, and enroll in English language programs. Additionally, they receive cultural orientation and employment assistance for their first 90 days in the country.

As the largest non-governmental organization dedicated to refugee resettlement in the U.S., the USCCB is responsible for assisting 17% of all admitted refugees. For the current fiscal year, it was awarded $65 million in government contracts and contributed an additional $4 million of its own funds. However, with the sudden suspension of assistance, the program has been forced to lay off 50 employees. Without reimbursement from the government for ongoing expenditures, the organization faces the grim reality of scaling back services for the 6,700 refugees under its care.

The Trump administration has justified this move by claiming that it aligns with executive orders aimed at pausing foreign development aid and “realigning” refugee admissions policy. However, this reasoning appears flawed, as aiding refugees already admitted to the U.S. has little to do with either objective. In its letter to the USCCB, the administration stated that the funds “may no longer effectuate agency priorities” but failed to clarify what those priorities are or why the funding no longer aligns with them.

The administration’s priorities regarding refugees are clear. Under Trump’s leadership, policies have consistently sought to limit the entry of both refugees and immigrants into the U.S. When he previously held office, Trump slashed the annual refugee admissions cap to 20,000, a dramatic reduction from the 86,000 permitted during the final year of the Obama administration. Historically, the U.S. has accepted more than 90,000 refugees per year on average.

The decision to make life more difficult for those already admitted serves these priorities. The USCCB has highlighted the importance of refugee assistance programs, stating that they “promote the successful settlement of refugees in their communities, including by promoting gainful employment or connections to educational opportunities, thereby diminishing the likelihood that newly arriving refugees will be dependent on ongoing public support.” In other words, ensuring that refugees become self-sufficient undermines the administration’s broader agenda of restricting refugee resettlement.

In its lawsuit, the USCCB argues that the suspension violates multiple legal statutes and disrupts the constitutional separation of powers, as Congress had appropriated the funds in question. However, beyond the legal argument, the organization also emphasizes religious motivations for its involvement in refugee assistance.

The lawsuit asserts that refugee assistance is “an expression of charity taken in fulfillment of Christ’s commandment to serve those in need.” It further states that “The Catholic Church has cared for refugees since the earliest days of Christianity.” Additionally, it cites a passage from the Gospel, emphasizing the church’s moral obligation: “I was hungry and you gave me food, I was thirsty and you gave me drink, a stranger and you welcomed me.”

The USCCB also references Pope Paul VI’s words on the duty of hospitality: “The ‘duty of giving foreigners a hospitable reception’ is ‘imposed by human solidarity and by Christian charity.’” Furthermore, Cardinal Blase Cupich has underscored the church’s commitment to this mission, stating, “USCCB does so not because the refugees are Catholic (many are not), but because we are Catholic.”

While the lawsuit raises religious arguments, it does not claim that the suspension violates the USCCB’s religious liberty under the First Amendment. The Catholic Church does not have an inherent right to federal funding for religiously motivated humanitarian work, and if the State Department’s policy applies to all recipients equally, there is no legal basis to argue that the church’s free exercise rights have been infringed.

However, this decision contradicts the rhetoric of an administration and political party that have positioned “religious liberty” as a core issue. Despite championing religious freedoms in other contexts, the administration appears indifferent when those freedoms intersect with immigration policy. The prevailing attitude seems to be: “Religious liberty be damned.”

This pattern is evident in other immigration-related actions taken under Trump. On the day of his second inauguration, the Department of Homeland Security revoked its long-standing “sensitive locations” policy, which had previously limited Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) from conducting raids, arrests, and other enforcement actions at houses of worship.

Following this change, multiple religious organizations filed a lawsuit arguing that the new policy violates the federal Religious Freedom Restoration Act. Just this past Monday, a federal judge in Maryland ruled against the administration, temporarily blocking ICE from conducting enforcement actions at the places of worship of the religious groups that had sued.

Meanwhile, in Texas, state Attorney General Ken Paxton is working to shut down Annunciation House, a Catholic nonprofit that has provided shelter to immigrants and refugees in the El Paso area since 1976. In a lawsuit argued before the Texas Supreme Court last month, Paxton contended that Annunciation House is not a Catholic institution and that its work—offering food and housing to impoverished migrants—does not constitute a religious practice.

This argument has been met with strong opposition from the Catholic bishops of Texas. In an amicus brief, they refuted Paxton’s claim, stating:

“The Catholic bishop of El Paso and his predecessors in office have determined that Annunciation House, whose very name invokes the angel Gabriel’s announcement of the incarnation of Christ, is and has been for many years a Catholic ministry. Determining who is Catholic or what ministerial activity is Catholic is left only to the Catholic Church, not to state actors. To allow otherwise would impermissibly place governance of the faith with the state rather than the religious organization itself, trampling on the very idea of free exercise of religion.”

Given these circumstances, one might expect legal organizations that have zealously defended religious freedoms in other contexts to support Annunciation House. After all, these same groups have fought for the right of religious institutions to refuse services to LGBTQ+ individuals, to keep places of worship open during public health emergencies, and to exclude abortion coverage from employee health plans.

However, when it comes to immigration, their silence is deafening.

Trump Administration’s Mass Layoffs Spark Fears of Public Health Crisis

The Trump administration’s sweeping overhaul of the federal government, led by Elon Musk and the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), has triggered concerns among public health experts, researchers, and advocacy groups. They fear a significant brain drain and severe consequences for public health.

In the past week alone, termination notices were sent to thousands of employees across various health agencies as the administration aggressively downsized the federal government.

These now-unemployed workers were engaged in critical projects such as infectious disease research, medical device safety, food safety, reducing healthcare costs, and improving maternal health outcomes.

“The federal government has a huge footprint. [These layoffs] will interrupt all fields of research. Every phase of our scientific endeavor has been interrupted, including that research that is essential for our national security,” said Georges Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association.

Benjamin expressed concerns that the damage inflicted by the administration could deter the next generation of scientists from pursuing careers in public service.

“I am very concerned that this generation of people will be so dissuaded that it’s going to take a lot more work and coaxing and assurances, even when things settle down, to get people to see this as a career that’s dependable,” he said.

Lawmakers and advocates warn that unless the job cuts are reversed, lives will be at risk. Senate Democrats have already taken action, sending a letter on Friday to Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., demanding transparency about the dismissals and whether any impact assessment was conducted beforehand.

“The Trump Administration is firing staff and harming programs that Americans rely on every day, and these arbitrary cuts will endanger children, seniors, and at-risk communities, set medical progress back by decades, curtail patient access to care, and make the nation less prepared for emerging public health threats,” the senators wrote.

Lisa Lacasse, president of the American Cancer Society Cancer Action Network, warned in a statement that the cuts could “dismantle the critical government infrastructure that has played a pivotal role in cancer survivorship for 18 million individuals who are alive today in the U.S., resulting in more suffering from cancer nationwide.”

She further explained the consequences: “Without the appropriate workforce necessary to drive the essential services and programs within HHS, active clinical trials could be abandoned, the nation’s drug shortages could worsen, the time it takes to review innovative new cancer treatments could lengthen, cancer prevention efforts may be halted and access to lifesaving cancer screenings could be cut off for millions of people in America.”

One former scientist at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) had been researching human papillomavirus, a virus that can sometimes lead to cancer.

Then, on a Saturday evening, an email arrived, informing the scientist that their position had been eliminated.

“They said, I’m probationary, and have poor performance, and I’m gone,” the individual said.

The layoffs appear to have disproportionately affected employees in the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) food, tobacco, and medical device divisions. One former worker, a medical device reviewer, said their team was slashed by nearly half overnight.

This employee had been hired just a year ago as part of an effort to expand the agency’s review capacity for medical devices.

What puzzled them the most was that their position—like many others in the FDA’s drug and medical device divisions—was not funded by taxpayer dollars but rather by industry-paid user fees.

“We spent a lot of money trying to hire these very qualified candidates because almost everybody in my team has a PhD or a master’s degree and has eight plus years of industry experience,” the employee said. “That’s taxpayer money wasted. You spend all the money hiring people, interviewing people, and now they just fired all of them without any reason.”

Nearly half of the FDA’s $7.2 billion budget is sourced from fees paid by the companies it regulates. Under federal law, businesses pay user fees to the FDA to ensure timely reviews of their products. These fees fund the additional scientists needed to conduct those evaluations.

The medical device trade group AdvaMed has urged HHS to reconsider the layoffs.

“Unfortunately, as a result of these reductions, FDA will lose hundreds of new employees, the best and most innovative hires under our most recent agreement,” AdvaMed President and CEO Scott Whitaker said in a statement.

A current employee in the FDA’s food safety division revealed that 10 scientists had been laid off from their office of 90.

“What’s going to happen with the work that they were in the middle of doing?” the employee asked. “We’re already understaffed … just to get these new people coming in the past year or two is a huge help, but we’re still below what we need. We’re close to our backs breaking, to be honest with you, to make up for all the work that the rest of us will pick up.”

Another FDA food division employee described widespread confusion surrounding the firings, as even managers were uncertain about who was being let go and when.

“We suspected they might be coming, but you know, none of our leadership knew … our office is still trying to take stock of who was even fired,” the employee said.

A recent office-wide conference call was described as somber.

“The mood was like a wake. The grief is palpable,” said one employee.

Despite the chaos and uncertainty, many remaining employees remain committed to their mission.

“How do we figure out what they were working on? How do we figure out who’s going to take that work? We’re going to keep doing what we said we were going to do, just keep the food supply safe,” the employee said.

Trump to Appoint Kash Patel as Acting ATF Director Amid Controversy

President Donald Trump has decided to appoint newly confirmed FBI Director Kash Patel as the acting head of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), according to a source familiar with the matter who spoke to Reuters on February 22.

A staunch Trump ally, Patel will now lead the FBI, the nation’s top law enforcement agency, during a period of increasing instability, while simultaneously heading the ATF, which is responsible for enforcing U.S. gun laws.

Despite strong opposition from Democrats and two moderate Republicans, Patel secured enough support from the Republican majority to be confirmed as FBI director. Critics had voiced concerns over his previous statements advocating retribution against Trump’s detractors, arguing that such a stance rendered him unfit to oversee the FBI. However, these objections failed to prevent his confirmation.

Patel, who has been endorsed by the pro-gun rights organization Gun Owners of America, is expected to implement significant changes at the ATF, likely shifting its mission away from firearm regulation.

During his presidential campaign, Trump had frequently criticized the ATF, accusing it of being overly aggressive toward gun owners and arbitrarily revoking licenses.

Just days before Patel’s appointment, Attorney General Pam Bondi took decisive action by firing Pamela Hicks, the ATF’s longtime chief counsel, on February 20. According to a source familiar with the situation, Hicks was abruptly dismissed without any prior notice or explanation and was escorted out of the building by security.

Explaining the decision in an interview with Fox News, Bondi stated, “These people were targeting gun owners.”

Bondi has since directed the ATF to prioritize assisting the Department of Justice in addressing illegal immigration rather than its traditional responsibilities of regulating firearms, tobacco, and alcohol.

Patel is not the only Trump administration official taking on dual roles. Secretary of State Marco Rubio is also serving as the acting administrator of the United States Agency for International Development (USAID), an agency Trump has proposed dismantling and merging into the State Department.

Similarly, Russ Vought, the director of the Office of Management and Budget, has been appointed as the acting head of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, another agency the administration seeks to eliminate.

Additionally, Interior Secretary Doug Burgum and Energy Secretary Chris Wright have been named co-chairs of Trump’s newly established National Energy Dominance Council.

FBI Director Kash Patel Halts Employee Responses to Trump Administration’s Directive Amid Federal Job Cuts

Newly appointed FBI Director Kash Patel has instructed agency employees to refrain from responding to an email from the Donald Trump administration that requested federal workers to list their accomplishments from the past week. The directive comes as billionaire entrepreneur Elon Musk intensifies efforts to significantly reduce the size of the federal government.

Hundreds of thousands of federal employees had been given just over 48 hours to report their achievements to the Office of Personnel Management (OPM), creating confusion within key agencies, including the United States’ top law enforcement body, the FBI.

However, Patel, who was confirmed by the Senate on Thursday, countered the directive. As reported by ABC News, the FBI is now seeking additional guidance from the U.S. Department of Justice regarding how to proceed.

“FBI personnel may have received an email from OPM requesting information,” Patel stated in a message to his employees. “The FBI, through the Office of the Director, is in charge of all of our review processes, and will conduct reviews in accordance with FBI procedures. When and if further information is required, we will coordinate the responses. For now, please pause any responses.”

Patel’s statement came amid reports that he might also be appointed as the acting head of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), another domestic law enforcement agency that, like the FBI, falls under the Department of Justice.

Meanwhile, U.S. Attorney John Durham, the chief federal prosecutor for the Eastern District of New York, similarly instructed his staff to hold off on responding to the OPM request.

“Of course, a majority of our work is law enforcement sensitive (in addition to much classified work), so even assuming this is legitimate, we will need to be careful in how we respond to this inquiry. As noted, the deadline isn’t until 11:59 p.m. on Monday, so we have plenty of time,” Durham wrote in his communication.

Additionally, the Department of Defense also issued a similar directive.

“The Department of Defense is responsible for reviewing the performance of its personnel and will conduct any review in accordance with its own procedures,” the department’s undersecretary for personnel and readiness stated in a message, according to CNN’s Natasha Bertrand. “When and if required, the department will coordinate responses to the email you have received from OPM.”

While multiple federal agencies resisted the directive, Trump’s national health secretary, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., took a different approach. Unlike Patel, Durham, and the Department of Defense, Kennedy required his staff to comply with the OPM request.

“This is a legitimate email,” Kennedy’s agency informed its employees in an email. “Please read and respond per the instructions.”

The controversy stems from Musk’s expanded role in Donald Trump’s second administration, where he has been tasked with overseeing efforts to cut government spending. Musk signaled the sweeping directive through his social media platform on Saturday.

“Consistent with [Trump’s] instructions, all federal employees will shortly receive an email requesting to understand what they got done last week,” Musk posted on X, the platform he owns. “Failure to respond will be taken as a resignation.”

Shortly after Musk’s post, federal employees—including judges, court staff, and officials from federal prisons—received an email that read: “Please reply to this email with approx. 5 bullets of what you accomplished last week and cc your manager.”

The deadline for responses was set for Monday at 11:59 p.m., but the email itself did not include Musk’s social media warning that failure to reply would be considered a resignation.

Musk’s directive has created further upheaval across already strained federal agencies, including the National Weather Service, the State Department, and the federal court system. Senior officials scrambled to verify the email’s legitimacy and, in some instances, directed their employees to ignore the request.

Everett Kelley, president of the American Federation of Government Employees (AFGE), which represents 800,000 federal workers, issued a strong statement condemning the directive.

“Elon Musk and the Trump administration have shown their utter disdain for federal employees and the critical services they provide to the American people,” Kelley said.

“It is cruel and disrespectful to hundreds of thousands of veterans who are wearing their second uniform in the civil service to be forced to justify their job duties to this out-of-touch, privileged, unelected billionaire who has never performed one single hour of honest public service in his life,” Kelley added.

The administration’s aggressive approach to reducing government employment has already resulted in the forced departure of thousands of federal employees. Over the past month, both newly hired and long-term government workers have been dismissed or offered buyouts as part of sweeping workforce reductions.

Musk and the White House’s newly formed “Department of Government Efficiency” (Doge) have instructed agency leaders to prepare for “large-scale reductions in force” while freezing trillions of dollars in federal grant allocations.

While there is no official count of total layoffs or firings, the Associated Press has estimated that hundreds of thousands of employees across the country have been affected. Many of these job cuts have impacted agencies outside Washington, D.C., including the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, the Department of Health and Human Services, the Internal Revenue Service, and the National Park Service.

Musk has been openly celebrating his role in these reductions. At a recent conservative gathering, he brandished a massive chainsaw in the air, calling it “the chainsaw for bureaucracy.”

“Waste is pretty much everywhere in the federal government,” Musk declared.

Judge Rejects Union Request to Halt Trump Administration’s Federal Workforce Cuts

A federal judge on Thursday declined a request from a coalition of government employee unions to prevent the Trump administration from proceeding with significant reductions to the federal workforce.

U.S. District Judge Christopher Cooper ruled that federal law requires the unions to bring their case before the Federal Labor Relations Authority (FLRA), which handles labor disputes within the federal government, rather than pursuing legal action in a federal district court.

The ruling marks another legal victory for the Trump administration’s Justice Department, which has been defending against multiple lawsuits challenging various executive orders, including those aimed at reducing government spending and restructuring federal agencies.

“The first month of President Trump’s second administration has been defined by an onslaught of executive actions that have caused, some say by design, disruption and even chaos in widespread quarters of American society,” Cooper wrote.

He further noted, “Affected citizens and their advocates have challenged many of these actions on an emergency basis in this Court and others across the country. Certain of the President’s actions have been temporarily halted; others have been permitted to proceed, at least for the time being. These mixed results should surprise no one.”

The unions’ lawsuit contested the administration’s decision to terminate a large number of probationary employees, its broader plans for additional layoffs—commonly referred to as a reduction in force—and its offer of buyouts to most federal employees.

A separate lawsuit previously sought to block the buyouts but was dismissed by another federal judge. However, litigation concerning the dismissal of probationary employees remains ongoing, as a coalition of unions filed a new lawsuit on Thursday to challenge those terminations.

The case was brought by several unions, including the National Treasury Employees Union (NTEU), the National Federation of Federal Employees, the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, the International Federation of Professional and Technical Engineers, and the United Auto Workers.

These unions argued that the administration’s workforce reduction strategy violates both the constitutional separation of powers and the established regulations governing how federal job cuts should be carried out.

Cooper did not weigh in on the merits of these claims, instead determining that the unions had filed their challenge in the incorrect venue.

“The Court acknowledges that district court review of these sweeping executive actions may be more expedient. But NTEU provides no reason why it could not seek relief from the FLRA on behalf of a class of plaintiffs and admits that it would ask other agencies to follow an administrative judge’s ruling in its favor,” Cooper wrote.

Meanwhile, President Trump recently dismissed Susan Grundmann, the Democratic-appointed chair of the FLRA. Grundmann, however, is contesting her removal in court.

Kash Patel Confirmed as FBI Director Amid Democratic Opposition and Concerns Over Independence

The Republican-led Senate voted on Thursday to confirm Kash Patel as the new director of the FBI, despite ongoing concerns regarding his qualifications and temperament to lead the country’s most influential law enforcement agency.

Patel, a staunch ally of former President Donald Trump and a vocal critic of the FBI, secured confirmation with a narrow 51-49 vote. Republican Senators Susan Collins and Lisa Murkowski broke ranks with their party and joined all Democrats in opposing his appointment.

His confirmation marks a significant milestone in Patel’s career, which has included roles as a public defender, federal prosecutor, and congressional aide. During Trump’s first term, he served as a national security official and later became a prominent figure in right-wing media, frequently appearing on conservative podcasts while maintaining strong loyalty to Trump.

Republicans embraced Patel’s confirmation, arguing that the FBI has unfairly targeted conservatives in recent years and that Patel is the right person to address these concerns.

“Kash is the right man to clean up the FBI to restore Americans’ confidence and trust that the FBI is not a political organization, it is a law enforcement organization,” Senator Lindsey Graham, R-S.C., stated in a post on X.

Despite Republican backing, Patel’s confirmation faced intense resistance from Democrats, who questioned his ability—and willingness—to uphold the FBI’s traditional independence from the White House.

The slim margin of his confirmation vote underscored these concerns. In contrast, his three immediate predecessors—Christopher Wray, James Comey, and Robert Mueller—all received overwhelming bipartisan support, each securing at least 92 votes in their confirmations.

Democrats Highlight “Red Flags”

On Thursday morning, Senate Democrats from the Judiciary Committee gathered outside FBI headquarters to publicly denounce Patel’s appointment.

“Mr. Patel will be a political and national security disaster, if confirmed,” warned Illinois Senator Dick Durbin, the committee’s top Democrat.

“I’m convinced he has neither the experience, the judgment nor the temperament to lead the FBI,” Durbin continued. “My Senate Republican colleagues are willfully ignoring myriad red flags about Mr. Patel, especially his recurring instinct to threaten retribution against his perceived enemies. This is an extremely dangerous flaw for someone who seeks to lead the nation’s most powerful domestic investigative agency for the next 10 years.”

Historically, FBI directors are appointed to serve a 10-year term, but neither of Patel’s most recent predecessors completed theirs. Trump dismissed James Comey in 2017 and subsequently appointed Christopher Wray to replace him.

Following Trump’s election victory last November, he nominated Patel to take over the FBI, effectively forcing Wray out of the position.

Unlike Comey and Wray, Patel has no prior experience as a senior law enforcement official, a factor that has fueled doubts about his qualifications for the role.

However, opposition to his nomination has been more centered on his allegiance to Trump and his past remarks about dismantling what he refers to as the “deep state.” Critics have raised concerns over his rhetoric about targeting political opponents, including those within the FBI.

During one podcast appearance, Patel vowed to shut down FBI headquarters on his first day and convert it into a “museum of the deep state.”

During his confirmation hearing, Patel attempted to downplay concerns regarding his past statements, telling senators, “Any accusations leveled against me that I would somehow put political bias before the Constitution are grotesquely unfair.”

A Bureau in Transition

Patel assumes leadership of the FBI at a turbulent moment for the agency. In recent weeks, the newly installed Justice Department leadership has forced out at least eight senior FBI officials and demanded a list of all personnel involved in investigating the January 6 attack on the U.S. Capitol—a probe that Trump and his allies have repeatedly criticized.

These developments have sparked fears within the bureau that mass firings could be imminent as part of a broader retaliation effort. The FBI Agents Association (FBIAA), which represents most FBI agents, has taken legal action to block the release of names of FBI employees who were identified to the Justice Department.

Despite the tensions, the association acknowledged Patel’s confirmation on Thursday.

“We look forward to partnering with him as he leads the Bureau forward in our shared mission to keep America safe,” FBIAA President Natalie Bara said in a statement.

“As the new leadership team considers and implements reform measures, the FBIAA stands ready to serve as a valuable resource, ensuring that Special Agents can continue safeguarding the American people from emerging threats while upholding the Constitution.”

GOP Divided Over Elon Musk’s Role in Trump’s Government Overhaul

Republicans in Congress are split on Elon Musk’s prominent involvement in President Trump’s efforts to shrink the government. While some appreciate his outsider perspective, others are increasingly concerned about his high-profile role, particularly as he becomes a target of Democratic criticism.

Several GOP senators worry that Musk’s outspoken approach to cutting federal jobs—many of which are in their home states—sends the wrong message at a time when inflation remains a significant challenge, and many Americans struggle financially.

Senate Majority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.) has defended Musk’s role in reforming federal agencies, but other Republican senators have expressed frustration with the way it has been handled. They argue that the process has been “flawed,” particularly as Musk has shut down agencies and pressured employees to resign.

One GOP senator criticized Musk’s buyout offer, which provided more than seven months of severance, calling it “poorly executed.” They also took issue with his latest effort to reduce the federal workforce, saying it lacked proper consideration for how agencies would be affected.

“I think they’re just looking to reduce numbers—it’s not efficiency, it’s not output. It’s, ‘We just need bodies gone.’ And I don’t know that’s the metric that you use,” the senator said.

The senator was also upset by Musk’s call for a “wave of judicial impeachments” in response to federal judges blocking Trump’s executive orders.

“Wrong, wrong, wrong. Get him out of the White House. Get him out, the sooner the better,” the senator said. “Every day that he’s there, he seems more destructive.”

Polls indicate that Musk is unpopular with independent and moderate voters, who are crucial for Republican senators seeking reelection in battleground states.

An Economist/YouGov poll conducted from Feb. 9-11 among 1,595 adult citizens found that independents disapproved of Musk’s handling of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) by 18 points, with 31% approving and 49% disapproving. Among self-described moderates, 33% approved while 54% disapproved, a 21-point gap.

Another GOP senator expressed concern that Musk’s “Fork in the Road” buyout plan and subsequent workforce reductions were causing chaos. Federal workers, particularly those working remotely, have been calling Washington in a panic, unsure of what the changes mean for them.

“There’s a lot of concern among my constituents. The concern is, ‘Who is this guy?’ He’s a billionaire, which puts him in a certain category. ‘How does he have the authority if he’s not elected by anybody to do what he’s doing?’” the senator said, adding that their state has “a lot” of federal workers.

The senator also described widespread “confusion” over Musk’s buyout plan, noting that it was offered, then withdrawn, put on hold by a judge, reinstated, and now applies only to certain agencies.

Musk’s decision to dismantle the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) has also raised concerns, particularly among farmers who rely on it for selling products used in global food assistance programs.

Another Republican senator noted that several Head Start programs in their state were shut down, while nonprofit organizations that depend on regular federal funding now face uncertainty.

A separate GOP senator was troubled by reports that Musk’s team had accessed the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), which serves 9 million enrolled veterans through more than 1,200 facilities. The VA has over 43,000 probationary employees, many of whom were alarmed when the U.S. Office of Personnel Management, now under Musk’s control, directed agencies to begin terminating recently hired workers.

Some Republicans have publicly criticized Musk’s prominent role.

Senate Appropriations Committee Chair Susan Collins (R-Maine) stated that Trump had given Musk too much authority.

“There’s no doubt that the president appears to have empowered Elon Musk to go far beyond what I think is appropriate,” she told reporters earlier this month.

Collins also questioned Trump’s decision to suspend enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act for 180 days. The law had previously resulted in penalties for two of Tesla’s suppliers.

“First of all, I don’t think the administration should be suspending laws. That’s the basic issue here,” she said.

She has also pushed back against Trump and Musk’s moves to freeze broad federal grants and loans and to reorganize federal agencies without notifying Congress.

Republican senators say Musk’s aggressive online presence has alarmed constituents who are already skeptical about his access to federal programs, the Treasury Department’s sensitive payment systems, and millions of Americans’ personal data.

Musk boasted on his social media platform X, “We spent the weekend feeding USAID into the woodchipper. Could have gone to some great parties. Did that instead.”

Speaking virtually at Dubai’s annual World Government Summit, Musk compared federal agencies to invasive weeds.

“I think we do need to delete entire agencies, as opposed to leave part of them behind. … It’s kind of like leaving a weed,” he said. “If you don’t remove the roots of the weed, then it’s easy for the weed to grow back.”

Musk’s actions have given Democrats ample material to argue that Trump has effectively handed over control of the government to someone with numerous conflicts of interest.

Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), and Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) have led a group of lawmakers calling for Musk, who holds a special government position, to publicly release his financial disclosures.

“Given the scale of your power to carry out sweeping administrative policies and your vast personal financial interests, the American people deserve to know how you stand to profit from your role in the Trump administration,” the senators wrote in a letter to Musk on Thursday.

They highlighted his access to the Treasury Department’s payment systems, which store Americans’ Medicare, Social Security, and student loan data—potentially violating the Privacy Act of 1974.

Additionally, they accused him of “illegally” attempting to dismantle USAID and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

Despite criticism, some Republicans support Musk’s aggressive approach to reforming the federal bureaucracy.

Thune told Fox News’s “America’s Newsroom” that “people are very supportive, and we are, too,” of Musk’s efforts at DOGE.

“This is a scrub that’s long overdue. There are so many systems in our federal government that are antiquated,” he said. “You know, people operating in silos, bureaucracies built on top of bureaucracies.

“I’m delighted that it’s happening, and we want to do everything we can to be supportive,” he said.

Sen. Kevin Cramer (R-N.D.) laughed when asked about Musk’s low approval ratings among moderates and independents.

“That’s funny, I’ve always thought of him as a bit of a moderate independent,” he said, though he acknowledged Musk’s “provocative” presence on social media.

“I think he fits right in with Donald Trump, certainly with the people that are glad to see a ball-breaker in there,” he said. “I’ve talked about the need for some guardrails if he’s getting too close to the areas he could benefit from. Even if it’s just for appearance’s sake.”

“Otherwise, most people I know are cheering him on,” he said.

Indo-American Press Club Unveils 2025 Board of Directors and Appoints Dr. Indranill Basu Ray as Chairman

(New York, NY: Feb 20, 2025) Indo-American Press Club (IAPC), the largest organization of media personnel of Indian origin in North America announced a dynamic Team of members to the Board of Directors today. Dr. Indranill Basu Ray – Cambridge, MA will lead this decade-old organization as the Chairman of the BOAD of IAPC. Ginsmon Zacharia, the Founding Chairman of IAPC is the Secretary of BOD. Ajay Ghosh, the Founding President of IAPC, who along with Ginsmon is a permanent member of the BOD, will serve as a member of the BOD.

Dr. Indranill Basu Ray – Chairman, Cambridge, MA

Dr. Indranill Basu Ray | MBBS, MD(Med), DNB (Card), DSc, FACP, FACC is a Cardiologist trained in one of the newer subspecialties called Interventional Cardiac Electrophysiology. Dr. Basu-Ray was a faculty guide at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT’s) LinQ program in Boston. He is a cardiac electrophysiologist on staff and the present director of cardiovascular research at the Memphis Veterans Medical Center in Memphis, TN, USA. He is also an Adjunct Professor at The School of Public Health, University of Memphis, Memphis, TN, USA.

Dr. Basu-Ray is the Editor of a popular book on Cardiology with over forty authors contributing to it from all over the world. He is the founder and President of the American Academy for Yoga in Medicine, an organization of physicians, scientists, and researchers who work on scientific validation of yoga as an integrative therapy. He is the Editor-in-Chief of the world’s first reference book written by over 75 physicians and researchers worldwide called “The Principle and Practice of Yoga in Cardiovascular Diseases,” published by Springer Nature. Dr. Basu Ray has delivered invited lectures worldwide on the role of Yoga and meditation in preventing and treating cardiovascular diseases. He was awarded a Doctorate in Science (Honoris Causa) by the world’s largest and oldest Yoga University- SVYASA, in Bengaluru, India. He has appeared on multiple television channels in this country and abroad, discussing Yoga as disease prevention. He writes blogs for numerous Indian and US Newspapers.


⁠Ginsmon Zacharia – Board Secretary – NY

Ginsmon P. Zacharia, founding chairman and a permanent member of the IAPC Board of Directors, is the managing director of the Global Reporter Channel. A noted journalist who has made innovations in the field of visual media, he is also the chairman of Jai Hind News, a Malayalam newspaper with editions in the United States and Canada. He is the editor-in-chief of Aksharam magazine, a leading Malayalam magazine in the United States, and President and CEO of the English language magazine Asian Era. Ginsmon, who was the manager of The South Asian Times, a leading English language newspaper in America, started his journalism career 16 years ago by taking charge of the European edition of the Deepika, a Malayalam daily. As the US director of Jai Hind TV, he hosted the first reality show with candidates from all the states in the US. The reality show, attended by hundreds of Malayalees, was telecast in around 250 episodes, helped many amateur singers showcase their talent to the world, and was hailed as a historic first for the Malayalees in North America.


Kamalesh Mehta – NY

Kamlesh Mehta, founder of Forsyth Media Group, the most popular Indo-American English media group in North America, is a member of a prominent Jain family in Rajasthan and started a diamond business in Bombay in 1985. Mehta immigrated to New York in 1986, to expand his business, where he started trading in gemstones and diamonds. Mehta entered the media business in 2008, and his weekly newspaper, ‘The South Asian Times’ for the Indian community, has won several awards. He is also the publisher of Forsyth Media Group’s ‘The Asian Era’. In January 2010, he was appointed director of business and economic development by the Nassau County administration, where he served for five years. In 2009, he became president of the Rotary Club of Hicksville South, NY. In 2015-16, he had the opportunity to become governor of RI District 7255. He has been honored as a leading Rotary donor and has worked for many religious organizations and social causes. He is the founder of the Rajasthan Association of North America and organized the first Indian Day Parade in Hicksville, which started in 2012. Mehta is also the recipient of many lifetime achievement awards and certificates of recognition from various community organizations.


⁠Dr. Mathew Joys – Las Vegas, NV

Well-known writer and columnist in North America, Dr. Matthew Joys, was one of the early members of the IAPC. He has worked in the finance department of the central government in India and has been the director of the Rotaract Club and the national general secretary of the Employees Federation. He also served as executive vice president and secretary to the board of directors of IAPC. Author of ‘Entey Priyey,’ a collection of love poems based on the Bible and the Ten Commandments, and the anthology ‘American Aadukal,’ he spends his time as the executive editor of Jai Hind, a New York-based newspaper, as well as the associate editor of the Express Herald, a member of the editorial board of Nerkazhcha weekly, and the English portal The UNN. He is also the Global Media Chairperson of the Global Indian Council, Inc.


Ajay Ghosh – CT

Ajay Ghosh, the Chief Editor of The Universal News Network (www.theunn.com), graduated with a Master’s Degree in Journalism from Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI in 1998. Before coming to the United States, Ajay was the Chief Editor of The Voice Delhi and contributed articles to several national publications in India. In the United States, starting his journalistic career as a reporter in 1999 for India Post, he worked as the New York Bureau Chief of Indian Reporter and World News and was the New York Bureau Chief of India Tribune published from Chicago. Ajay served as the Executive Editor of NRI Today and was the Bureau Chief of The Indian Express, North American Editions. He was the founding Editor of The Asian Era. Since 2012, Ajay has been serving as the Media Coordinator of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI). In 2023, he was appointed as the Consultant for Public Relations Content for ITServe Alliance, the largest association of IT Solutions and services organizations in the United States. Ajay is the founder and President of the Indo-American Press Club.

Having a Master’s Degree in Social Work from Delhi University, Ajay served as an Adjunct Faculty at Fordham Graduate School of Social Work from 2006 to 2016. He was an Adjunct Professor at Bridgeport University, where he taught Psychology. In 2019, he was part of a nearly 200-member expedition to Antarctica, the 7th Continent on Earth. Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Reporting Award by the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin for several years. In 2018, Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Journalism Award by NAMAM, In 2023, he received the prestigious Excellence in Journalism Award by The Kerala Center in New York.


Meena Chittilapilly – Dallas, TX

Meena Chittilappilly is a well-known socio-cultural media activist from Dallas, Texas. Meena, who has been a presenter and newsreader on Asianet for 15 years and later a presenter on Jai Hind TV, is currently working for Flowers TV. A graduate with a degree in analytical economics and business administration, Meena has worked in the field of education for over 20 years and is currently working as a school director in the project management office at ‘Quantiphi’, an international software company. She was also active as the arts and marketing and branding chairperson of the Malayali Engineers Association of North Texas (MEANT), and the president of the Dallas badminton club. Moreover, she has been running the Swarajathi School of Music and Dance since 2001 and is an active organizer and media personality who has been making her mark in the professional theater industry. During her college years, she was the secretary and union councilor of the All-Saints College arts club, Thiruvananthapuram from 1990-92 and presented many programs as an anchor with Doordarshan, the national television channel of India.


⁠CG Daniel – Houston, TX

CG Daniel is a well-known writer and amateur photographer with a large following, especially on social media. He is an environmentalist and a cynophile. He has participated in television panel discussions about American and Indian politics. He is the founder, president, and CEO of the Deepalaya Foundation Inc., USA, a nonprofit charitable organization. He has served the IAPC at various levels, including as chapter president, national vice president, and general secretary.


Parveen Chopra – Vice Chairman – NY

Parveen Chopra, who has been a journalist in the United States for decades, is the managing editor of the South Asian Times. He also works for the interfaith journal ‘One World Under One God’. Parveen holds a master’s degree in mass communication from Punjab University and has also worked for India Today magazine. Parveen is also the founder of Spiritual Magazine Life Positive and was a former president of IAPC.


Dr. P V Baiju – Edmonton, Canada

A well-known Canadian author and columnist. P.V. Baiju is a noted journalist who has presented the issues of Canadian Malayalees to the world through his columns.


Jacob Kudasanad – Houston

Jacob Kudassanad (Kuruvila), the founding Vice President of the Houston chapter of Indo American Press Club, is a long-standing member of the organization. Through his time in IAPC, he has also been able to serve as the National Secretary in 2018 and National Executive Vice President in 2019.

He began his journalistic activities in his college days, where he got the chance to be the Alleppy district representative for All Kerala Sahitya Sangam. He also served as the editor for his college’s magazine, as well as various other local magazines. During his time as editor, he was able to harness his creativity and publish many short stories and poems in printed media. More recently, he has contributed to news publications for the Malayalam News Media.

Since immigrating to the US in 1985, Jacob has been an active and committed member of various cultural and religious organizations. He joined the World Malayalee Council in 1995 and has held several positions, including President, Chairman, and Secretary, at the American Region and Houston Province levels. Additionally, he served as the General Secretary of the Malayalee Association of Greater Houston in 2000. His dedication has persisted throughout the years, as he serves as the Vice president–admin in the American Region. He was able to serve as the Houston Bureau Coordinator for Reporter TV USA.

Finally, he is the current World Malayalee Council Chairman (America Region) and has been a member of St. Thomas Orthodox Cathedral Houston’s Golden Jubilee Souvenir Committee Chair. He was blessed with the opportunity to serve in multiple capacities. He hopes to continue to be a contributing member of the Indo–American community in the coming years.


Reji Philip – Philadelphia

Reji Phillip, a reporter for the Global Reporter channel, is a well-known journalist. He holds a master’s degree in journalism and manages the creative department in several visual and online media.


Jacob Abraham – NY

Jacob Abraham is the CEO of Hedge Events and the publisher of Hedge News. With a keen eye for detail and a strategic mindset, Jacob has successfully led Hedge Events to become a premier event management company known for its innovative and high-quality events. His leadership has also elevated Hedge News, a prominent publication that offers in-depth analysis and insights into the financial world. Jacob’s expertise and dedication have made him a respected figure in the industry, continually pushing the boundaries of excellence in event management and financial journalism.


Dr. Renee Mehra – Chicago

Dr. Renee Mehra has been working in the media since 1990. Renee is the host of the show ‘Renee Report’, which provides media coverage on politics, health, human interest stories, fashion, film, theater, and current affairs. She has been the president of Reenbow Media, an advertising, broadcasting, and public relations company since 2010. She acted as associate director of external affairs department NYC health, hospitals/Queens from 2014 to 2017. After earning a BA in broadcast journalism from the University of New York, and an MA in political management and public relations from George Washington University, she received her doctorate from Walden University.


Ashly Joseph – Canada

As the editor-in-chief of Jai Hind News, a popular Malayalam newspaper in North America, Ashly Joseph served as a member of the board of directors of the IAPC. He began his journalistic career in 2003 as a reporter for the ‘Malayalee Manas’, a Florida-based newspaper, and was the editor-in-chief of ‘Yatra’, a 2006 magazine aimed at new immigrants. From 2007 to 2009 he was the managing editor of ‘Aksharam’, a leading Malayalam magazine in the United States. Ashley’s numerous articles on social, political, and literary issues have already been published in print and online media. Ashly is an executive member of the Edmonton Catholic Association and is the founder of several associations and clubs. He came to the United States in 1999 and is known among the Malayalees as a great organizer. Ashley, who now works for the Canadian postal department, was the coordinator of the International Volleyball Tournament in Niagara. A graduate of Botany from Nirmala College, Muvattupuzha, Ashley was active in politics and society during his studies before he graduated with a degree in hotel management and moved to the United States.


Joseph John – Calgary, CAD

Joseph John is a Canadian Freelance Guild (CFG) and a Calgary-based freelance reporter who is president of the Alberta Chapter of the Indo-American Press Club. Joseph has also been the president of the Malayalee Cultural Association of Calgary, which has more than 4,000 members. Joseph John, founder, and organizer of ‘Kavya Sandhya’, which promotes literary and cultural activities for children in Kerala, is also a volunteer reporter for the Global Reporter section of the Reporter Malayalam channel. He is the founder and organizer of the ‘NAMMAL’ (North American Media Center for Malayalam Art and Literature) association with media support from news web portals in three Indian languages — ‘Nammal Online’ in Malayalam, ‘Namathu Tamil’ in Tamil, and ‘Namaste World’ in English. In addition, he serves as the national coordinator of ‘Nammalude Pallikoodam’, which conducts free Malayalam online classes with the help of volunteers from various provinces. He is the secretary of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers and for the Association of Materials Protection and Performance, Calgary Chapter of the U.S. & Canada Northern Area.


Korason Varghese – NY

Writer and journalist from New York. His column “Valkannadi” is published in media such as Manorama. He has published two collections of articles. He has done interviews through Reporter TV and Kalavedi TV. He is present in cultural and social spaces. He has worked as a Wise Men International Club public relations officer and as a UN representative. He has received the 2017 Emalayali Popular Writer Award, the 2022 Fokana Literary Award, the Kalavedi Literary Award, and the 2023 IAPC Social Media Influencer Award. Korason is also a cartoonist living in Long Island.

In the introduction to the collection of essays by Korason, Valkannadi, renowned writer Benyamin writes that the views of society can be accurately reflected through the unbiased Valkannadi. The writer, who has been living as a Malayali immigrant in America for a long time, has a passion for language and social commitment that seriously enhances the value of Valkannadi. – Benyamin.

Over the past five years, Reporter TV and Kalavedi TV have been a part of Korason’s backroom staff through several in-depth interviews. A.J. Philip, a veteran journalist who has been the editor of newspapers like The Indian Express and The Tribune, said, “I found Korason to be a very capable and cheerful interviewer. You can tell that there was proper homework behind it. The questions were quite probing but not intimidating. I wish television anchors in India were like Korason,” A.J. Philip wrote in his column.

He worked as a columnist, cartoonist, and editor in the newspapers Kairali and Jai Hind, published in New York. He was the editor of Fokana’s Haritham Smaranika, held in Albany, and served as the executive president and general secretary of the Indo-American Press Club. He managed a column in the leading online media Marunadan Malayali for more than five years.

Worked as a Senior Analyst for the Independent Budget Review for the Nassau County Government of New York. Experience in the formulation of basic political policy in the United States. Worked as a Finance Manager for the New York City Government for a quarter of a century.


Joji Kavanal – NY

Joji Kavanal is the treasurer of the Malankara Archdiocese of North America and one of the founding directors of the Indo-American Press Club. He also served as the director of Jaihind TV USA from 2010 to 2013. He was chief editor of Malankara Deepam annual publication of the Malankara Archdiocese

He practiced law in the Kerala High Court and is also a treasurer of the Kerala High Court Advocates Association. His extensive experience and dedication have significantly contributed to his leadership roles within the diaspora community, bridging cultural and professional ties between India and North America.


Anil Augustine – Atlanta

Anil Augustine is an Atlanta, GA resident, professionally a Public Relations (PR) management consultant in the International Trade, Media, and Human Resource domains. Currently, he serves as the Managing Director of an enterprise advisory firm www.AuguDEST.com, which assists global entrepreneurs, in reaching expertise in bilateral global trade, Media, PR & HR avenues. He is the joint promoter at the marketplace aggregator – Rural Agricultural Development Technology and Research. Anil has served on the Henry County, GA School System’s Advisory Council Board Since 2016 and the Eagle’s Landing Middle School as President of the PTO Board since 2019. As a Public Relations Officio, Anil is involved with Global

Indian Council, a diaspora advocacy institution, and World Malayalee Council, the global fraternity of Kerala diaspora. He serves on the Executive Board of the Federation of Malayalee Associations in Americas (FOMAA) immigration advocacy initiative – L.i.F.e, FOMAA Legal Immigration Federation, Anil served as the National Vice-president of IAPC and enthusiastically contributed to the International Media Convention in 2018 as the IAPC Atlanta Chapter Advisory Board member.


Dr.Eapen Daniel – Philadelphia

Dr. Eapen Daniel, a distinguished academic and community leader, resides in Pennsylvania, near the Philadelphia area. He graduated with a degree in Botany from Mar Thoma College in 1973 and later earned an M.Sc. from S.B. College, Changanacherry, securing a university rank. He began his career as a Botany professor at Mar Thoma College (Kerala University), where he taught until 1982.

After moving to the United States, Dr. Daniel pursued graduate studies at Texas Tech University and worked at the Texas Health Sciences Center until 1986. He then relocated to Pennsylvania, where he studied and worked at the University of Pennsylvania, earning his Doctorate. He continues to contribute to the university in the field of Genomics Integration.

Beyond academia, Dr. Daniel has been an influential figure in civic and religious circles in the Philadelphia Tri-State area for over 30 years. He has served as the President of PAMPA, a leading Malayalee association, and currently leads the Indian Overseas Congress (IOC) PA Chapter. His dedication to the Mar Thoma Church is notable, having served as Chief Editor of The Mar Thoma Messenger for 12 years and as a long-time youth activity coordinator and senior advisor for various church organizations.

Dr. Daniel’s contributions have been recognized with numerous achievement awards from civic and religious organizations, underscoring his lifelong commitment to community service and leadership


IAPCIndo-American Press Club (IAPC) is a fast-growing syndicate of print, visual, online, and electronic media journalists and other media-related professionals of Indian origin working in the United States, Canada, and Europe. IAPC is committed to enhancing the working conditions of our journalists, exchanging ideas, and offering educational and training opportunities to our members, aspiring young journalists, and media professionals around the globe; and also by honoring media people for their excellence, and for bringing positive changes through their dedicated service among the community. Today IAPC envisages its vision through collective efforts and advocacy activities through its 15 Chapters across the US and Canada, in the larger public sphere. Visit www.indoamericanpressclub.com to learn more.

Trump’s Approval Rating Dips as Economic Concerns Grow Amid Tariff Threats

U.S. President Donald Trump’s approval rating has seen a slight decline in recent days as concerns about the U.S. economy rise. According to a Reuters/Ipsos poll, more Americans are worried about the country’s economic direction, especially as the president continues to threaten multiple nations with tariffs.

The six-day poll, which concluded on Tuesday, found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s performance as president. This represents a slight drop from the 45% approval rating recorded in a Reuters/Ipsos poll conducted from January 24-26. His approval was slightly higher at 47% in a separate poll conducted on January 20-21, just as he returned to the White House.

Meanwhile, disapproval of Trump’s presidency has increased more significantly. The latest poll found that 51% of Americans disapproved of his job performance, a notable jump from 41% in the immediate aftermath of his return to office.

Despite the overall decline in approval, Trump continues to receive considerable support for his immigration policies. The poll found that 47% of respondents approved of his stance on immigration, which includes promises to intensify deportations of undocumented migrants. This level of support has remained relatively unchanged since January.

However, economic concerns among the public appear to be growing. The percentage of Americans who believe the economy is headed in the wrong direction increased to 53% in the latest poll, up from 43% in the January 24-26 survey. Additionally, public confidence in Trump’s handling of the economy has dropped. His approval rating for economic management fell from 43% in the previous poll to 39% in the most recent one.

Economic performance has been a cornerstone of Trump’s political appeal, with many voters believing that his policies would benefit the economy. His current approval rating on economic matters is still higher than the final rating of his Democratic predecessor, Joe Biden, who left office with just 34% approval on economic issues. However, Trump’s standing on this front has weakened compared to earlier in his presidency. In February 2017, during the first full month of his first term, Reuters/Ipsos polling showed him with a 53% approval rating on the economy.

Inflation remains a particularly troubling issue for Trump. In the latest survey, only 32% of respondents approved of his handling of inflation, signaling potential early disappointment in his economic policies. This follows several years of rising prices, which contributed to Biden’s struggles in the last presidential election. Trump won that election by securing a victory in the Electoral College while also narrowly winning the popular vote against Biden’s vice president, Kamala Harris.

Recent data from the U.S. Labor Department highlights ongoing economic challenges, as consumer prices in January rose at their fastest rate in nearly a year and a half. Americans are facing higher costs for various goods and services, and additional economic reports suggest that U.S. households anticipate inflation to increase further. These concerns have been exacerbated by Trump’s February 1 announcement of steep tariffs on imports from China, Mexico, and Canada.

Although tariffs on Mexico and Canada have been postponed until March, Trump has set March 12 as the start date for other duties on imported steel and aluminum. He has also instructed his administration to design a system of global reciprocal tariffs.

The poll reveals that the majority of Americans are not in favor of new tariffs on imported goods. Fifty-four percent of respondents opposed such measures, while 41% expressed support. However, the public appears to be more divided on tariffs specifically targeting Chinese imports. In this case, 49% of respondents were in favor, while 47% were opposed.

Conducted online, the Reuters/Ipsos poll surveyed 4,145 U.S. adults across the country. The survey has a margin of error of approximately two percentage points in either direction

Trump’s First Month: Rapid Overhaul, Economic Shifts, and Global Ambitions

As President Donald Trump nears the end of his first month in his second term, he has swiftly and forcefully taken steps to reshape American social and political norms, alter the economy, and redefine the nation’s global role.

Simultaneously, he has given significant influence to Elon Musk, a billionaire originally from South Africa, allowing him to play a key role in dismissing thousands of federal employees and potentially dismantling entire agencies established by Congress.

These actions have largely overshadowed Trump’s crackdowns on immigration and border security with Mexico, as well as his social policy revisions, which include eliminating diversity, equity, and inclusion programs and reversing transgender rights protections.

Additionally, the president has implemented numerous tariffs on U.S. trading partners and has warned of further measures, despite economists cautioning that such moves could lead to increased consumer costs and contribute to inflation.

Mass Firings and Agency Disruptions

In the initial weeks of his presidency, the Trump administration terminated thousands of workers who were still within their probationary periods, a standard practice for new hires. Some employees were given less than an hour to vacate their offices.

Those impacted include professionals in medical research, energy infrastructure, foreign service, the FBI, prosecution, education and agricultural data, overseas aid, and even human resources personnel responsible for overseeing these dismissals.

At the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which was established following the 2008 financial crisis to safeguard consumers, staff members report that the administration aims to eliminate nearly the entire workforce and erase 12 years of accumulated data. However, a judge has ordered the administration to halt any further action against the agency until March 3.

Trump campaigned on promises to shake up Washington, but his approach could have long-term consequences, not just for thousands of federal employees nationwide but also for the broader economy, potentially increasing the unemployment rate if mass layoffs continue.

Legal Challenges to Trump’s Agenda

From Inauguration Day onward, legal battles have erupted over Trump’s policies. As of now, around 70 lawsuits have been filed across the country challenging his executive orders and his administration’s moves to reduce the size of the federal government.

With little opposition from the Republican-majority Congress, the judiciary has become the primary battleground for resistance. Judges have issued over a dozen rulings that temporarily block elements of Trump’s policies, including an executive order ending automatic U.S. citizenship for those born in the country and granting Musk’s team access to sensitive federal data.

While many of these rulings come from judges appointed by Democratic presidents, some decisions against Trump have also been handed down by judges nominated by Republicans. In response, Trump has suggested he might take action against the judiciary, stating, “Maybe we have to look at the judges.” Meanwhile, his administration has pledged to appeal the rulings, with White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt denouncing the legal setbacks as “an abuse of the rule of law.”

Despite these legal hurdles, the administration has also achieved victories, most notably securing judicial approval for a deferred resignation program led by Musk.

Economic Indicators Show Trouble Ahead

Amid Trump’s policy changes, recent economic data presents a challenge for the White House.

According to the Labor Department, inflation rose by 0.5% in January, with the consumer price index increasing at an annualized rate of 4.5% over the past three months. This suggests inflation is once again accelerating after a period of decline in 2024.

During his campaign, Trump assured voters he could quickly lower inflation. However, White House press secretary Leavitt, while blaming former President Joe Biden, acknowledged that the latest inflation figures were “worse than expected.”

Additional economic concerns arose when the Commerce Department reported a 0.9% drop in retail sales for January. Such a significant decline could indicate weakening consumer confidence and slowing economic growth.

Furthermore, the Federal Reserve’s industrial production report found that manufacturing output fell by 0.1% in January, with a notable 5.2% decline in automobile and parts production.

While these data points may prove temporary, the upcoming economic reports for February will be crucial in determining whether these trends continue.

Trump’s ‘Fair Trade’ Approach Sparks Controversy

After already imposing tariffs on China and preparing new trade restrictions on Canada and Mexico, Trump has introduced what he calls “the big one.” He announced plans to implement additional tariffs in the coming months that will match the rates imposed by other countries.

However, many foreign governments argue that Trump’s approach is not truly fair.

From their perspective, he is factoring in elements such as value-added taxes, which function similarly to sales taxes. This results in considerably higher rates than standard European tariffs.

In addition, Trump has proposed separate tariffs on automobiles, computer chips, and pharmaceuticals, in addition to the 25% tariffs on steel and aluminum announced earlier in the week.

It remains unclear whether these trade policies are primarily negotiating tactics or revenue-generating measures. So far, Trump has indicated that they serve both purposes.

Congress Faces Power Struggles, Some Resistance Emerges

Congress has struggled to counter Trump’s rapid actions, as its authority—particularly its constitutional power over federal spending—is being steadily diminished.

House Speaker Mike Johnson, a Republican from Louisiana, expressed enthusiasm for Musk’s role in the administration, stating that he found their efforts “very exciting” and that Trump was “taking legitimate executive action.”

However, even within the Republican ranks, some lawmakers have begun to push back. While their responses have been limited—mainly letters and phone calls—they are advocating for the protection of their states’ interests as government funding and contracts face cuts.

Republican Representative Carlos Gimenez of Florida, for instance, urged the Department of Homeland Security to avoid mass deportations of Venezuelan migrants residing in the Miami area. “I’m not powerless. I’m a member of Congress,” he asserted.

Meanwhile, Democratic lawmakers have joined protesters outside closed federal offices, arguing that Trump and Musk have overstepped their authority. They have introduced legislative measures to safeguard various programs and have even filed articles of impeachment against Trump over his plan to demolish and redevelop parts of Gaza.

A Shift in Global Diplomacy

In a recent call with Russian President Vladimir Putin, Trump signaled his intent to broker a resolution to Russia’s ongoing war with Ukraine.

Following the conversation, both leaders agreed to have their respective teams “start negotiations immediately.” Trump subsequently called Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy to discuss bringing both sides to the negotiating table.

This diplomatic move marks a significant development in a war that has resulted in hundreds of thousands of deaths and injuries.

However, the road ahead is complex.

Zelenskyy has stated that he will not meet with Putin until Trump formulates a concrete peace plan. Trump, in turn, has faced sharp criticism from European leaders and U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth for suggesting that Ukraine’s NATO membership is not a viable option.

The White House now faces a strategic dilemma, as Zelenskyy is pressing for security guarantees from the U.S. and other nations. He insists that any agreement outlining the terms of peace be negotiated directly with Trump.

Conclusion

As Trump’s first month back in office concludes, his administration has embarked on a dramatic transformation of federal governance, economic policy, and foreign relations. His sweeping changes have sparked widespread legal challenges, economic concerns, and congressional tensions. Meanwhile, his approach to global diplomacy, particularly regarding Ukraine, has drawn both intrigue and criticism.

With the pace of these changes showing no signs of slowing, the next few months will be critical in determining how Trump’s policies shape the nation and its role on the world stage.

Defense Stocks Plunge as Trump Suggests Massive Military Budget Cuts

Defense stocks saw a sharp decline Thursday afternoon following remarks from President Donald Trump, who suggested that the United States could significantly reduce its defense spending.

Speaking at the White House, Trump proposed that U.S. military expenditures might be slashed by half in the future. His comments arose while discussing the possibility of holding a defense spending conference with China and Russia.

“At some point, when things settle down, I’m going to meet with China and I’m going to meet with Russia, in particular those two, and I’m going to say there’s no reason for us to be spending almost $1 trillion on the military … and I’m going to say we can spend this on other things,” Trump stated.

He further elaborated, “When we straighten it all out, then one of the first meetings I want to have is with President Xi of China and President Putin of Russia, and I want to say let’s cut our military budget in half. And we can do that, and I think we’ll be able to do that.”

Following Trump’s remarks, defense stocks that had previously been trading higher in the day quickly turned downward. Shares of Lockheed Martin dropped 1.6%, Northrop Grumman fell by 3.4%, and General Dynamics declined 2.1%.

Throughout his 2024 campaign and the early days of his presidency, Trump has sent mixed signals regarding military spending.

On one hand, he has enlisted billionaire entrepreneur Elon Musk and the so-called Department of Government Efficiency to identify areas where government spending, including defense, could be trimmed. Additionally, Trump has advocated for a swift resolution to the war in Ukraine, a conflict that has led to significant purchases of American weaponry.

Conversely, Trump has repeatedly emphasized the necessity of maintaining a strong military. He has signed an executive order to explore the development of an “Iron Dome of America” missile defense system and has frequently praised U.S. military capabilities. On Thursday, he reiterated, “Right now, people are confused by a number of different crosscurrents” on defense spending.

TD Cowen policy analyst Roman Schweizer commented on the situation, telling CNBC last week, “Right now, people are confused by a number of different crosscurrents” regarding U.S. military expenditures.

Trump Administration’s Aggressive Overhaul Faces Legal Hurdles

The Trump administration and its Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) team continue to push forward with sweeping changes to federal agencies, leading to mass layoffs and the abrupt shutdown of ongoing work.

This aggressive restructuring represents a historic power move by the president. However, the disorganized approach may be weakening the administration’s legal standing, as multiple lawsuits pile up and court orders repeatedly block DOGE’s actions.

“I hope that the court system is going to allow us to do what we have to do,” Trump stated during an extended Oval Office discussion with reporters. “We got elected to, among other things, find all of this fraud, abuse, all of this, this horrible stuff going on.”

Despite Trump’s claims of “fraud,” the primary targets of these reforms appear to be programs he simply disfavors, such as diversity initiatives.

Legal experts across the political spectrum, including both conservatives and liberals, have raised concerns over the administration’s abrupt moves. The freezing of vast amounts of federal funds approved by Congress, gaining access to sensitive Treasury payment systems, and attempts to shut down entire agencies overnight have alarmed many.

“From the chaos in and around the administration, to the chaos in the courts who are trying to grapple with it, and for all of us who are watching it happen,” said Adam White of the conservative American Enterprise Institute, “we can all agree this is no way to run a country.”

White pointed out that the administration’s lack of strategic planning and explanation makes judges more likely to question and reject its actions. Other experts on executive authority share similar views.

“Every other presidential administration in modern American history spends a fair bit of time explaining in legal language and in legal arguments why what they’re doing is actually legal,” said Deborah Pearlstein, a constitutional scholar at Princeton University who previously served in the Clinton White House.

“Even if it appears like a huge power grab and almost certainly beyond the scope of the president’s power, they have some argument,” she added.

However, Pearlstein observed that in Trump’s second term, the administration has failed to present a legal justification for its actions. As a result, the DOGE restructuring initiative is not being implemented in a legally sustainable way.

She noted that the conservative-leaning Supreme Court might be sympathetic to certain efforts to expand executive power. However, she emphasized that experience in the White House quickly teaches that every major action should be reviewed by skilled legal advisors to ensure compliance with the law. Trump and billionaire Elon Musk, who is leading the DOGE initiative, seem to believe they can act first and leave legal concerns for later.

“That seems to me pretty likely with some of the DOGE stuff to be what’s going on,” Pearlstein said. “And in part for that reason, a lot of that stuff is going to get struck down by the courts pretty quickly.”

Indeed, legal challenges have already begun to stall the administration’s efforts.

On Thursday, two different federal judges temporarily blocked Trump’s attempt to shut down the United States Agency for International Development (USAID). One judge ruled that the administration must lift the freeze on foreign aid funding, while another blocked the government from placing thousands of USAID employees on leave.

Additionally, a federal judge in Manhattan ruled on Friday that DOGE will continue to be barred from accessing sensitive Treasury Department records and systems. That same day, another judge in Washington, D.C., issued an order temporarily preventing layoffs at the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, an agency that Musk has openly expressed a desire to dismantle.

Despite these setbacks, the administration did secure a legal victory in Massachusetts, where a federal judge allowed its controversial “Fork in the Road” resignation plan to proceed. The ruling determined that the labor unions that sued over the policy lacked the legal standing to challenge it.

Adam White of the American Enterprise Institute acknowledged that he does not support the administration’s chaotic methods. However, he questioned whether this flurry of executive actions is simply a temporary burst of policymaking energy early in the term.

He expressed hope that the pace would eventually slow down, bringing more clarity. However, he also posed a crucial question: “If this is going to be the style of governance for four entire years… we’ll see.”

Historically, previous administrations have also pledged to combat waste, fraud, and abuse in government spending.

“Under President Reagan there was something called the Grace Commission,” said Linda Bilmes, a government efficiency expert at the Harvard Kennedy School.

“He charged the commission to work like bloodhounds—don’t leave any stone unturned in your search to root out inefficiency,” she explained.

However, Bilmes pointed out that both Reagan and President Bill Clinton worked within the existing system. Clinton and Vice President Al Gore sought input from civil servants to identify cost-saving measures. Reagan collaborated with Congress to pass lasting legislative reforms.

In contrast, Bilmes described the current approach as a more reckless assault on the system.

“Not only is this effort not accomplishing the task of weeding out inefficiency, but… it’s like cutting off your arm to lose weight,” she said.

In other words, while such drastic measures might appear effective in the short term, they ultimately create more problems than they solve.

Some political analysts suggest that the aggressive tactics of DOGE may appeal to Trump’s voter base and serve as a short-term political win.

However, even with Republican control of both the Senate and the House, along with a conservative Supreme Court, many experts find it puzzling that the administration is pursuing this confrontational approach rather than passing legislation. This remains an ongoing mystery for political and legal observers alike.

Americans See Federal Overspending but Want More Funding for Social Security and Key Programs

Many Americans believe the federal government is overspending, yet polling suggests that a significant number, including Republicans, think funding for major programs like Social Security is insufficient.

Surveys from The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research indicate that as former President Donald Trump and adviser Elon Musk advocate for sweeping budget cuts—including reductions in humanitarian aid and potential cuts to the Department of Education and the military—many Americans may not support their approach to trimming federal expenditures.

A January AP-NORC poll found that about two-thirds of Americans believe the government is spending too little on Social Security and education. Additionally, roughly six in ten think more funding should go toward assistance for the poor, and a similar percentage say that Medicare—the health insurance program for seniors—is underfunded. Many also believe Medicaid lacks adequate financial support. Meanwhile, about half of respondents feel that border security is not receiving enough funding.

This presents an ongoing dilemma for lawmakers: while most Americans believe the government isn’t allocating enough money to key programs, they also broadly support budget cuts. A March 2023 AP-NORC poll revealed that six in ten U.S. adults thought the government was spending too much overall.

Foreign Aid Seen as a Primary Area of Overspending

One area where Americans largely agree on overspending is foreign aid. The 2023 AP-NORC poll showed that a majority of Americans believe too much money is directed to other countries.

Approximately seven in ten U.S. adults said the government allocated excessive funds to “assistance to other countries.” This sentiment was particularly strong among Republicans—nearly nine in ten thought foreign aid was overfunded, compared to just over half of Democrats.

Richard Tunnell, a 33-year-old veteran from Huntsville, Texas, believes the U.S. intervenes too frequently in international affairs. An independent voter who supported Trump in the last election, Tunnell appreciates Trump’s “America First” agenda.

“Americans need to worry about Americans,” Tunnell said. “There’s atrocities happening on American soil just as much as there is on foreign soil. You know, if we can’t clean up our own house, why the hell are we trying to clean up somebody else’s house?”

However, surveys suggest that many Americans overestimate how much of the federal budget is spent on foreign aid. Research from KFF found that, on average, Americans believe foreign aid accounts for 31% of the budget, when in reality, it is closer to 1% or less.

Bipartisan Agreement on Social Security and Medicare

Few Americans, regardless of political affiliation, think the country spends too much on Social Security or Medicare. However, opinions diverge when it comes to military spending, border security, Medicaid, and assistance programs for low-income individuals.

About one-third of U.S. adults believe the military receives excessive funding, while another third think the budget is about right. The remaining third feel the military is underfunded. A partisan divide is evident: most Republicans argue that military funding is too low, while nearly half of Democrats say it receives too much money.

Jeremy Shouse, a 38-year-old Democrat from Durham, North Carolina, believes social programs should receive as much funding as the military.

“I think it’s really a slap in our faces as Americans,” Shouse said, expressing frustration over the lack of funding for programs like Medicaid, which he has personally relied on.

“When it comes down to school, Medicaid, any type of government assistance programs, the money is just kind of not there,” he added. “Not like it is for the military or the Army.”

A strong majority of Democrats believe too little is spent on assistance for the poor, education, Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid. When it comes to border security, Democrats are more divided—about four in ten feel the funding is appropriate, while the remaining respondents are evenly split between those who believe it’s too high and those who think it’s too low. Regarding federal law enforcement agencies such as the CIA and FBI, most Democrats feel funding levels are about right.

Republicans, on the other hand, tend to support increased funding for border security, Social Security, and the military. About eight in ten Republicans believe the government allocates too little to border security, while roughly two-thirds say Social Security needs more funding.

Despite these divisions, the overall data suggests a paradox: while Americans frequently argue that the federal government overspends, many simultaneously believe that crucial domestic programs remain underfunded.

Grassley Criticizes Trump’s Watchdog Firings, Says Law Was Violated

President Donald Trump’s recent dismissals of key federal watchdogs responsible for overseeing government accountability violated the law, Sen. Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) said Wednesday.

On Tuesday, Trump fired the inspector general of the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) following a damning report from the office detailing the administration’s efforts to dismantle the agency, which put nearly $500 million worth of food aid at risk of spoiling. This move comes after Trump removed 18 inspectors general from other federal agencies last month.

Federal law requires the administration to notify Congress 30 days in advance and provide specific reasons before terminating an inspector general. The Trump administration failed to meet this requirement.

Grassley, a longtime advocate for inspectors general and their oversight role established after President Richard Nixon’s Watergate scandal, indicated that he supported the dismissal of USAID Inspector General Paul Martin, stating that Martin “wasn’t doing his job.” However, he criticized the president for bypassing legal protocols.

“I’d like to alert the president to the fact that he can abide by the law and still get rid of the people he wants to get rid of,” Grassley said. “He can put them on administrative leave for 30 days and send us a letter.”

When asked if he intended to inform Trump directly, Grassley responded, “I just did, by talking to you.”

Grassley previously sent a letter to Trump seeking clarification on the earlier inspector general firings but has yet to receive a response. Despite this, the senator was recently seen dining with the president at his Florida estate, sharing a photo online.

A report from the USAID Office of Inspector General on Monday highlighted how the administration’s decision to freeze nearly all USAID operations and halt foreign assistance led to significant confusion and delays in aid distribution.

“While initial guidance following the pause in foreign assistance funding provided a waiver for emergency food assistance, shipments of in-kind food assistance have been delayed around the world,” the report stated.

“This uncertainty put more than $489 million of food assistance at ports, in transit, and in warehouses at risk of spoilage, unanticipated storage needs, and diversion,” it continued.

Many Republicans have backed Trump’s push to downsize USAID, despite previously supporting the agency’s role in countering China and Russia’s influence in Africa and other regions.

“USAID is an agency that let us all down,” Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) said Tuesday, criticizing the agency’s spending practices.

However, in 2021, Graham called USAID “a force for good.” Other Republicans, including Secretary of State Marco Rubio and Ivanka Trump, have also praised the agency in the past.

Last week, a federal judge ordered the Trump administration to reinstate some USAID employees while the courts assess the legality of the agency’s closure. Despite this ruling, the administration has continued to restrict workers from entering the Washington headquarters, indicating that portions of the office space may be repurposed for U.S. Customs and Border Protection officials.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Sworn in as Trump’s Health Secretary Amid Vaccine Skepticism

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. officially took office as Secretary of the Health and Human Services (HHS) Department on Thursday after a narrow Senate confirmation vote, placing him in charge of a $1.7 trillion budget that oversees vaccine policies, food safety regulations, and health insurance programs that impact nearly half of the U.S. population.

The Senate voted 52-48 in favor of Kennedy, with nearly all Republicans backing former President Donald Trump’s nominee despite reservations about his controversial views on vaccines. Every Democrat opposed his confirmation.

The only Republican to break ranks was Kentucky Sen. Mitch McConnell, who had polio as a child. His opposition mirrored his stance against Trump’s previous nominees for Secretary of Defense and Director of National Intelligence.

“I’m a survivor of childhood polio. In my lifetime, I’ve watched vaccines save millions of lives from devastating diseases across America and around the world,” McConnell stated. “I will not condone the re-litigation of proven cures, and neither will millions of Americans who credit their survival and quality of life to scientific miracles.”

Shortly after taking office, Kennedy appeared on Fox News with Laura Ingraham and announced his intention to establish a more rigorous system to monitor vaccine side effects.

Republicans have largely embraced Kennedy’s approach to public health, particularly his focus on tackling chronic illnesses like obesity.

“We’ve got to get into the business of making America healthy again,” said Sen. Mike Crapo, R-Idaho, who believes Kennedy will introduce a “fresh perspective” to the role.

During his swearing-in ceremony at the Oval Office, Kennedy was accompanied by his wife, other family members, and several members of Congress. Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch administered the oath. Reflecting on his connection to the White House, Kennedy recalled visiting as a child in 1961, when his uncle, President John F. Kennedy, was in office.

Trump announced that Kennedy would lead a new commission to study chronic diseases, an initiative Kennedy praised. He described Trump as a “pivotal historical figure” and expressed gratitude for his role in his life and career.

Kennedy, 71, has long been in the public eye due to his family legacy and personal tragedies. Over the years, he has cultivated a dedicated following through his outspoken views on food safety, chemicals, and vaccines—stances that have at times veered into extreme territory.

His influence grew significantly during the COVID-19 pandemic when he devoted much of his efforts to a nonprofit organization that filed lawsuits against vaccine manufacturers. He also leveraged social media to foster skepticism about vaccines and the government agencies responsible for promoting them.

Despite his history of questioning vaccine safety, Kennedy, with Trump’s endorsement, argued that he was in a unique position to restore trust in public health institutions like the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), and the National Institutes of Health (NIH).

Sen. Thom Tillis, R-N.C., voiced optimism about Kennedy’s potential to reshape the health care system, saying he hoped Kennedy “goes wild” in curbing medical costs and improving overall public health.

However, before offering his support, Sen. Bill Cassidy, R-La., a physician and chairman of the Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee, sought assurances from Kennedy that he would not alter existing vaccine recommendations.

During his confirmation hearings, Senate Democrats repeatedly challenged Kennedy to disavow the long-debunked claim that vaccines cause autism. Some legislators also raised concerns about whether Kennedy could personally profit from altering vaccine policies or weakening legal protections for pharmaceutical companies that manufacture vaccines.

Financial disclosures revealed that Kennedy earned more than $850,000 last year through a referral arrangement with a law firm that has sued the manufacturers of Gardasil, a human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccine that helps prevent cervical cancer. To address potential conflicts of interest, Kennedy pledged that if confirmed, he would redirect the earnings from this arrangement to his son.

Kennedy assumes leadership of HHS amid a sweeping federal restructuring led by billionaire Elon Musk. This overhaul has resulted in the suspension—at least temporarily—of billions of dollars in public health funding, leaving thousands of federal employees uncertain about their job security.

On Friday, the NIH announced that it would limit billions of dollars allocated to medical research, particularly in areas such as cancer and Alzheimer’s treatment.

Kennedy has also called for a major shake-up within the NIH, FDA, and CDC. Last year, he vowed to terminate 600 employees at the NIH, which serves as the nation’s largest financial supporter of biomedical research.

In his Fox News interview, Kennedy reiterated his plans to overhaul staffing at HHS and its affiliated agencies, targeting officials responsible for what he views as poor decisions regarding nutrition guidelines and Alzheimer’s treatments.

“I have a list in my head,” Kennedy said, referring to potential dismissals within the agency.

Senate Confirms Tulsi Gabbard as Director of National Intelligence in Partisan Vote

The Senate confirmed Tulsi Gabbard as the director of national intelligence in a largely party-line vote on Wednesday, overcoming strong objections from Democrats and initial concerns from Republicans regarding her qualifications and past statements. The 52-48 vote concluded two months of deliberations on whether the former Hawaii congresswoman was suited to lead the nation’s 18 intelligence agencies and brief President Trump daily on security matters.

Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell was the sole Republican to vote against Gabbard’s confirmation. Some Republican senators had initially questioned her stance on intelligence-gathering practices, particularly her past opposition to Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). While serving in the House, Gabbard had pushed for repealing the law, which grants broad surveillance authority. Additionally, concerns arose over her past remarks about Syrian leader Bashar Assad and Russian President Vladimir Putin.

During confirmation hearings, both Democratic and Republican senators pressed Gabbard on whether she viewed former National Security Agency (NSA) contractor Edward Snowden as a traitor. Snowden had stolen 1.5 million classified documents, an act that frustrated many lawmakers. Despite repeated questioning, Gabbard declined to label him a traitor, which further frustrated Republicans.

Republican senators also noted that Gabbard struggled to articulate clear answers in private meetings. Senator Susan Collins was among those initially doubtful, questioning whether Gabbard had genuinely embraced the surveillance powers under Section 702, which provides roughly 60% of the intelligence included in the president’s daily brief.

However, Republicans eventually united behind Gabbard after Vice President J.D. Vance played a key role in swaying support. Vance worked closely with Senator Todd Young, a former Marine intelligence officer, to ease GOP concerns. Additionally, Senate Intelligence Committee Chair Tom Cotton remained a steadfast supporter of Gabbard’s nomination, strengthening Republican backing.

Supporters of Gabbard argue that she represents the kind of “disruptor” Trump seeks in leadership roles. They compare her to Pete Hegseth, the recently confirmed Pentagon chief, and claim that she will overhaul the intelligence community, which they believe has been “weaponized” against Trump. Many Trump allies continue to cite a controversial 2020 letter signed by 51 former intelligence officials, which suggested that reports about Hunter Biden’s laptop could be a “Russian influence operation.”

Vance was instrumental in ensuring Young’s support, holding multiple discussions with him between Gabbard’s turbulent confirmation hearing and the committee vote. The Senate Intelligence Committee ultimately advanced her nomination with full Republican support, leading to a procedural vote on Monday where all Republicans present voted in favor of moving toward final confirmation.

Senate Majority Leader John Thune praised Gabbard as a “patriot, motivated by service,” highlighting her extensive background. “Tulsi Gabbard has worn the uniform of our country for the last 22 years, leading American soldiers in some of the most dangerous parts of the world,” Thune stated. He also emphasized her eight years in Congress, where she served on the House Homeland Security, Foreign Affairs, and Armed Services committees.

Democrats, however, strongly opposed her appointment, arguing that she lacked the necessary experience and had displayed poor judgment on critical intelligence matters. They pointed to her skepticism of U.S. intelligence findings on Assad’s use of chemical weapons and her alignment with Putin’s reasoning for invading Ukraine.

“By any objective measure and by every objective measure as well, she is not qualified,” said Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer. “From the moment she was nominated, both Democrats and Republicans were puzzled by the choice.”

Schumer criticized Trump’s selection, stating, “Of all people Donald Trump could have picked to oversee national intelligence, he picked someone known for repeating Russian propaganda and getting duped by conspiracy theories.” He went on to claim that if the vote had been conducted by secret ballot, Gabbard would have received no more than 10 votes.

Senator Mark Warner, the vice chair of the Intelligence Committee, was also outspoken in his opposition. He argued that Gabbard had “demonstrated she’s not up to the task” of representing the intelligence community, citing her defense of Assad’s claim that he had not used chemical weapons, despite U.S. intelligence reports stating otherwise.

Warner further contended that Gabbard had “knowingly met with the Syrian cleric who threatened to conduct serial bomb attacks against the United States” and had unfairly blamed the U.S. and NATO for Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. He pointed to her past assertions that the Biden administration had failed to acknowledge Putin’s concerns about Ukraine joining NATO.

Republican senators faced considerable pressure to support Trump’s controversial nominees, including Gabbard, Hegseth, and Robert F. Kennedy Jr., whose confirmation vote for Secretary of Health and Human Services is set for later this week.

Senator Sheldon Whitehouse was among the most vocal critics of Gabbard’s appointment, characterizing it as “part of a pattern of unilateral disarmament by the Trump administration against Russia.”

Citing a Washington Post article from November, Whitehouse noted that “Gabbard’s appointment as head of national intelligence elicited the most excitement in Russia because she has long been regarded as a darling of the propagandist Russian R.T. network.”

“Russian TV has called Ms. Gabbard ‘our friend Tulsi,’” Whitehouse said. “[A] Russian newspaper published an op-ed, and it was titled, ‘The CIA and FBI are trembling [that] Trump protégé Tulsi Gabbard will support Russia.’”

Despite these objections, Gabbard’s confirmation received strong backing from Republican leadership. Tom Cotton, a key figure on national security within the GOP, defended her against accusations of disloyalty.

“Let me remind everyone that Ms. Gabbard has served in our Army for more than two decades, she has multiple combat tours, and she still wears the uniform today,” Cotton stated. “She has undergone five FBI background checks.”

One of the primary hurdles Gabbard faced during her confirmation was her prior advocacy for repealing Section 702 of FISA. In the past, she criticized the law as an “overreach” that infringed on civil liberties. However, in private meetings with Republican senators, she clarified that her stance had evolved due to recent reforms to the program.

Senator James Lankford, a member of the Intelligence Committee, revealed that he decided to back Gabbard after she reassured him that she now supported Section 702, describing it as a “vital” tool for national security.

Lankford noted in an interview with NBC’s “Meet the Press” that Gabbard had convinced him she would uphold the surveillance authority, which played a crucial role in securing Republican votes for her confirmation.

Ultimately, Gabbard’s path to confirmation reflected the deep divisions in the Senate, with Republicans rallying behind Trump’s pick despite lingering concerns, while Democrats staunchly opposed her, citing her past positions and perceived sympathies toward Russia and Assad.

Egg Prices Surge Amid Bird Flu Outbreak, Shortages, and Thefts

Eggs are not only costly due to the ongoing bird flu outbreak but are also becoming increasingly difficult to find. In some areas, stores have even started limiting how many cartons customers can purchase.

The high demand for eggs has led to unusual incidents, including thefts where culprits appear to treat eggs as valuable as gold.

The outbreak remains a persistent issue as the virus continues to mutate, spreading among birds, other animals, and even some humans. Whenever a chicken or turkey contracts the virus, the entire flock is culled to contain the disease.

While egg shortages are not uniform across all regions, predicting when a large poultry farm might be affected is impossible. A single outbreak in a major farm with millions of birds can significantly impact supply.

Consequently, egg prices have soared.

Jose Castillo, co-owner of Norma’s Sweets Bakery in New Orleans, has found it increasingly challenging to maintain affordable prices for Cuban sandwiches and king cakes due to soaring egg costs.

“Oh, it’s hurting man. It’s crazy how expensive eggs are,” Castillo said. “Normally we’ll get them for $35, $40 dollars a case and now we’re paying like $118, $120 dollars.”

Hard to find

Across the country, empty egg shelves have become a frequent sight. Many shoppers must visit multiple stores or turn to local farmers to secure eggs.

The bird flu outbreak, which began in 2022, has significantly impacted the poultry industry. Nearly 158 million birds have been culled, with most being egg-laying hens.

This mass slaughter has diminished egg supplies, pushing prices higher. However, with over 300 million chickens producing eggs nationwide for breakfast and baking, the industry is generally resilient enough to handle the loss of a few million birds without major disruptions.

The issue arises when mass cullings occur. In January alone, more than 23 million birds were slaughtered, following the December loss of 18 million.

Once egg farmers are forced to euthanize their entire flock, it takes at least one to two months before new hens can be introduced. The delay is due to the time required to dispose of carcasses and properly sanitize barns before restocking can occur. As a result, supply issues persist for weeks or even months.

Limiting purchases

In response to the shortage, some retailers have begun rationing egg sales.

Trader Joe’s has enforced a nationwide limit of one carton per customer per day.

“We hope these limits will help to ensure that as many of our customers who need eggs are able to purchase them when they visit Trader Joe’s,” the company said in a statement to The Associated Press on Tuesday.

Other retailers, including Costco, Whole Foods, Kroger, and Aldi, have also implemented varying restrictions. However, not all are imposing national limits.

A Kroger spokesperson confirmed that the supermarket chain has not set company-wide purchase limits. However, some regional divisions and store locations have restricted customers to buying no more than two dozen eggs per visit.

Walmart, meanwhile, has only limited bulk purchases. “Although supply is very tight, we’re working with suppliers to try and help meet customer demand, while striving to keep prices as low as possible,” the Bentonville, Arkansas-based retail giant said in an emailed statement. The company clarified that only 60-count cartons have been capped at two per purchase.

An expensive option

The price of eggs has reached staggering levels. The nationwide average cost per dozen soared to $4.15 in December—more than double the summer 2023 price.

The U.S. Department of Agriculture predicts prices will rise by another 20% this year.

As Easter approaches, demand for eggs is expected to climb due to their traditional role in holiday dishes and Easter egg hunts.

On Wednesday, the Bureau of Labor Statistics is set to release updated inflation data, and egg prices are anticipated to have climbed even further. However, they are unlikely to surpass the record-high average of $4.82 per dozen set in January 2023.

These figures only reflect national averages. In some areas, consumers are already paying more than $10 per dozen, particularly for organic or cage-free options.

The impact extends beyond grocery stores, with some restaurants also raising prices. Waffle House, for example, recently announced a 50-cent surcharge per egg on all menu items.

Cracking the case

With eggs commanding such high prices, thefts have become an unexpected consequence.

Seattle police recently investigated the theft of over 500 eggs from a restaurant.

Surveillance footage from Luna Park Cafe in West Seattle captured two men entering a refrigerated storage shed last Wednesday in the early morning hours. The suspects stole approximately 540 eggs, liquid egg products, bacon, ground beef, and blueberries before loading the stolen items into a van. Authorities estimated the value of the stolen breakfast items at around $780.

A larger-scale theft took place earlier this month in Pennsylvania. Approximately 100,000 eggs were stolen from the back of a Pete & Gerry’s Organics distribution trailer in Antrim Township. The theft occurred around 8:40 p.m. on a Saturday night, according to police reports.

The stolen eggs had an estimated value of $40,000.

As bird flu continues to spread, disrupting egg supplies and driving prices higher, consumers and businesses alike are feeling the strain. With no immediate relief in sight, shoppers may have to brace for further price hikes and ongoing shortages.

Judge Rules Trump Administration Violating Court Order on Federal Funding Freeze

A federal judge in Rhode Island ruled Monday that the Trump administration is violating a court order by continuing to freeze funding for federal programs.

In a strongly worded decision, U.S. District Judge John J. McConnell Jr., who is overseeing a lawsuit brought by 22 states and the District of Columbia, ordered the administration to restore and resume the frozen funding immediately.

This ruling presents a significant challenge to recent suggestions that if President Donald Trump, Vice President JD Vance, and the Department of Government Efficiency’s leader, Elon Musk, disagree with a judge’s order, they may choose to disregard it. Michel Paradis, a constitutional law professor at Columbia Law School, noted the importance of the ruling.

Over the past few days, Vance wrote on X, formerly Twitter, “Judges aren’t allowed to control the executive’s legitimate power,” while Musk signaled his support for an X user’s suggestion that Trump openly defy court rulings. Meanwhile, Trump stated over the weekend that judges should not have the authority to challenge recent actions by the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE).

Commenting on Monday’s court order, Paradis told Business Insider, “That’s some tough language. The judge is not messing around.” He added, “It’s return fire, to the extent that the Trump administration has declared that neither Congress nor the courts are allowed to question his authority.”

McConnell’s order responded to evidence presented by the plaintiff states, which showed that the funding freeze—previously deemed “likely unconstitutional” and causing “irreparable harm”—was still in effect despite the court’s prior ruling.

“The States have presented evidence in this motion that the Defendants in some cases have continued to improperly freeze federal funds and refused to resume disbursement of appropriated federal funds,” McConnell wrote.

The court was presented with descriptions of continued disruptions in funding to the plaintiff states, including allocations from the Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of Energy, the National Institutes of Health, and the Department of Health and Human Services. Programs such as Head Start, which provides early childhood education, were among those affected.

“The Defendants must immediately restore frozen funding” while the court continues to consider the states’ claims and the administration’s arguments in favor of the freeze, McConnell’s order stated.

The Trump administration swiftly responded by filing a notice to appeal both the judge’s original January 31 order and Monday’s ruling.

Asked whether the administration would comply with the latest order, a White House spokesperson criticized the legal challenges to Trump’s executive actions.

“Each executive order will hold up in court because every action of the Trump-Vance administration is completely lawful,” said Harrison Fields, the principal White House deputy press secretary.

“Any legal challenge against it is nothing more than an attempt to undermine the will of the American people,” he added, stating that voters had chosen Trump to “restore common-sense policies.”

Paradis suggested that if the court order continues to be ignored, McConnell could find the defendants—including Matthew Vaeth, the acting director of the Office of Management and Budget, and Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent—in contempt of court.

Trump is also named as a defendant in the lawsuit. However, Paradis noted that holding a sitting president in contempt presents a “constitutionally complex issue” and remains “a totally open question.”

“There are plenty of people who say that just as you can’t prosecute the president, you can’t hold them in contempt because it creates a separation of powers problem,” he explained.

-+=